Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549


FORM 10‑K


☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018

OR

☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                      to                       

Commission file number:  001‑33767


PICTURE 2

Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

Delaware

27‑1310817

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

 

 

3000 John Deere Road, Toano, Virginia

23168

(Address of principal executive offices)

(Zip Code)

 

(757) 259‑4280

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)


Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

    

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share

 

New York Stock Exchange

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None


Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐   No ☒

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐   No ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒   No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☒   No ☐

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10‑K or any amendment to this Form 10‑K.  ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer  ☐

☒  Accelerated filer

☐  Non-accelerated filer

☐  Smaller reporting company

☐  Emerging growth company

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b‑2 of the Act).  Yes ☐   No ☒

As of June 30, 2018, the last business day of the registrant’s most recent second quarter, the aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was $686.4 million based on the closing sale price as reported on the New York Stock Exchange.

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant’s classes of common stock as of March 1, 2019:

Title of Class

Number of Shares

Common Stock, $0.001 par value

28,640,264

 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Part III incorporates certain information by reference from the registrant’s proxy statement for the 2019 annual meeting of stockholders, which will be filed no later than 120 days after the close of the registrant’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2018.

 

 

 

 


 

Table of Contents

LUMBER LIQUIDATORS HOLDINGS, INC.

ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10‑K

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

   

Page

 

 

 

 

Cautionary note regarding forward-looking statements  

 

 

 

 

 

 

PART I

 

4

 

 

 

 

Item 1.  

Business

 

4

Item 1A.  

Risk Factors

 

9

Item 1B.  

Unresolved Staff Comments

 

19

Item 2.  

Properties

 

19

Item 3.  

Legal Proceedings

 

20

Item 4.  

Mine Safety Disclosures

 

26

 

 

 

 

 

PART II

 

26

 

 

 

 

Item 5.  

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

26

Item 6.  

Selected Financial Data

 

28

Item 7.  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

30

Item 7A.  

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

44

Item 8.  

Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

45

Item 9.  

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 

77

Item 9A.  

Controls and Procedures

 

77

Item 9B.  

Other Information

 

78

 

 

 

 

 

PART III

 

78

 

 

 

 

Item 10.  

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

 

78

Item 11.  

Executive Compensation

 

79

Item 12.  

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

 

79

Item 13.  

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

 

79

Item 14.  

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

 

79

 

 

 

 

 

PART IV

 

79

 

 

 

 

Item 15.  

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

 

79

Item 16.  

Form 10‑K Summary

 

80

 

Signatures

 

85

 

 

2


 

Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENT

This report includes statements of the Company’s expectations, intentions, plans and beliefs that constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meanings of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.  These statements, which may be identified by words such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “intends,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “thinks,” “estimates,” “seeks,” “predicts,” “could,” “projects,” “potential” and other similar terms and phrases, are based on the beliefs of the Company’s management, as well as assumptions made by, and information currently available to, the Company’s management as of the date of such statements.  These statements are subject to risks and uncertainties, all of which are difficult to predict and many of which are beyond the Company’s control. These risks include, without limitation, the impact on us of any of the following:

·

the outcomes of government investigations and legal proceedings, and the related impact on liquidity;

·

reputational harm;

·

obligations related to and impacts of new laws and regulations, including pertaining to tariffs;

·

obtaining products from abroad, including the effects of tariffs, as well as the effects of antidumping and countervailing duties;

·

obligations under various settlement agreements and other compliance matters;

·

disruptions related to our corporate headquarters relocation;

·

impact of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”);

·

the inability to open new stores and fund other capital expenditures needs;

·

managing growth;

·

increased transportation costs;

·

damage to our assets;

·

disruption in our ability to distribute our products;

·

operating stores in Canada and an office in China;

·

managing third-party installers and product delivery companies, including the quality of service;

·

renewing store or warehouse leases;

·

having sufficient suppliers;

·

our, and our suppliers’, compliance with complex and evolving rules, regulations, and laws at the federal, state, and local level;

·

disruption in our ability to obtain products from our suppliers;

·

product liability claims;

·

availability of suitable hardwood, including due to disruptions from the impacts of severe weather;

·

changes in economic conditions, both domestic and abroad;

·

sufficient insurance coverage;

·

access to capital;

·

disruption due to cybersecurity threats;

·

the handling of confidential customer information, including the impacts from the California Consumer Privacy Act;

·

management information systems disruptions;

·

alternative e-commerce offerings;

·

our advertising strategy;

·

anticipating consumer trends;

·

competition;

·

impact of changes in accounting guidance, including implementation guidelines and interpretations;

·

maintenance of valuation allowances on deferred tax assets and the impacts thereof;

·

internal controls;

·

stock price volatility; and

·

anti-takeover provisions.

 

3


 

Table of Contents

The Company specifically disclaims any obligation to update these statements, which speak only as of the dates on which such statements are made, except as may be required under the federal securities laws.  These risks and other factors include those listed in this Item 1A. “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this report.

References to “we,” “our,” “us,” “the Company” and “Lumber Liquidators” generally refers to Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries collectively and, where applicable, individually.

PART I

 

Item 1. Business.

Overview

Lumber Liquidators is one of the leading specialty retailers of hard-surface flooring in North America, offering a complete purchasing solution across an extensive assortment of domestic and exotic hardwood species, engineered hardwood, laminate, resilient vinyl, waterproof vinyl plank and porcelain tile. We also feature the renewable flooring products, bamboo and cork, and provide a wide selection of flooring enhancements and accessories, including moldings, noise-reducing underlayment, adhesives and flooring tools . We offer installation and delivery services through third-party independent contractors for customers who purchase our floors. We operate as a single business segment, with our call center, website and customer service network supporting our retail store operations.

We believe we have achieved a reputation for offering great value, superior service and a broad selection of high-quality hard-surface flooring products.  With a balance of selection, quality, availability, service and price, we believe our value proposition is the most complete within a highly fragmented hard-surface flooring market.  The foundation for our value proposition is strengthened by our unique store model, the industry expertise of our people, and our singular focus on hard-surface flooring.

Lumber Liquidators is a Delaware corporation with its headquarters in Toano, Virginia.  We were founded in 1994 and our initial public offering was in November 2007. Our common stock trades on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “LL.” We operate in a holding company structure with Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc. serving as our parent company and certain direct and indirect subsidiaries, including Lumber Liquidators, Inc., Lumber Liquidators Services, LLC, Lumber Liquidators Production, LLC, and Lumber Liquidators Canada, ULC, conducting our operations.

Our Business

Market

According to the July 2018 Issue of Floor Covering Weekly, U.S. installed floor covering product sales in 2017 were $40.8 billion, not including labor. Within this market, U.S. hardwood, laminate and vinyl flooring sales accounted for 38.7% of the total. Flooring sales are driven by a number of factors including discretionary income and the housing market. Including installation, the overall flooring industry has grown at a compound annual growth rate of 5.4% from 2012 through 2017. Over the same period, hardwood, laminate and vinyl flooring sales, including the cost of installation grew at a compound annual growth rate of 8.3%. We believe improvements in the quality and construction of certain products, increasing resiliency and water-tolerance of products, ease of installation, availability in a broad range of retail price points, and movement away from soft surfaces will drive continued hard-surface flooring share gain versus soft surface flooring in the future.

Competition

We compete for customers in a highly fragmented marketplace, where we believe no one retailer has captured more than a 17% share of the consumer market for hard-surface flooring. Although the market includes the national home improvement warehouse chains, warehouse clubs and online retailers, we believe nearly half of the industry

4


 

Table of Contents

consists of local one-store flooring retailers, small chains of stores that may specialize in one or two flooring categories, and a limited number of regional chains.

Customers

We target several distinct customer groups who each have varied needs with respect to their flooring purchases, including do-it-yourself (“DIY”) customers, do-it-for-me (“DIFM”) customers, and commercial customers.  We believe that each of the customer groups we serve is passionate about their flooring purchase and value our wide assortment of flooring products, availability, and the quality of those products.  While our offering to each of these groups begins with the same broad assortment, convenient stores, and knowledgeable store associates, each of these customer groups require unique service components based on the ability of our associates to share detailed product knowledge and preferred installation methods.  We offer DIFM customers installation services, while our DIY and commercial customers receive more personal attention when completing their purchase, including dedicated call center resources.  All customer groups are offered delivery services.

Products and Services

Product Selection

We offer an extensive assortment of hard-surface flooring under more than 15 proprietary brand names, led by our flagship, Bellawood®. We have invested significant resources developing these national brand names, as well as the Lumber Liquidators name. Our hard-surface flooring products are available in various widths and lengths and are generally differentiated in terms of quality and price based on wood versus manufactured materials, the species, wood grade and durability of finish. Prefinished floors are the dominant choice for residential customers over unfinished wood planks that have a finish applied after installation. We also offer an assortment of flooring enhancements, installation services and accessories, including moldings, underlays and tools.

Direct Sourcing

We source directly from mills and other vendors which enables us to offer a broad assortment of high-quality, proprietary products to our customers at a consistently competitive cost. We seek to establish strong, long-term relationships with our vendor partners around the world. In doing so, we look for vendors that have demonstrated an ability to meet our demanding specifications, our rigorous compliance standards and the capability to provide sustainable and growing supplies of high-quality innovative, trend-right products. We source from both domestic and international vendors, and in 2018, approximately 47% of our product was sourced from Asia, 7% was sourced from Europe and Australia, and 5% was sourced from South America.

Supply Chain

Our supply chain is wholly focused on delivering a complete assortment of products to our customers in an efficient manner.  We operate a 500,000 square foot leased distribution center in Pomona, California as the primary distribution center for our western stores. We own a one million square foot distribution center on approximately 100 acres of land in Henrico County, Virginia, which serves the East Coast stores. A number of our vendors maintain certain inventory levels for shipment directly to our stores or our customers. Our product is generally transported boxed and palletized, and the weight of our product is a key driver of our supply chain costs.

Compliance and Quality Control

Our compliance programs are designed to ensure the products we sell are safe and responsibly sourced, and meet all regulatory and statutory requirements, including without limitation requirements associated with the Lacey Act,  Environment Protection Agency ("EPA") and the California Air Resources Board (“CARB”).  We utilize a variety of due diligence processes and controls, including supplier audits, periodic on-site visits, and product testing. We utilize a risk-based approach to implement and operate the various aspects of our compliance program.  Our compliance program considers, among other things, product risk, the level of vertical integration at our suppliers’ mills, legality concerns

5


 

Table of Contents

noted by both private and government parties, and the results of on-site audits that we perform. Our evaluation of sourcing risk is a key component in our allocation of resources to ensure we meet our standards for product compliance and safety. Compliance and Quality Control teams located in the United States and in China are supplemented with external resources that provide independent analyses, which are incorporated into our review processes and monitor our sourcing efforts across all areas from which we source product. Compliance programs are continually under review, updated and enhanced as appropriate to stay current with statutory and regulatory requirements.  Our compliance and regulatory affairs committee of the board of directors provides oversight of our compliance programs.

Additionally, we maintain and operate a 1,500 square foot lab within our East Coast distribution center. The lab features two temperature and humidity controlled conditioning rooms and two emission chambers correlated to a CARB-approved Third-Party Certifier standard. We believe this equipment mirrors the capabilities of CARB and other state-of-the-art emission testing facilities. This lab, along with our third-party providers, supports our process to ensure compliance with CARB and EPA requirements.

Installation

Approximately one in 10 of our customers purchase professional installation services through us to measure and install flooring at competitive prices. We offer these services at all of our stores. As of December 31, 2018, we utilized a network of associates to perform certain customer-facing, consultative services and coordinate the installation of our flooring products by third-party independent contractors in our stores. Service revenue for installation transactions we control along with freight is included in net services sales, with the corresponding costs in cost of services sold. We believe our greater interaction with the customer and better relationships with the third-party independent contractors on services provided will ultimately result in a better customer experience and higher utilization by the customer.

Store Model

As of December 31, 2018, we operated 413 retail stores, with 405 located in 47 states in the United States and eight in Ontario, Canada.  We opened 21 new stores and closed one store in 2018. We historically had sought locations with lower rent than retailers requiring high traffic or impulse purchases and are able to adapt a range of existing buildings to our format, from freestanding buildings to strip centers to small shopping centers .  Our stores are typically 6,500 to 7,500 square feet.  We enter into short leases, generally for a base term of five to seven years with renewal options, to maximize our real estate flexibility.

We routinely evaluate our store site selection criteria and are currently targeting retail corridors within a market over the more industrial locations we historically sought.  We consistently monitor performance of current stores as well as the market opportunity for new locations, adjusting as needed to optimize the profitability and growth potential of our network. We have recently opened a larger store format in a single-test location. This format includes a showroom that is four times the size of our traditional store, and includes more items in stock and other amenities.

Sales Approach

We strive to have an integrated multi-channel sales model that enables our stores, call center, website and catalogs to work together in a coordinated manner. We believe that due to the average size of the sale and the general infrequency of a flooring purchase, many of our customers conduct extensive research using multiple channels before making a purchase decision. Though our customers utilize a range of these channels in the decision-making process, the final sale is most often completed in the store, working with our flooring experts. Our customers typically plan well in advance for the inconvenience of removing old flooring and installing new flooring. In larger, more complex projects, greater lead time and preparation is often required. Our research indicates that the length of a hardwood flooring purchase can vary significantly from initial interest to final sale.

Our objective is to help the customer through the entire purchase cycle from inspiration to installation, whether in our store or in their home. Our goal is to provide our customers with everything needed to complete their flooring project – to remove the existing floor, install the new floor with complementary moldings and accessories, and finally, maintain the floor for its lifetime.

6


 

Table of Contents

Our sales strategy emphasizes customer service by providing superior, convenient, educational tools for our customers to learn about our products and the installation process. We invest heavily in training our store associates on all of our products and install techniques. Flooring samples of most of the products we offer are available in our stores, or can be ordered through our call center and website. Once an order is placed, customers may choose to either have their purchases delivered or pick them up at a nearby store location.

We are committed to responding to our potential and existing customers in a timely manner. Our call center is staffed by flooring experts cross-trained in sales, customer service and product support. In addition to receiving telephone calls, our call center associates chat online with visitors to our website, respond to emails from our customers and engage in telemarketing activities. Customers can contact our call center to place an order, to make an inquiry or to order a catalog.

Knowledgeable Salespeople

We believe a large segment of residential homeowners are in need of a trusted expert, whether as a guide through a range of flooring alternatives and services or as a resource to both DIY and DIFM customers. We train and position our store management and associates to establish these individual customer relationships, which often last beyond the current purchase to subsequent purchases of additional flooring.

We place an emphasis on identifying, hiring and empowering employees who share a passion for our business philosophy. Many of our store managers have previous experience with the home improvement, retail flooring or flooring installation industries. We provide continuous training focused on selling techniques and in-depth product knowledge for our store associates, who, we believe, are a key driver in a customer’s purchasing decision.

Digital / Omni-Channel

Our website contains a broad range of information on our products and services, including a comprehensive knowledge base on all things related to flooring. We also offer extensive product reviews, before and after photos from previous customers, product information and how-to installation videos. A customer also has the ability to chat live with a flooring expert, either online or over the phone, regarding questions about a flooring purchase or installation. We continue to develop new features and functionality to assist customers, and to ensure they have robust tools at their disposal that are effective at helping them make the ideal flooring choice as they move between online and offline channels. We also have an active presence on Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, YouTube and Twitter.

Advertising and Financing

Advertising : We utilize a mix of traditional and online media, ecommerce, direct mail, social media, and financing offers to emphasize product credibility, value, brand awareness, customer education and direct selling. We increase brand awareness in a variety of ways, including through sports, celebrity endorsements and product placement opportunities. Overall, we actively manage the mix of our media to efficiently drive sales while building brand awareness of our value proposition. We are investing in enhanced digital capabilities.

Financing:  We offer our residential customers a financing alternative through a proprietary credit card, the Lumber Liquidators credit card, underwritten by a third-party financial institution, generally with no recourse to us. This program serves the dual function of providing financial flexibility to our customers and offering us promotional opportunities featuring deferred interest, which we often combine with product promotions. Our customers may also use their Lumber Liquidators credit card for installation services. We also offer our commercial customers a financing alternative, which is also underwritten by a third-party financial institution, generally at no recourse to us. The commercial credit program provides our professional customers a range of additional services that we believe add efficiency to their businesses.

7


 

Table of Contents

Employees

As of December 31, 2018, we had approximately 2,200 employees, 95% of whom were full-time and none of whom were represented by a union.  Of these employees, 72% work in our stores, 18% work in corporate store support infrastructure or similar functions (including our call center employees) and 10% work in one of our distribution centers.  We believe that we have good relations with our employees.

Seasonality and Quarterly Results

Our quarterly results of operations can fluctuate depending on the timing of our advertising expenses and the timing of, and income contributed by, our new stores.  Our net sales fluctuate slightly as a result of seasonal factors, and we adjust merchandise inventories in anticipation of those factors, causing variations in our build of merchandise inventories.  Generally, we experience higher than average net sales in the spring and fall, when more home remodeling activities typically are taking place, and lower than average net sales in the colder winter months and during the hottest summer months.

Intellectual Property and Trademarks

We have a number of marks registered in the United States, including Lumber Liquidators®, Hardwood Floors For Less!®, Bellawood®, 1‑800‑HARDWOOD®, Quickclic®, Virginia Mill Works Co. Hand Scraped and Distressed Floors®, Morning Star Bamboo Flooring®, Dream Home Laminate Floors®, Builder’s Pride®, Schön Engineered Floors®, Casa de Colour Collection®, Avella®, Coreluxe® and other product line names.  We have also registered certain marks in jurisdictions outside the United States, including the European Union, Canada, China, Australia and Japan.  We regard our intellectual property as having significant value and these names are an important factor in the marketing of our brands.  Accordingly, we take steps intended to protect our intellectual property including, where necessary, the filing of lawsuits and administrative actions to enforce our rights.

Government Regulation

We are subject to extensive and varied federal, provincial, state and local government regulations in the jurisdictions in which we operate, including laws and regulations relating to our relationships with our employees and customers, independent, third-party installers, public health and safety, zoning, accommodations for persons with disabilities, and fire codes. We are also subject to a number of compliance obligations pursuant to various settlement agreements we have entered into over the past few years. We operate each of our stores, offices and distribution centers in accordance with standards and procedures designed to comply with all applicable laws, codes, licensing requirements and regulations. Certain of our operations and properties are also subject to federal, provincial, state and local laws and regulations relating to the use, storage, handling, generation, transportation, treatment, emission, release, discharge and disposal of hazardous materials, substances and wastes and relating to the investigation and cleanup of contaminated properties, including off-site disposal locations. We do not currently incur significant costs complying with the laws and regulations related to hazardous materials.  However, we could be subject to material costs, liabilities or claims relating to compliance in the future, especially in the event of changes in existing laws and regulations or in their interpretation, as well as the passage of new laws and regulations.

Our suppliers are subject to the laws and regulations of their home countries, as well as those relative to the import of their products into the United States, including, in particular, laws regulating labor, forestry and the environment.  Our suppliers are subject to periodic compliance audits, onsite visits and other reviews, as appropriate, in efforts  to ensure that they are in compliance with all laws and regulations. We also support social and environmental responsibility among our supplier community and our suppliers agree to comply with our expectations concerning environmental, labor and health and safety matters.  Those expectations include representations and warranties that our suppliers comply with the laws, rules and regulations of the countries in which they operate.

Products that we import into the United States and Canada are subject to laws and regulations imposed in conjunction with such importation, including those issued and/or enforced by U.S. Customs and Border Protection and the Canadian Border Services Agency.  In addition, certain of our products are subject to laws and regulations relating to

8


 

Table of Contents

the importation, acquisition or sale of illegally harvested plants and plant products and the emissions of hazardous materials.  We work closely with our suppliers to address the applicable laws and regulations in these areas.

Available Information

We maintain a website at www.lumberliquidators.com. The information on or available through our website is not, and should not be considered, a part of this annual report on Form 10‑K. You may access our annual reports on Form 10‑K, quarterly reports on Form 10‑Q, current reports on Form 8‑K and amendments to those reports, as well as other reports relating to us that are filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) free of charge on our website as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The SEC also maintains an Internet site, www.sec.gov, which contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information that we file electronically with the SEC.

 

Item 1A. Risk Factors.

The risks described below could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. These risks are not the only risks that we face. Our business operations could also be affected by additional factors that apply generally to companies operating in the U.S. and globally, as well as other risks that are not presently known to us or that we currently consider to be immaterial.

Risks Related to Our Operations

Unfavorable allegations, government investigations and legal actions surrounding our products or us could harm our reputation and impair our ability to grow or sustain our business.

We have been involved in a number of government investigations and legal actions, many of which have resulted from unfavorable allegations regarding our products and us.  Negative publicity surrounding these government investigations and legal actions could continue to harm our reputation and the demand for our products. Additional unfavorable allegations, government investigations and legal actions involving our products and us could also affect our perception in the market and our brands and negatively impact our business and financial condition. For instance, unfavorable allegations surrounding the product quality of our laminates sourced from China has negatively affected and could continue to negatively affect our operations. If this negative impact is significant, our ability to maintain our liquidity and grow or sustain our business could be jeopardized. The cost to defend ourselves and our former employees could be significant.

We are involved in a number of legal proceedings and, while we cannot predict the outcomes of these proceedings and other contingencies with certainty, some of the outcomes of these proceedings could adversely affect our business and financial condition.

We are, or may become, involved in legal proceedings, government and agency investigations, and consumer, employment, tort and other litigation (see discussion of Legal Proceedings in Item 3 of this Annual Report). While we have accrued material liabilities in connection with certain of these proceedings, we cannot predict with certainty the ultimate outcomes. The outcome of some of these legal proceedings could require us to take actions which could be costly to implement or otherwise negatively affect our operations or could require us to pay substantial amounts of money that could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity, financial condition and results of operations and could affect our ability to obtain capital or access our revolving loan and continue as a going concern. Additionally, defending against lawsuits and legal proceedings involves significant expense and diversion of management’s attention and resources.

9


 

Table of Contents

Our overall compliance program, including the Lacey Compliance Plan, is complex and costly to maintain.  A failure to manage these programs could adversely affect our ability to conduct business, result in significant fines and other penalties, damage our brand and reputation, and, consequently, negatively impact our financial position and results of operations.

As disclosed on October 7, 2015, we reached a settlement with the United States Department of Justice (“DOJ”) regarding our compliance with the Lacey Act. In connection with that settlement, we agreed to implement the Lacey Compliance Plan, and we are subject to a probation period of five years. Our implementation of the Lacey Compliance Plan, together with requirements resulting from other settlement agreements we have entered into over the past few years (including the Deferred Prosecution Agreement (the “DPA”) with the United States Attorney’s Office for the Eastern District of Virginia (the “U.S. Attorney”) and the DOJ entered into on March 12, 2019), is costly and, if the implementation costs are more than we anticipate, could adversely affect our operating results. In the event we fail to fully implement and comply with the Lacey Compliance Plan as required and in accordance with set deadlines, the government may require us to cease the importation of hardwood flooring from China until the DOJ determines that we are in full compliance with the Lacey Compliance Plan. If we have to cease the importation of hardwood flooring, our ability to operate would be substantially harmed and our business, including our results of operations, would be adversely affected. In the event we breach the DPA, there is a risk the U.S. Attorney and the DOJ would seek to impose remedies provided for in the DPA, including criminal prosecution. Further, the failure to properly manage our overall compliance program and fully comply with the obligations imposed upon us by these various settlement agreements or implement any of the compliance requirements arising from these obligations could adversely affect our ability to conduct business, result in significant fines and other penalties, damage our brand and reputation and negatively impact our financial position and results of operations.

 

Federal, provincial, state or local laws and regulations, including tariffs, or our failure to comply with such laws and regulations, and our obligations under certain settlement agreements related to our products could increase our expenses, restrict our ability to conduct our business and expose us to legal risks.

We are subject to a wide range of general and industry-specific laws and regulations imposed by federal, provincial, state and local authorities in the countries in which we operate, including those related to tariffs, customs, foreign operations (such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act), truth-in-advertising, consumer protection, privacy, zoning and occupancy matters as well as the operation of retail stores and warehouse, production and distribution facilities and provision of installation services. In addition, various federal, provincial and state laws govern our relationship with and other matters pertaining to our employees, including wage and hour-related laws. If we fail to comply with these laws and regulations, we could be subject to legal risk, our operations could be impacted negatively and our reputation could be damaged. Likewise, if such laws and regulations should change, our costs of compliance may increase, thereby impacting our results and hurting our profitability.

Certain portions of our operations are subject to laws and regulations governing hazardous materials and wastes, the remediation of contaminated soil and groundwater and the health and safety of employees. If we are unable to comply with, extend or renew a material approval, license or permit required by such laws, or if there is a delay in renewing any material approval, license or permit, our net sales and operating results could deteriorate or otherwise cause harm to our business.

With regard to our products, we spend significant resources in order to comply with applicable advertising, importation, exportation, environmental and health and safety laws and regulations. If we should violate these laws and regulations, we could experience delays in shipments of our goods, be subject to fines, penalties, criminal charges, or other legal risks, be liable for costs and damages, or suffer reputational harm, which could reduce demand for our merchandise and hurt our business and results of operations. Further, if such laws and regulations should change we may experience increased costs in order to adhere to the new standards. We are also subject to a number of settlement agreements that impose certain obligations on us with respect to the operation of our business. If we fail to comply with these obligations, we may experience additional costs and expenses and could be subject to additional legal risks.

10


 

Table of Contents

Our growth strategy depends in part on our ability to open new stores and is subject to many unpredictable factors.

As of December 31, 2018, we had 413 stores throughout the United States and Canada.  Assuming the continued success of our store model and satisfaction of our internal criteria, we plan to continue our selective approach to future openings over the next several years. This growth strategy and the investment associated with the development of each new store may cause our operating results to fluctuate and be unpredictable or decrease our profits.  Our future results and ability to implement our growth strategy will depend on various factors, including the following:

·

as we open more stores, our rate of expansion relative to the size of our store base will decline;

·

consumers in new markets may be less familiar with our brands, and we may need to increase brand awareness in those markets through additional investments in advertising;

·

new stores may have higher construction, occupancy or operating costs, inventory requirements, or may have lower average store net sales, than stores opened in the past;

·

competitive pressures could cause changes to our store model and making necessary changes could prove costly;

·

newly opened stores may reach profitability more slowly than we expect in the future, as we enter more mid-sized and smaller markets and add stores to larger markets where we already have a presence; and

·

our Canadian stores may require additional investment in advertising due to our limited penetration in the Canadian market.

Failure to manage our growth effectively could harm our business and operating results.

Our plans call for our selective approach in the addition of new stores over the next several years, and increased orders from our website, call center and catalogs. Our existing management information systems, including our store management systems, compliance procedures and financial and reporting controls, may be unable to support our expansion. Managing our growth effectively will require us to continue to enhance these systems, procedures and controls and to hire, train and retain regional and store managers and personnel for our compliance and financial and reporting departments. We may not respond quickly enough to the changing demands that our expansion will impose on us. Any failure to manage our growth effectively could harm our business and operating results.

Increased transportation costs could harm our results of operations.

The efficient transportation of our products through our supply chain is a critical component of our operations. If the cost of fuel or other costs, such as import tariffs, duties and international container rates, rise, it could result in increases in our cost of sales due to additional transportation charges and fees. Additionally, there are a limited number of delivery companies capable of efficiently transporting our products from our suppliers. Consolidation within this industry could result in increased transportation costs. A reduction in the availability of qualified drivers and an increase in driver regulations could continue to increase our costs.  We may be unable to increase the price of our products to offset increased transportation charges, which could cause our operating results to deteriorate.

Damage , destruction or disruption of our distribution centers could significantly impact our operations and impede our ability to distribute certain of our products. 

We have two distribution centers which house products for the direct shipment of flooring to our stores or to our customers. If either of our distribution centers or our inventory held in those locations were damaged or destroyed by fire, wood infestation or other causes, our distribution processes would be disrupted, which could cause significant

11


 

Table of Contents

delays in delivery.  This could impede our ability to stock our stores and deliver products to our customers, and cause our net sales and operating results to deteriorate.

The operation of stores in Canada and our representative office in China may present increased legal and operational risks.

We currently operate eight store locations in Canada.  As a result of our limited penetration in the Canadian market, these stores may continue to be less successful than we expect.  Additionally, investments in advertising and promotional activity may be required to continue to build brand awareness in that market.

We also have a representative office in Shanghai, China to facilitate our product sourcing in Asia. We have limited experience with the legal and regulatory environments and market practices outside of the United States and cannot guarantee that we will be able to operate profitably in these markets or in a manner and with results similar to those in the United States.  We may also incur increased costs in complying with applicable Canadian and Chinese laws and regulations as they pertain to both our products and our operations. Further, if we fail to comply with applicable laws and regulations, we could be subject to, among other things, litigation and government and agency investigations.

Failure to effectively manage our third-party installers may present increased legal and operational risks.

We manage third-party installers who provide installation services to some of our customers. In some of these jurisdictions, we are subject to regulatory requirements and risks applicable to general contractors, which include management of licensing, permitting and quality of our third-party installers. We have established procedures designed to manage these requirements and ensure customer satisfaction with the services provided by our third-party installers.  If we fail to manage these procedures effectively or provide proper oversight of these services, we may be subject to regulatory enforcement and litigation and our net sales and our profitability and reputation could be harmed.

Our founder is the lessor on a significant number of our leases and the satisfactory renewal of these as each comes due is a risk to our occupancy costs and store count.

As of December 31, 2018, we leased our Toano facility, which includes a store location, a warehouse and 29 of our other store locations from entities owned, in whole or in part, by Tom Sullivan, our founder.  Although our percentage of total stores leased from such entities has decreased and our lease at the Toano facility ends on December 31, 2019, this concentration of leases subjects us to the risk of increased costs or reduction of store count in the event of an adverse action or inaction by Mr. Sullivan or such entities. Mr. Sullivan no longer serves as an employee or as a director of the Company.

Our success depends   upon the retention of our personnel.

 

We believe that our success has depended and continues to depend on the efforts and capabilities of our employees. The loss of the services of key employees due to any negative market or industry perception, the Company’s stock price, the Company’s headquarters move, and/or litigation may prevent us from achieving operational goals and harm our reputation.

12


 

Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Suppliers, Products and Product Sourcing

Our ability and cost to obtain cost-effective products, especially from China and other international suppliers, and the operations of many of our international suppliers are subject to risks that may be beyond our control and that could harm our operations and profitability.

We rely on a select group of international suppliers to provide us with imported flooring products that meet our specifications. In 2018, our imported product was sourced from Asia, Europe, Australia and South America.  As a result, we are subject to risks associated with obtaining products from abroad, including:

·

the imposition of duties (including antidumping and countervailing duties), tariffs, taxes and/or other charges on exports or imports;

·

political unrest, terrorism and economic instability resulting in the disruption of trade from foreign countries where our products originate;

·

currency exchange fluctuations;

·

the imposition of new laws and regulations, including those relating to environmental matters and climate change issues, labor conditions, quality and safety standards, trade restrictions, and restrictions on funds transfers;

·

disruptions or delays in production, shipments, delivery or processing through ports of entry; and

·

differences in product standards, acceptable business practices and legal environments of the country of origin.

In 2018, we sourced approximately 47% of our products from China. Virtually all of these products had a 10% tariff imposed upon them in late 2018 and many of these products could increase further should the tariff rate increase as has been announced but postponed indefinitely, go into effect.  Potential costs and any attendant impact on pricing arising from these tariffs could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.

These and other factors beyond our control could disrupt the ability of our suppliers to ship certain products to us cost-effectively or at all, which could harm our operations. If our product costs and consumer demand are adversely affected by foreign trade issues (including import tariffs and other trade restrictions with China), our sales and profitability may suffer.

Failure to identify and develop relationships with a sufficient number of qualified suppliers could affect our ability to obtain products that meet our high quality standards.

We purchase flooring directly from mills located around the world.  We believe that these direct supplier relationships are important to our business.  In order to retain the competitive advantage that we believe results from these relationships, we need to continue to identify, develop and maintain relationships with qualified suppliers that can satisfy our high standards for quality and our requirements for the delivery of hardwood in a timely and efficient manner.  We expect the need to develop new relationships to be particularly important as we seek to expand our operations, enhance our product offerings, and expand our product assortment and geographic source of origin in the future.  Any inability to do so could reduce our competitiveness, slow our plans for further expansion and cause our net sales and operating results to deteriorate.

We rely on a concentrated number of suppliers for a significant portion of our supply needs.  We generally do not have long-term contracts with our suppliers.  In the future, our suppliers may be unable to supply us, or supply us on acceptable terms, due to various factors, which could include political instability in the supplier’s country, insufficient production capacity, product line failures, collusion, a supplier’s financial instability, inability or refusal to comply with

13


 

Table of Contents

applicable laws, trade restrictions, tariffs or our standards, duties, insufficient transport capacity and other factors beyond our control. In these circumstances, we could experience deterioration in our net sales and operating results.

The failure of our suppliers to comply with applicable laws, use ethical practices, and meet our quality standards could result in our suspending purchasing from them, negatively impacting net sales, and could expose us to reputational and legal risks.

While our suppliers agree to operate in compliance with applicable laws and regulations, we do not control our suppliers. Accordingly, despite our continued investment in quality control, we cannot guarantee that they comply with such laws and regulations or operate in a legal, ethical and responsible manner. While we monitor our suppliers’ adherence to our quality standards, there is no guarantee that we will be able to identify non-compliance. Moreover, the failure of our suppliers to adhere to applicable legal requirements and the quality standards that we set for our products could lead to government investigations, litigation, write-offs and recalls, which could damage our reputation and our brands, increase our costs, and otherwise hurt our business.

Product liability claims could adversely affect our reputation, which could adversely affect our net sales and profitability.

We have faced and continue to face the risk of exposure to product liability claims in the event that the use of our products is alleged to have resulted in economic loss, personal injury or property damage or violated environmental or other laws. In the event that any of our products proves to be defective or otherwise in violation of applicable laws, we may be required to recall or redesign such products. Further, in such instances, we may be subject to legal action. We maintain insurance against some forms of product liability claims, but such coverage may not be available or adequate for the liabilities actually incurred. A successful claim brought against us in excess of available insurance coverage, or any claim or product recall that results in significant adverse publicity against us, may have a material adverse effect on our net sales and operating results.

Our ability to offer hardwood flooring, particularly products made of more exotic species of hardwood, depends on the continued availability of sufficient suitable hardwood at reasonable cost.

Our business strategy depends on offering a wide assortment of hardwood flooring to our customers. We sell flooring made from species ranging from domestic maple, oak and pine to imported cherry, koa, mahogany and teak.  Some of these species are scarce, and we cannot be assured of their continued availability.  Our ability to obtain an adequate volume and quality of hard-to-find species depends on our suppliers’ ability to furnish those species, which, in turn, could be affected by many things including events such as forest fires, insect infestation, tree diseases, prolonged drought and other adverse weather and climate conditions.  Government regulations relating to forest management practices also affect our suppliers’ ability to harvest or export timber, and changes to regulations and forest management policies, or the implementation of new laws or regulations, could impede their ability to do so.  If our suppliers cannot deliver sufficient hardwood and we cannot find replacement suppliers, our net sales and operating results may be negatively impacted.

The cost of the various species of hardwood that are used in our products is important to our profitability. Hardwood lumber costs fluctuate as a result of a number of factors including changes in domestic and international supply and demand, labor costs, competition, market speculation, product availability, environmental restrictions, government regulation and trade policies, duties, weather conditions, processing and freight costs, and delivery delays and disruptions. We generally do not have long-term supply contracts or guaranteed purchase amounts. As a result, we may not be able to anticipate or react to changing hardwood costs by adjusting our purchasing practices, and we may not always be able to increase the selling prices of our products in response to increases in supply costs. If we cannot address changing hardwood costs appropriately, it could cause our operating results to deteriorate.

14


 

Table of Contents

Risks Related to Economic Factors and Our Access to Capital

Cyclicality in the home flooring industry, coupled with our lack of diversity in our lines of business, could cause volatility and risk to our business.

The hardwood flooring industry is highly dependent on the remodeling of existing homes and new home construction.  Remodeling and new home construction are cyclical and depend on a number of factors which are beyond our control, including interest rates, tax policy, employment levels, consumer confidence, credit availability, real estate prices, demographic trends, weather conditions, natural disasters and general economic conditions.

In the event of a decrease in discretionary spending, home remodeling activity or new home construction, demand for our products, including hardwood flooring, could be impacted negatively and our business and operating results could be harmed.

Our insurance coverage and self-insurance reserves may not cover existing or future claims.

With the large number of pending cases and government investigations, we may be required to defend ourselves and our officers, directors and former employees and we may be subject to financial harm in the event such cases or investigations are adversely determined and insurance coverage will not, or is not sufficient to, cover any related losses.  We maintain various insurance policies, including directors and officers insurance, as well as the following:

·

We are self-insured on certain health insurance plans and workers’ compensation coverage and are responsible for losses up to a certain limit for these respective plans.

·

We continue to be responsible for losses up to a certain limit for general liability and property damage insurance.

·

Our professional liability and cyber security insurance policies contain limitations on the amount and scope of coverage.

For policies under which we are responsible for losses, we record a liability that represents our estimated cost of claims incurred and unpaid as of the balance sheet date.  Unanticipated changes may produce materially different amounts of expense than those recorded, which could adversely impact our operating results. Additionally, our recent experience could limit our ability to obtain satisfactory insurance coverage, subjecting us to further loss, or could require significantly increased premiums.

The inability to access our Revolving Credit Facility or other sources of capital, could cause our financial position, liquidity, and results of operations to suffer.

We have relied on and expect to continue to rely on a bank credit agreement to fund our seasonal needs for working capital.  We have signed a commitment letter to increase the amounts available under this Revolving Credit Facility and may need to access additional sources of capital to satisfy our liquidity needs. Our access to the Revolving Credit Facility depends on our ability to meet the conditions for borrowing, including that all representations are true and correct at the time of the borrowing. There is no assurance that we will be able to consummate the commitment letter. Also, there is no assurance that we could obtain additional financing on acceptable terms, if at all. Our failure to meet these requirements or obtain additional or alternative sources of capital could impact:

·

our ability to fund working capital, capital expenditures, store expansion and other general corporate purposes;

·

our ability to meet our liquidity needs, arising from, among other things, legal matters; and

15


 

Table of Contents

·

our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate.

Risks Related to Our Information Technology

We may incur costs and losses resulting from security risks we face in connection with our electronic processing, transmission and storage of confidential customer information.

We accept electronic payment cards for payment in our stores and through our call center.  In addition, our online operations depend upon the secure transmission of confidential information over public networks, including information permitting cashless payments.  As a result, we may become subject to claims for purportedly fraudulent transactions arising out of the actual or alleged theft of credit or debit card information, and we may also be subject to lawsuits or other proceedings relating to these types of incidents.  Further, a compromise of our security systems that results in our customers’ personal information being obtained by unauthorized persons could adversely affect our reputation with our customers and others, as well as our operations, results of operations and financial condition, and could result in litigation against us or the imposition of penalties.  A security breach could also require that we expend significant additional resources related to the security of information systems and could result in a disruption of our operations, particularly our online sales operations.

Additionally, privacy and information security laws and regulations change, and compliance with them may result in cost increases due to necessary systems changes and the development of new administrative processes.  If we fail to comply with these laws and regulations or experience a data security breach, our reputation could be damaged, possibly resulting in lost future business, and we could be subjected to additional legal risk as a result of non-compliance.

If our management information systems, including our website or our call center, experience disruptions, it could disrupt our business and reduce our net sales.

We depend on our management information systems to integrate the activities of our stores, website and call center, to process orders, to respond to customer inquiries, to manage inventory, to purchase merchandise and to sell and ship goods on a timely basis.  We may experience operational problems with our information systems as a result of system failures, viruses, computer “hackers” or other causes.  We may incur significant expenses in order to repair any such operational problems.  Any significant disruption or slowdown of our systems could cause information, including data related to customer orders, to be lost or delayed, which could result in delays in the delivery of products to our stores and customers or lost sales.  Moreover, our entire corporate network, including our telephone lines, is on an Internet-based network, which is vulnerable to certain risks and uncertainties, including changes in required technology interfaces, website downtime and other technical failures, security breaches and customer privacy concerns. Accordingly, if our network is disrupted or if we cannot successfully maintain our website and call center in good working order, we may experience delayed communications within our operations and between our customers and ourselves, and may not be able to communicate at all via our network, including via telephones connected to our network.

Alternative e-commerce and online shopping offerings may erode our customer base and adversely affect our business.

Our long-term future depends heavily upon the general public’s willingness to use our stores as a means to purchase goods. In recent years, e-commerce has become more widely accepted as a means of purchasing consumer goods and services, which could adversely impact customer traffic in our stores. Additionally, certain of our competitors offer alternative e-commerce and online shopping. If consumers use alternative e-commerce and online shopping offerings to conduct business as opposed to our store locations, it could materially adversely impact our net sales and operating results.

16


 

Table of Contents

Risks Relating to Our Competitive Positioning

A tarnished brand or ineffectiveness of our advertising strategy could result in reduced customer traffic, thereby impacting net sales and profitability.

We believe that our growth thus far was achieved in part through our successful investment in local and national advertising. Historically, we have used extensive advertising to encourage customers to drive to our stores, which were generally located some distance from population centers in areas that have lower rents than traditional retail locations. Further, a significant portion of our advertising was directed at the DIY and DIFM customers. While our marketing strategy continues to support these strategies, we have broadened the reach and frequency of our advertising to increase the awareness of our value proposition and the number of customers served. If there is are negative perceptions about our brand to our customers, our advertisements fail to draw customers in the future, or if the cost of advertising or other marketing materials increases significantly, we could experience declines in our net sales and operating results.

Competition could cause price declines, decrease demand for our products and decrease our market share.

We operate in the wood flooring industry, which is highly fragmented and competitive.  We face significant competition from national and regional home improvement chains, national and regional specialty flooring chains, Internet-based companies and privately owned single-site enterprises.  We compete on the basis of price, customer service, store location and the range, quality and availability of the hardwood flooring that we offer our customers.  If our positioning with regard to one or more of these factors should erode, deteriorate, fail to resonate with consumers or misalign with demand or expectations, our business and results may be negatively impacted.

Our competitive position is also influenced by the availability, quality and cost of merchandise, labor costs, distribution and sales efficiencies and our productivity compared to that of our competitors. Further, as we expand into new and unfamiliar markets, we may face different competitive environments than in the past. Likewise, as we continue to enhance and develop our product offerings, we may experience new competitive conditions.

Some of our competitors are larger organizations, have existed longer, are more diversified in the products they offer and have a more established market presence with substantially greater financial, marketing, personnel and other resources than we have. In addition, our competitors may forecast market developments more accurately than we do, develop products that are superior to ours, produce similar products at a lower cost or adapt more quickly to new technologies or evolving customer requirements than we do. Intense competitive pressures from one or more of our competitors could cause price declines, decrease demand for our products and decrease our market share.

Hardwood flooring may become less popular as compared to other types of floor coverings in the future.  For example, our products are made using various hardwood species, including rare exotic hardwood species, and concern over the environmental impact of tree harvesting could shift consumer preferences towards synthetic or inorganic flooring.  In addition, hardwood flooring competes against carpet, vinyl sheet, vinyl tile, ceramic tile, natural stone and other types of floor coverings.  If consumer preferences shift toward types of floor coverings that we do not sell, we may experience decreased demand for our products.

All of these competitive factors may harm us and reduce our net sales and operating results.

Risks Related to Accounting Standards and Internal Controls 

Changes in accounting standards, subjective assumptions, estimates and judgments by management related to complex accounting matters, and failures in internal control could significantly affect our financial results.

Generally accepted accounting principles and related accounting pronouncements, implementation guidelines and interpretations with regard to a wide range of matters that are relevant to our business, including but not limited to, consolidation, revenue recognition, stock-based compensation, lease accounting, sales returns reserves, inventories, self-insurance, income taxes, deferred taxes, valuation allowances, unclaimed property laws and litigation, are highly

17


 

Table of Contents

complex and involve many subjective assumptions, estimates and judgments by our management. Changes in these rules or their interpretation or changes in underlying assumptions, estimates or judgments by our management could significantly change our reported or expected financial performance, which may have a material effect on our results of operation.

Failure to maintain effective systems of internal and disclosure control could have a material adverse effect on our results of operation and financial condition.

Effective internal and disclosure controls are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and effectively prevent fraud, and to operate successfully as a public company. If we cannot provide reliable financial reports or prevent fraud, our reputation and operating results would be harmed. As part of our ongoing monitoring of internal control, we may discover material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in internal control that require remediation.

In the current period, we identified a material weakness as discussed in Item 9A. Additionally, we have in the past discovered, and may in the future discover, areas of internal controls that need improvement. Regardless, we continue to work to remediate and improve our internal controls. We cannot be certain that these measures will ensure that we implement and maintain adequate controls over our financial processes and reporting in the future. Any failure to maintain effective controls or to timely implement any necessary improvement of our internal and disclosure controls could, among other things, result in losses from fraud or error, harm our reputation, or cause investors to lose confidence in the reported financial information, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operation and financial condition.

 

Risks Relating to Our Common Stock

Our common stock price may be volatile and all or part of any investment in our common stock may be lost.

The market price of our common stock could fluctuate significantly based on various factors, including, but not limited to:

·

unfavorable market reactions to allegations regarding the safety of our products and the related litigation and/or government investigations resulting therefrom, as well as any payments, judgments or other losses in connection with such lawsuits and/or investigations;

·

trading activity of our current or future stockholders, including common stock transactions by our directors and executive officers;

·

industry-related trends and growth prospects; and

·

our concentration in the cyclical home furnishings industry.

In addition, the stock market may experience significant price and volume fluctuations.  These fluctuations may be unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies but may cause declines in the market price of our common stock.  The price of our common stock could fluctuate based upon factors that have little or nothing to do with us or our performance.

Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate significantly and could fall below the expectations of research analysts and investors due to various factors.

Research analysts and investors develop expectations on how we may perform using a variety of metrics, including, but not limited to, sales, comparable store sales and gross profit. However, in any given quarter, actual performance may vary from these expectations, causing significant fluctuations in our stock price.

18


 

Table of Contents

Our anti-takeover defense provisions may cause our common stock to trade at market prices lower than it might absent such provisions.

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions that may make it more difficult or expensive for a third party to acquire control of us without the approval of our board of directors. These provisions include a staggered board, the availability of “blank check” preferred stock, provisions restricting stockholders from calling a special meeting of stockholders or from taking action by written consent and provisions that set forth advance notice procedures for stockholders’ nominations of directors and proposals of topics for consideration at meetings of stockholders. Our certificate of incorporation also provides that Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which relates to business combinations with interested stockholders, applies to us. These provisions may delay, prevent or deter a merger, or other transaction that might otherwise result in our stockholders receiving a premium over the market price for their common stock. In addition, these provisions may cause our common stock to trade at a market price lower than it might absent such provisions.

 

Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments.

None.

 

Item 2. Properties.

As of March 1, 2019, we operated 412 stores located in 47 states and Canada,  including one opening and two closings since December 31, 2018.  In addition to our eight stores in Ontario, Canada, the table below sets forth the locations (alphabetically by state) of our 404 U.S. stores in operation as of March 1, 2019.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

State

    

Stores

    

State

    

Stores

    

State

    

Stores

    

State  

    

Stores

Alabama

 

6

 

Iowa

 

3

 

Nebraska

 

2

 

Rhode Island

 

1

Arizona

 

6

 

Kansas

 

3

 

Nevada

 

4

 

South Carolina

 

10

Arkansas

 

2

 

Kentucky

 

5

 

New Hampshire

 

5

 

South Dakota

 

1

California

 

45

 

Louisiana

 

6

 

New Jersey

 

14

 

Tennessee

 

6

Colorado

 

9

 

Maine

 

3

 

New Mexico

 

1

 

Texas

 

29

Connecticut

 

8

 

Maryland

 

10

 

New York

 

21

 

Utah

 

3

Delaware

 

4

 

Massachusetts

 

10

 

North Carolina

 

14

 

Vermont

 

1

Florida

 

31

 

Michigan

 

11

 

North Dakota

 

1

 

Virginia

 

15

Georgia

 

11

 

Minnesota

 

7

 

Ohio

 

13

 

Washington

 

9

Idaho

 

2

 

Mississippi

 

3

 

Oklahoma

 

3

 

West Virginia

 

3

Illinois

 

15

 

Missouri

 

5

 

Oregon

 

8

 

Wisconsin

 

6

Indiana

 

8

 

Montana

 

1

 

Pennsylvania

 

20

 

 

 

 

 

We lease all of our stores as well as our corporate headquarters, which is currently located in Toano, Virginia. Our corporate headquarters is located on a 74-acre plot, is 307,784 square feet, of which approximately 32,000 square feet are office space, and includes our call center, corporate offices, a distribution facility and two finishing lines. In July 2018, we announced that we will relocate our corporate headquarters and call center from Toano, Virginia to Richmond, Virginia. On October 19, 2018, we entered into an agreement to lease the new headquarters location, which covers an existing building consisting of approximately 53,000 rentable square feet. We currently lease space near the new headquarters location as a satellite office for various administrative functions and expect to continue that lease or lease similar property in Richmond, Virginia for our call center operations. We expect the relocation to the new headquarters to take place in late 2019. Based on the Company’s internal review of its Bellawood products finishing operation and related equipment in 2018, the Company ceased finishing flooring in January 2019 and outsourced this business to focus on its core retail operations.

In addition, we own a one million square foot distribution center on approximately 100 acres of land in Henrico County, Virginia.  We lease a 504,016 square foot facility in Pomona, California, which, along with our facility in Virginia, serve as our primary distribution facilities.

 

19


 

Table of Contents

Item 3. Legal Proceedings.

Governmental Investigations 

 

In March 2015, the Company received a grand jury subpoena issued in connection with a criminal investigation being conducted by the U.S. Attorney’s Office for the Eastern District of Virginia (the “U.S. Attorney”). In addition, on May 19, 2015, July 13, 2015 and March 11, 2016, the Company received subpoenas from the New York Regional Office of the SEC in connection with an inquiry by the SEC staff. The focus of the investigations primarily related to compliance with disclosure, financial reporting and trading requirements under the federal securities laws. The Company cooperated with the investigations and produced documents and other information responsive to subpoenas and other requests received from the parties.

The Company has recently concluded negotiations with the U.S. Attorney, the DOJ and the SEC concerning the resolution of their criminal and civil investigations into the public disclosures the Company made in March 2015 concerning whether its Chinese made laminates were compliant with certain California state regulatory requirements (the “Investigations”). In connection with the Investigations, the Company (i) entered into a Deferred Prosecution Agreement (“DPA”) with the U.S. Attorney and the DOJ on March 12, 2019 and (ii) submitted an Offer of Settlement to the SEC on March 12, 2019. On March 12, 2019 the SEC approved the Offer and issued an Order Instituting Cease-and-Desist Proceedings Pursuant to Section 21C of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Making Findings, and Imposing a Cease-and-Desist Order (the “Order”). The DPA and the Order are collectively referred to herein as the “Agreements”. Pursuant to the DPA, the U.S. Attorney and the DOJ filed a one count criminal information in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Virginia, charging the Company with securities fraud in connection with the March 2015 8-K. The U.S. Attorney and the DOJ agreed that if the Company fully complies with all of its obligations under the DPA, the U.S. Attorney and the DOJ will, at the conclusion of the DPA’s three-year term, seek dismissal with prejudice of the criminal information filed against the Company. Pursuant to the Order, the SEC ordered the Company to cease and desist from committing or causing any violations and any future violations of the relevant provisions of the federal securities laws and required disgorgement as discussed in the following paragraph.

Under the DPA, the Company is required, among other things, to (1) pay a fine in the amount of $19,095,648 to the United States Treasury, (2) forfeit to the U.S. Attorney and the DOJ the sum of $13,904,352, of which up to $6,097,298 will be submitted by the Company to the SEC in disgorgement and prejudgment interest under the Order and (3) adopt a new compliance program, or modify its existing one, including internal controls, compliance policies, and procedures in order to ensure that the Company maintains an effective system of internal account controls designed to ensure the making and keeping of fair and accurate books, records and accounts, as well as a compliance program designed to prevent and detect violations of certain federal securities laws throughout its operations. The Company will also be required to report to the U.S. Attorney and DOJ annually during the term of the DPA regarding remediation and implementation of the compliance measures described in the DPA.

The Agreements also provide that the Company will continue to cooperate with the U.S. Attorney, the DOJ and the SEC in all matters relating to the conduct described in the Agreements and, at the request of the U.S. Attorney, the DOJ, or the SEC, the Company will cooperate fully with other domestic or foreign law enforcement authorities and agencies in any investigation of the Company in any and all matters relating to the Agreements. In the event the Company breaches the DPA, there is a risk the government would seek to impose remedies provided for in the DPA, including instituting criminal prosecution against the Company.

The Company has accrued a charge of $33 million within selling, general and administrative expenses in its December 31, 2018 financial statements, reflecting the amounts owed under the Agreements. The Company expects to remit all amounts within 30 days of entering into the Agreements and has included the liability in the caption “Accrual for Legal Matters and Settlements Current” on its balance sheet. The Company expects to remit all amounts within 30 days of entering into the Agreements and has included the liability in the caption “Accrual for Legal Matters and Settlements Current” on its balance sheet.

 

20


 

Table of Contents

Litigation Relating to Bamboo Flooring

 

On or about December 8, 2014, Dana Gold (“Gold”) filed a purported class action lawsuit in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California alleging that the Morning Star bamboo flooring that the Company sells is defective (the “Gold Litigation”). Plaintiffs have narrowed the complaint to the Company’s Morning Star Strand Bamboo flooring (the “Strand Bamboo Product”) sold to residents of California, Florida, Illinois, Minnesota, Pennsylvania and West Virginia for personal, family or household use.  The Gold Litigation plaintiffs allege that the Company has engaged in deceptive trade practice acts in conjunction with the sale of the Strand Bamboo Products. The plaintiffs did not quantify any alleged damages in their complaint but, in addition to attorneys’ fees and costs, the plaintiffs sought a declaration that the Company’s actions violate the law and that it is financially responsible for notifying all purported class members, injunctive relief requiring the Company to replace and/or repair all of the Strand Bamboo Product installed in structures owned by the purported class members and a declaration that the Company must disgorge, for the benefit of the purported classes, all or part of the profits received from the sale of the allegedly defective Strand Bamboo Product and/or to make full restitution to the plaintiffs and the purported class members. In November 2017, the court granted the plaintiffs’ motion for class certification with respect to the six states. The Company appealed the decision, but the petition for appeal was denied. On January 2, 2019, the court denied the Company’s motion for summary judgment. The Company has participated in court-ordered mediation sessions. Trial, which was previously scheduled for February 25, 2019, has been postponed.

Following settlement discussions with the respect to the Gold Litigation, on March 15, 2019, the Company entered into a Memorandum of Understanding with Gold and certain other lead plaintiffs in the Gold Litigation (the “MOU”), which would resolve all disputes on a nationwide basis. Under the terms of the MOU, the Company will contribute $14 million in cash and provide $14 million in store-credit vouchers, with a potential additional $2 million in store-credit vouchers based on obtaining a claim’s percentage of more than 7%, for an aggregate settlement of up to $30 million. The MOU is subject to certain contingencies, including the execution of a definitive settlement agreement, board approval of the definitive settlement agreement, and court approvals. The entry into the MOU or any subsequent execution of a definitive settlement agreement does not constitute an admission by the Company of any fault or liability and the Company does not admit any fault or liability. There can be no assurance that a settlement will be finalized and approved or as to the ultimate outcome of the litigation. If a final, court-approved settlement is not reached, the Company will defend the matter vigorously and believes there are meritorious defenses and legal standards that must be met for, among other things, success on the merits. The Company has notified its insurance carriers and continues to pursue coverage. As the insurance claim is still pending, the Company has not recognized any insurance recovery related to the Gold Litigation.

As a result of these developments, the Company has determined that a probable loss has been incurred and has recognized a charge to earnings of $28 million within selling general and administrative expense during the fourth quarter of 2018 with the offset in the caption “Accrual for Legal Matters – Current” on its balance sheet related to this potential settlement as of December 31, 2018. If the Company does not execute a definitive settlement agreement consistent with the MOU or incurs losses with the respect to the Bamboo Flooring Litigation, the actual losses that may result from these actions may exceed this amount. Any such losses could, potentially, have a material adverse effect, individually or collectively, on the Company’s results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.

In addition, there are a number of other claims and lawsuits alleging damages similar to those in the Gold Litigation (the “Bamboo Flooring Litigation”). While the Company believes that a loss associated with the Bamboo Flooring Litigation is reasonably possible, the Company is unable to reasonably estimate the amount or range of possible loss. Any such losses could, potentially, have a material adverse effect, individually or collectively, on the Company’s results of operations, financial condition, and liquidity. The Company disputes the claims in the Bamboo Flooring Litigation and intends to defend such matters vigorously.

 

Litigation Relating to Chinese Laminates

 

Formaldehyde-Abrasion MDLs

 

Beginning on or about March 3, 2015, numerous purported class action cases were filed in various U.S. federal district courts and state courts involving claims of excessive formaldehyde emissions from the Company’s Chinese-

21


 

Table of Contents

manufactured laminate flooring products. The purported classes consisted of all U.S. consumers that purchased the relevant products during certain time periods. Plaintiffs in these cases challenged the Company’s labeling of its products as compliant with the California Air Resources Board Regulation and alleged claims for fraudulent concealment, breach of warranty, negligent misrepresentation and violation of various state consumer protection statutes. The plaintiffs sought various forms of declaratory and injunctive relief and unquantified damages, including restitution and actual, compensatory, consequential and, in certain cases, punitive damages, as well as interest, costs and attorneys’ fees incurred by the plaintiffs and other purported class members in connection with the alleged claims. The United States Judicial Panel on Multidistrict Litigation (the “MDL Panel”) transferred and consolidated the federal cases to the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Virginia (the “Virginia Court”). The consolidated case in the Virginia Court is captioned In re: Lumber Liquidators Chinese-Manufactured Flooring Products Marketing, Sales, Practices and Products Liability Litigation (the “Formaldehyde MDL”).

 

Beginning on or about May 20, 2015, multiple class actions were filed in the United States District Court for the Central District of California and other district courts located in the place of residence of each non-California plaintiffs consisting of U.S. consumers who purchased the Company’s Chinese-manufactured laminate flooring products challenging certain representations about the durability and abrasion class ratings of such products. These plaintiffs asserted claims for fraudulent concealment, breach of warranty and violation of various state consumer protection statutes. The plaintiffs did not quantify any alleged damages in these cases; however, in addition to attorneys’ fees and costs, they did seek an order (i) certifying the action as a class action, (ii) adopting the plaintiffs’ class definitions and finding that the plaintiffs are their proper representatives, (iii) appointing their counsel as class counsel, (iv) granting injunctive relief to prohibit the Company from continuing to advertise and/or sell laminate flooring products with false abrasion class ratings, (v) providing restitution of all monies the Company received from the plaintiffs and class members and (vi) providing damages (actual, compensatory and consequential), as well as punitive damages. On October 3, 2016, the MDL Panel transferred and consolidated the abrasion class actions to the Virginia Court. The consolidated case is captioned In re: Lumber Liquidators Chinese-Manufactured Laminate Flooring Durability Marketing and Sales Practices Litigation (the “Abrasion MDL”). 

 

On March 15, 2018, the Company entered into a settlement agreement to jointly settle the Formaldehyde MDL and the Abrasion MDL. Under the terms of the settlement agreement, the Company has agreed to fund $22 million (the “Cash Payment”) and provide $14 million in store-credit vouchers for an aggregate settlement amount of $36 million to settle claims brought on behalf of purchasers of Chinese-made laminate flooring sold by the Company between January 1, 2009 and May 31, 2015. The $36 million aggregate settlement amount was accrued in 2017. On June 16, 2018, the Virginia Court issued an order that, among other things, granted preliminary approval of the settlement agreement. Following the preliminary approval, and pursuant to the terms of the settlement agreement, the Company, in June, paid $0.5 million for settlement administration costs, which is part of the Cash Payment, to the plaintiffs’ settlement escrow account. Subsequent to the Final Approval and Fairness Hearing held on October 3, 2018, the Court approved the settlement on October 9, 2018 and, as a result, the Company paid $21.5 million in cash into the plaintiffs’ settlement escrow account. To date, insurers have denied coverage with respect to the Formaldehyde MDL and Abrasion MDL. 

 

On November 8, 2018, an individual filed a Notice of Appeal in the United States Court of Appeals for the Fourth Circuit (the “Appeals Court”) challenging the settlement. On December 14, 2018, another individual filed a Notice of Appeal in the Appeals Court. Subsequently, the Appeals Court consolidated both appeals and entered a briefing schedule. Vouchers, which generally have a three-year life, will be distributed by the administrator upon order of the Court. At December 31, 2018, the Company’s obligations related to Formaldehyde MDL and Abrasion MDL consisted of a short-term payable of $35.5 million with $14 million expected to be satisfied by the issuance of vouchers. If the appeals were to result in the settlement being set aside, the Company would receive $21.5 million back from the escrow agent. Accordingly, the Company has accounted for the payment of $21.5 million as a deposit in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. The Company has no liability accrued related to the appeals.

 

In addition to those purchasers who elected to opt out of the above settlement (the “Opt Outs”), there are a number of individual claims and lawsuits alleging personal injuries, breach of warranty claims or violation of state consumer protection statutes that remain pending (collectively, the “Remaining Laminate Matters”). Certain of these Remaining Laminate Matters were settled in 2018. The Company recognized charges to earnings of $3 million and $1 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, within selling, general and administrative

22


 

Table of Contents

expenses for these Remaining Laminate Matters. While the Company believes that a further loss associated with the Opt Outs and Remaining Laminate Matters is possible, the Company is unable to reasonably estimate the amount or range of possible loss beyond what has been provided. Any such losses could, potentially, have a material adverse effect, individually or collectively, on the Company’s results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.

 

Canadian Litigation

 

On or about April 1, 2015, Sarah Steele (“Steele”) filed a purported class action lawsuit in the Ontario, Canada Superior Court of Justice against the Company. In the complaint, Steele’s allegations include strict liability, breach of implied warranty of fitness for a particular purpose, breach of implied warranty of merchantability, fraud by concealment, civil negligence, negligent misrepresentation and breach of implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing. Steele did not quantify any alleged damages in her complaint, but seeks compensatory damages, punitive, exemplary and aggravated damages, statutory remedies, attorneys’ fees and costs. While the Company believes that a further loss associated with the Steele litigation is possible, the Company is unable to reasonably estimate the amount or range of possible loss.

 

Employment Cases

 

Mason Lawsuit

 

On or about August 15, 2017, Ashleigh Mason, Dan Morse, Ryan Carroll and Osagie Ehigie filed a purported class action lawsuit in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of New York on behalf of all current and former store managers, store managers in training, installation sales managers and similarly situated current and former employees holding comparable positions but different titles (collectively, the “Putative Class Employees”) alleging that the Company violated the Fair Labor Standards Act (“FLSA”) and New York Labor Law (“NYLL”) by classifying the Putative Class Employees as exempt. The alleged violations include failure to pay for overtime work. The plaintiffs seek certification of the Putative Class Employees for (i) a collective action covering the period beginning three years and 115 days prior to the filing of the complaint through the disposition of this action for the Putative Class Employees nationwide in connection with FLSA and (ii) a class action covering the period beginning six years and 115 days prior to the filing of the complaint through the disposition of this action for members of the Putative Class Employees who currently are or were employed in New York in connection with NYLL. The plaintiffs did not quantify any alleged damages but, in addition to attorneys’ fees and costs, the plaintiffs seek class certification, unspecified amount for unpaid wages and overtime wages, liquidated and/or punitive damages, declaratory relief, restitution, statutory penalties, injunctive relief and other damages. In November 2018, the plaintiffs filed a motion requesting conditional certification for all Putative Class Employees who worked within the federal statute of limitations period. The Company filed its opposition to this motion, which is now pending before the court.

 

 

Kramer Lawsuit

 

On or about November 17, 2017, Robert J. Kramer, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated (collectively, the “Kramer Plaintiffs”) filed a purported class action lawsuit in the Superior Court of California, County of Sacramento on behalf of all current and former store managers, all others with similar job functions and/or titles and all current and former employees classified as non-exempt or incorrectly classified as exempt and who worked for the Company in the State of California (collectively, the “CSM Employees”) alleging violation of the California Labor Code including, among other items, failure to pay wages and overtime and engaging in unfair business practices. The Kramer Plaintiffs seek certification of the CSM Employees for a class action covering the prior four-year period prior to the filing of the complaint through the disposition of this action for the CSM Employees who currently are or were employed in California (the “California SM Class”). The Kramer Plaintiffs did not quantify any alleged damages but, in addition to attorneys’ fees and costs, the Kramer Plaintiffs seek unspecified amounts for unpaid wages and overtime wages, liquidated and/or punitive damages, declaratory relief, restitution, statutory penalties, injunctive relief and other damages. The Company disputes the Kramer Plaintiffs’ claims and intends to defend the matter vigorously. Given the uncertainty of litigation, the preliminary stage of the case and the legal standards that must be met for, among other things, class certification and success on the merits, the Company cannot estimate the reasonably possible loss or range

23


 

Table of Contents

of loss, if any, that may result from this action and therefore no accrual has been made related to this. Any such losses could, potentially, have a material adverse effect, individually or collectively, on the Company’s results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.

 

Antidumping and Countervailing Duties Investigation

 

In October 2010, a conglomeration of domestic manufacturers of multilayered wood flooring (“Petitioners”) filed a petition seeking the imposition of antidumping (“AD”) and countervailing duties (“CVD”) with the United States Department of Commerce (“DOC”) and the United States International Trade Commission (“ITC”) against imports of multilayered wood flooring from China. This ruling applies to companies importing multilayered wood flooring from Chinese suppliers subject to the AD and CVD orders. The Company’s multilayered wood flooring imports from China accounted for approximately 7% and 8% of its flooring purchases in 2018 and 2017, respectively. The Company’s consistent view through the course of this matter has been, and remains, that its imports are neither dumped nor subsidized.

 

As part of its processes in these proceedings, following the original investigation, the DOC conducts annual administrative reviews of the CVD and AD rates. In such cases, the DOC will issue preliminary rates that are not binding and are subject to comment by interested parties. After consideration of the comments received, the DOC will issue final rates for the applicable period, which may lag by a year or more. As rates are adjusted through the administrative reviews, the Company adjusts its payments prospectively based on the final rate. The Company will begin to pay the finalized rates on each applicable future purchase when recognized by U.S. Customs and Border Protection.

 

The DOC made its initial determinations in the original investigation regarding CVD and AD rates on April 6, 2011 and May 26, 2011, respectively. On December 8, 2011, orders were issued setting final AD and CVD rates at a maximum of 3.3% and 1.5%, respectively. These rates became effective in the form of additional duty deposits, which the Company has paid, and applied retroactively to the DOC initial determinations.

 

Following the issuance of these orders, a number of appeals were filed by several parties, including the Company, with the Court of International Trade (“CIT”) challenging, among other things, certain facts and methodologies that may impact the validity of the AD and CVD orders and the applicable rates. The Company participated in appeals of both the AD order and CVD order. On February 15, 2017, the Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit (“CAFC”) vacated the CIT’s prior decision and remanded with instructions to the DOC to recalculate its AD rate. On remand, the DOC granted a 0% AD rate to eight Chinese suppliers, but did not exclude them permanently from the AD order. Nor did the CIT terminate the AD order. In July 2018, the CIT issued a judgment sustaining the DOC’s calculation of 0% for the eight suppliers, but also excluded three of them from the AD order. Certain Chinese suppliers and the Petitioners have appealed this judgment to the CAFC. The Company is evaluating the impact of the CIT’s judgment on its previously recorded expense related to the AD rates in the original investigation and subsequent annual reviews discussed below. Because of the length of time for finalization of rates as well as appeals, any subsequent adjustment of CVD and AD rates typically flows through a period different from those in which the inventory was originally purchased and/or sold.

 

In the first DOC annual review in this matter, AD rates for the period from May 26, 2011 through November 30, 2012, and CVD rates from April 6, 2011 through December 31, 2011, were modified to a maximum of 5.92% and a maximum of 0.83%, respectively, which resulted in an additional payment obligation for the Company, based on best estimates and shipments during the applicable window, of $0.8 million. The Company recorded this as a long-term liability on its accompanying consolidated balance sheet and in cost of sales in its second quarter 2015 financial statements. These AD rates were appealed to the CIT by several parties, including the Company. On remand from the CIT, the DOC has reduced the AD rate to 0.73%. In June 2018, the CIT sustained the reduced AD rate of 0.73% but did remand back to the DOC the issue regarding the calculation of the electricity rate, which, depending on that outcome, may cause a revision to the final AD rate. That remand from the DOC is still pending. This ruling from the CIT resulted in the Company reversing the $0.8 million accrual and recording a receivable of approximately $1.3 million during the second quarter of 2018.

 

24


 

Table of Contents

The second annual review of the AD and CVD rates was initiated in February 2014. Pursuant to the second annual review, in early July 2015, the DOC finalized the AD rate for the period from December 1, 2012 through November 30, 2013 at a maximum of 13.74% and the CVD rate for the period from January 1, 2012 through December 31, 2012 at a maximum of 0.99%. The Company believes the best estimate of the probable additional amounts owed was $4.1 million for shipments during the applicable time periods, which was recorded as a long-term liability on its accompanying consolidated balance sheet and included in cost of sales in its second quarter 2015 financial statements. Beginning in July 2015, the Company began depositing these rates on each applicable purchase. The Company and other parties appealed the AD rates relating to this second annual review to the CIT. In June 2018, the court remanded the case back to the DOC to recalculate several of its adjustments, which is likely to cause a revision to the AD rate. The DOC has requested an extension to issue its recalculation on remand to the CIT until November 2018. However, that remand from the DOC is still pending.

 

The third annual review of the AD and CVD rates was initiated in February 2015. The third AD review covered shipments from December 1, 2013 through November 30, 2014. The third CVD review covered shipments from January 1, 2013 through December 31, 2013. In May 2016, the DOC issued the final CVD rate in the third review, which was a maximum of 1.38%. On July 13, 2016, the DOC set the final AD rate at a maximum of 17.37%. The Company appealed the AD rates to the CIT. In November 2018, the CIT issued an opinion sustaining the DOC’s results, that decision was appealed to the CAFC by certain plaintiff interveners in January 2019. The Company’s best estimate of the probable additional amounts owed associated with AD and CVD is approximately $5.5 million for shipments during the applicable time periods. During the quarter ended June 30, 2016, the Company recorded this amount in other long-term liabilities in its balance sheet and as a charge to earnings in cost of sales on its statement of operations.

 

In February 2016, the DOC initiated the fourth annual review of AD and CVD rates, which followed a similar schedule as the preceding review. The AD review covered shipments from December 1, 2014 through November 30, 2015. The CVD review covered shipments from January 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014. In May 2017, the DOC issued the final CVD rate in the fourth review, which was a maximum of 1.45%, and, in June 2017, the final AD rate in the fourth review, which was a maximum of 0.00%. In October 2017, Petitioners withdrew their CIT appeal of the AD rates. As a result, the CIT dismissed the case and these rates are now final. The Company paid AD rates in excess of the final rates during the periods impacted by the fourth annual review in the amount of $2.5 million and recorded a benefit in cost of sales with a corresponding receivable. The Company collected most of this receivable during 2018 and as of December 31, 2018, had a $0.1 million receivable remaining.

 

The DOC initiated the fifth annual review of AD and CVD rates in February 2017. The AD review covers shipments from December 1, 2015 through November 30, 2016. The CVD review covers shipments from January 1, 2015 through December 31, 2015. In June 2018, the DOC issued the final CVD rate in the fifth review, which was a maximum of 0.85% (with one company having a rate of 0.11%). In July 2018, the DOC issued the final AD rate in the fifth review, which was a maximum of 0.00% and, the Company recorded a receivable in the amount of $2.8 million in other current assets in its balance sheet. In connection with the issuance of the final CVD rate, with one company having a rate of 0.11%, the Company recorded a receivable of less than $100 thousand.

 

The first 5-year Sunset Review of the AD and CVD orders on multilayered wood flooring (the “Sunset Review”) began in November 2016 at the ITC to determine whether to terminate the orders. The Company participated fully in this Sunset Review. In December 2017, the ITC determined that the AD and CVD orders will remain in place. The appeal of this determination by certain importers was filed but not subsequently pursued.

 

The DOC initiated the sixth annual review of AD and CVD rates in February 2018. The AD review covers shipments from December 1, 2016 through November 30, 2017. The CVD review covers shipments from January 1, 2016 through December 31, 2016. In December 2018, the DOC issued non-binding preliminary results in the sixth annual review for CVD rates and AD rates. The preliminary AD rate was a maximum of 48.26% due in part to one of the two individually reviewed companies’ failure to respond fully to the DOC’s request for information. The preliminary CVD rate was a maximum of 2.81%. The final CVD and AD rates in the sixth annual review are currently expected to be issued in April 2019. If the preliminary AD rate were to be finalized, the Company currently expects that it would appeal such ruling. If the preliminary ruling regarding the AD Rate were to be finalized, the Company anticipates it would record a net liability of approximately $1.1 million.

25


 

Table of Contents

 

The DOC initiated the seventh annual review of the AD and CVD rates in March 2019, which is expected to follow the same schedule as the preceding reviews.   The AD review covers shipments from December 1, 2017 through November 30, 2018. The CVD review covers shipments from January 1, 2017 through December 31, 2017.

 

Outstanding AD and CVD duties are subject to interest based on the IRS quarterly published rate. The Company has recorded a net $1.2 million of interest expense through the line item Other Expense on the Statement of Operations.

 

Other Matters

The Company is also, from time to time, subject to claims and disputes arising in the normal course of business. In the opinion of management, while the outcome of any such claims and disputes cannot be predicted with certainty, its ultimate liability in connection with these matters is not expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or liquidity.    

   

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.

None.

 

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

Market Information

Our common stock trades on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the trading symbol “LL.” We are authorized to issue up to 35,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001.  Total shares of common stock outstanding at March 1, 2019 were 28,640,264 and we had six stockholders of record.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The following table presents our share repurchase activity for the quarter ended December 31, 2018 (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

    

 

    

Total Number

    

Maximum Dollar Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

of Shares

 

of Shares That May Yet

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchased as

 

Be Purchased as

 

 

Total Number

 

Average

 

Part of Publicly

 

Part of Publicly

 

 

of Shares

 

Price Paid

 

Announced 

 

Announced

Period

 

Purchased 1

 

Per Share 1

 

Programs 2

 

Programs 2

October 1, 2018 to October 31, 2018

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

November 1, 2018 to November 30, 2018

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

December 1, 2018 to December 31, 2018

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

Total

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —


1       We repurchased 1,567 shares of our common stock, at an average price of $12.57, in connection with the net settlement of shares issued as a result of the vesting of restricted shares during the quarter ended December 31, 2018.

2       Our initial stock repurchase program, which authorized the repurchase of up to $50 million in common stock, was authorized by our board of directors and publicly announced on February 22, 2012.  Our board of directors subsequently authorized two additional stock repurchase programs, each of which authorized the repurchase of up to an additional $50 million in common stock.  These programs were publicly announced on November 15, 2012 and

26


 

Table of Contents

February 19, 2014, respectively, and are currently indefinitely suspended until we are better able to evaluate the long-term customer demand and assess our estimates of operations and cash flow. At December 31, 2018, we had approximately $14.7 million remaining under this authorization.

Dividend Policy

 

We have never paid any dividends on our common stock and do not expect to pay them in the near future.

 

 Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

See Item 12. “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters” for information regarding securities authorized for issuance under our equity compensation plans.

Performance Graph

The following graph compares the performance of our common stock during the period beginning December 31, 2013 through December 31, 2018, to that of the total return index for the NYSE Composite and a Custom Peer Group whose members are listed below assuming an investment of $100 on December 31, 2013.  In calculating total annual stockholder return, reinvestment of dividends, if any, is assumed.  The indices are included for comparative purpose only.  They do not necessarily reflect management’s opinion that such indices are an appropriate measure of the relative performance of our common stock.

 

PICTURE 1

27


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

12/31/2013

    

12/31/2014

    

12/31/2015

    

12/30/2016

    

12/31/2017

    

12/31/2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc.

 

100.00

 

64.45

 

16.87

 

15.30

 

30.51

 

9.25

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NYSE Composite

 

100.00

 

106.87

 

102.62

 

115.02

 

136.76

 

124.72

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Peer Group 1

 

100.00

 

132.38

 

158.26

 

160.76

 

227.44

 

214.61


1        The Peer Group consists of industry competitors and other retailers of a similar size to the Company.  They include: The Home Depot, Inc., Lowe’s Companies, Inc., Floor & Décor Holdings, Inc., Tile Shop Holdings, Inc., The Sherwin-Williams Company, Pier 1 Imports, Inc., Vitamin Shoppe, Inc., Hibbett Sports, Inc. and Haverty Furniture Companies, Inc.  Mattress Firm Holding Corp. ceased trading so they have been omitted from our peer group.

 

Item 6. Selected Financial Data.

The selected statements of income data for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. “Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this report.  This information should be read in conjunction with those audited financial statements, the notes thereto, and Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of this report.

The selected balance sheet data set forth below as of December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, and income data for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014  are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements contained in reports previously filed with the SEC, which are not included herein.  Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our results for any future period.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

 

    

2018  1

    

2017  2

    

2016  3

    

2015  4

    

2014

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

Statement of Income Data

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

Net Sales

 

$

1,084,636

 

$

1,028,933

 

$

960,588

 

$

978,776

 

$

1,047,419

 

Comparable Store Net Sales Increase (Decrease)  5

 

 

2.6

%  

 

5.4

%  

 

(4.6)

%  

 

(11.1)

%  

 

(4.3)

%

Cost of Sales

 

 

691,696

 

 

659,872

 

 

656,719

 

 

699,918

 

 

629,252

 

Gross Profit

 

 

392,940

 

 

369,061

 

 

303,869

 

 

278,858

 

 

418,167

 

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

 

 

443,513

 

 

406,027

 

 

397,504

 

 

362,051

 

 

314,094

 

Operating (Loss) Income

 

 

(50,573)

 

 

(36,966)

 

 

(93,635)

 

 

(83,193)

 

 

104,073

 

Other Expense

 

 

2,827

 

 

1,591

 

 

638

 

 

234

 

 

490

 

(Loss) Income Before Income Taxes

 

 

(53,400)

 

 

(38,557)

 

 

(94,273)

 

 

(83,427)

 

 

103,583

 

Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

 

 

979

 

 

(734)

 

 

(25,710)

 

 

(26,994)

 

 

40,212

 

Net (Loss) Income

 

$

(54,379)

 

$

(37,823)

 

$

(68,563)

 

$

(56,433)

 

$

63,371

 

Net (Loss) Income per Common Share:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

Basic

 

$

(1.90)

 

$

(1.33)

 

$

(2.51)

 

$

(2.08)

 

$

2.32

 

Diluted

 

$

(1.90)

 

$

(1.33)

 

$

(2.51)

 

$

(2.08)

 

$

2.31

 

Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

Basic

 

 

28,571

 

 

28,407

 

 

27,284

 

 

27,082

 

 

27,265

 

Diluted

 

 

28,571

 

 

28,407

 

 

27,284

 

 

27,082

 

 

27,486

 


1       Results for the year ended December 31, 2018 include: (i) a favorable adjustment of antidumping costs and countervailing duties of $4.9 million associated with applicable shipments of engineered hardwood from China in a

28


 

Table of Contents

prior period, (ii) duties related to prior periods, (iii)  incremental legal and professional fees and settlement expenses, related to our defense of various legal matters of approximately $75.7 million and (iv) other expenses primarily related to an impairment of certain assets related to our decision to exit the finishing business totaling approximately $1.8 million.

2       Results for the year ended December 31, 2017 include: (i) a favorable adjustment of antidumping costs and countervailing duties of $2.8 million associated with applicable shipments of engineered hardwood from China in a prior period, (ii) reduced reserves for estimated costs to be incurred related to our indoor air quality testing program by approximately $1 million, (iii) incremental legal and professional fees and settlement expenses, related to our defense of various legal matters of approximately $48.3 million and (iv) other expenses primarily related to costs to dispose of certain Chinese laminate products whose sales were discontinued in 2015 and an impairment of certain assets related to a vertical integration initiative totaling approximately $3.1 million.

3       Results for the year ended December 31, 2016 include: (i) an unfavorable adjustment of antidumping costs and countervailing duties of $5.5 million associated with applicable shipments of engineered hardwood from China in a prior period, (ii) pre-tax expenses of $6.2 million related to the purchase of testing kits and professional fees in connection with our indoor air quality testing program, (iii) incremental legal and professional fees and settlement expenses, related to our defense of various legal matters of approximately $47.7 million and (iv) other expenses primarily related to employee retention initiatives totaling approximately $2.8 million.

4       Results for the year ended December 31, 2015 include: (i) the write down of our laminates and associated moldings sourced from China totaling approximately $22.5 million and other inventory adjustments of $6.6 million, (ii) an adjustment of antidumping costs and countervailing duties of $4.9 million associated with applicable shipments of engineered hardwood from China in a prior period, (iii) pre-tax expenses of $9.4 million related to the purchase of testing kits and professional fees in connection with our indoor air quality testing program, (iv) incremental legal and professional fees and settlement expenses, related to our defense of various legal matters of approximately $34.2 million and (v) other expenses related to the simplification of our business and employee retention totaling approximately $11.1 million.

5       A store is generally considered comparable on the first day of the thirteenth full calendar month after opening.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

 

2018

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

2014

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

Balance Sheet Data

    

 

  

    

 

  

    

 

  

    

 

  

    

 

  

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

$

11,565

 

$

19,938

 

$

10,271

 

$

26,703

 

$

20,287

Merchandise Inventories

 

 

318,272

 

 

262,280

 

 

301,892

 

 

244,402

 

 

314,371

Total Assets

 

 

475,517

 

 

410,795

 

 

482,544

 

 

445,564

 

 

482,904

Customer Deposits and Store Credits

 

 

40,332

 

 

38,546

 

 

32,639

 

 

33,771

 

 

34,943

Total Debt and Capital Lease Obligations

 

 

65,000

 

 

15,000

 

 

40,351

 

 

20,000

 

 

 —

Total Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

147,398

 

 

197,847

 

 

230,892

 

 

277,568

 

 

332,054

Working Capital 1

 

 

124,179

 

 

119,835

 

 

173,683

 

 

195,044

 

 

213,030

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Data

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Total Stores in Operation (end of period)

 

 

413

 

 

393

 

 

383

 

 

374

 

 

352

Average Sale 2

 

$

1,355

 

$

1,310

 

$

1,255

 

$

1,230

 

$

1,260

 


1       Working capital is defined as current assets minus current liabilities.

2        Average Sale is defined as the average invoiced sales order, measured quarterly, excluding returns as well as transactions under $100 (which are generally sample orders or add-on/accessories to existing orders).

 

29


 

Table of Contents

Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

Overview

Lumber Liquidators is one of the leading specialty retailers of hard-surface flooring in North America, offering a complete purchasing solution across an extensive assortment of domestic and exotic hardwood species, engineered hardwood, laminate, resilient vinyl, waterproof vinyl plank and porcelain tile. We also feature the renewable flooring products, bamboo and cork, and provide a wide selection of flooring enhancements and accessories, including moldings, noise-reducing underlayment, adhesives and flooring tools . We offer installation and delivery services through third-party independent contractors for customers who purchase our floors. At December 31, 2018, we sold our products through 413 Lumber Liquidators stores in 47 states in the United States and in Canada, a call center and website.

 

We believe we have achieved a reputation for offering great value, superior service and a broad selection of high-quality flooring products. With a balance of price, selection, quality, availability and service, we believe our value proposition is the most complete within a highly fragmented hard-surface flooring market. The foundation for our value proposition is strengthened by our unique store model, the industry expertise of our people, our singular focus on hard-surface flooring, and our advertising reach and frequency.

 

To supplement the financial measures prepared in accordance with GAAP, we use the following non-GAAP financial measures: (i) Adjusted Gross Profit; (ii) Adjusted Gross Margin; (iii) Adjusted SG&A; (iv) Adjusted SG&A as a percentage of sales; (v) Adjusted Operating Income or Loss; (vi) Adjusted Operating Margin and (vii) Adjusted Earnings per Diluted Share. The non-GAAP financial measures should be viewed in addition to, and not in lieu of, financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP. These supplemental measures may vary from, and may not be comparable to, similarly titled measures by other companies.

 

The non-GAAP financial measures are presented because management and analysts use these non-GAAP financial measures to evaluate our operating performance and management uses them to determine incentive compensation and/or to address questions it receives. Therefore, we believe that the presentation of non-GAAP financial measures provides useful supplementary information to, and facilitates additional analysis by, investors. The presented non-GAAP financial measures exclude items that management does not believe reflect our core operating performance, which include regulatory and legal settlements and associated legal and operating costs, and changes in antidumping and countervailing duties from prior periods, as such items are outside of our control or due to their inherent unusual, non-operating, unpredictable, non-recurring, or non-cash nature.

 

Executive Summary

In 2018, we focused on several key initiatives related to our core business that we believed strengthened our sales and operating margin and provided an improved shopping experience to our customers. These initiatives were improving operational effectiveness, enhancing the customer experience, responsible, compliant sourcing activities and expanding our business to better serve our customers.

 

Our results for the year ended December 31, 2018 were as follows:

·

Net sales for the year ended December 31, 2018 increased $55.7 million, or 5.4%, to $1.08 billion from $1.03 billion in the year ended December 31, 2017.  Net sales in  comparable stores increased $26.6 million, or 2.6%, and net sales in non-comparable stores increased $29.1 million. We opened 21 new stores and closed one during 2018,  for a total of 413 stores as of December 31, 2018.

·

Gross margin was 36.2% and 35.9% for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Gross profit was slightly negatively affected by the tariffs imposed on our Chinese-sourced products beginning September 24, 2018, reflecting only a partial impact of the currently imposed 10% tariff rate due to timing of goods flowing through inventory.

 

30


 

Table of Contents

·

Selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses increased $37.5 million, or 9.2%, in 2018 to $443.5 million from $406.0 million in 2017. Excluding the items shown in the table that follows in Results of Operations, Adjusted SG&A (a non-GAAP measure) increased $11.5 million in 2018, driven by a combination of higher payroll and occupancy costs, which are primarily related to the 21 new stores opened this year, and increases in on-going professional fees and credit card and banking fees. These increases were partially offset by a $2.3 million, or 3.1%, reduction in advertising.

·

Included in SG&A were legal-related costs and settlements of $75.7 million and $48.3 million in 2018 and 2017, respectively.

·

Operating loss for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $50.6 million compared to an operating loss of $37.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2017. Operating loss for both periods was impacted by the unusual items summarized in the tables that follow in Results of Operations. Excluding these items, Adjusted Operating Income (a non-GAAP measure) was $20.2 million and Adjusted Operating Margin (a non-GAAP measure) was 1.9% in 2018, compared to $10.7 million, or 1.0%, in 2017.

·

Net loss for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $54.4 million, or $1.90 per diluted share, compared to a net loss of $37.8 million, or $1.33 per diluted share for the year ended December 31, 2017. Losses related to both periods were the result of litigation-related costs and settlements. Adjusted Earnings per Diluted Share (a non-GAAP measure) was $0.57 in 2018 and $0.34 in 2017.

·

On March 8, 2019, we entered into a commitment letter with the lenders, subject to customary closing conditions, that provides for an increase in the Revolving Loan up to a maximum amount of $175 million, and a new “First in Last Out” tranche of $25 million incremental to the $175 million but within the same Revolving Credit Facility . This will also extend the term of the Revolving Credit Facility until March 2024. We expect to close on this expanded Revolving Credit Facility in late March or early April 2019.

As we head into 2019, our focus will be on driving DIY, DIFM and Pro traffic into our stores, enhancing the customer experience across both our digital platform and within our stores and improving operational effectiveness. Our research indicates that the initial interest in purchasing a floor begins with digital browsing. We believe that by providing an improved digital experience and better website performance, we will not only grow our e-commerce sales, but also drive traffic into our stores. Once customers are in our stores, we believe that our store model provides a competitive advantage by allowing our knowledgeable sales associates to assist customers throughout the project design and purchase process in a more intimate environment, from product selection to installation.

 

Working capital and liquidity

At December 31, 2018, we had $79.5 million in liquidity, comprised of $11.6 million of cash and $67.9 million in availability under our asset-based revolving loan (the “Revolving Loan”).  We also had $318.3 million in inventory and $73.4 million in accounts payable, while borrowings against our Revolving Loan were $65 million. At December 31, 2017, we had $145.9 million in liquidity, comprised of $19.9 million of cash and $126 million in availability under our Revolving Loan. We also had $262.3 million in inventory and $67.7 million in accounts payable, while borrowings against our Revolving Loan were $15 million.  The reduction in liquidity at December 31, 2018 from the year earlier was driven primarily by a $56 million investment in inventory, and the $22 million cash deposit made to fund our obligation under the settlement related to the MDL litigation matter.

31


 

Table of Contents

Results of Operations

We believe the selected sales data, the percentage relationship between Net Sales and major categories in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and the percentage change in the dollar amounts of each of the items presented below are important in evaluating the performance of our business operations.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

% Increase (Decrease)

 

 

 

% of Net Sales

 

in Dollar Amounts

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

2018

    

2017

 

 

 

2018

    

2017

    

2016

    

vs. 2017

 

vs. 2016

 

Net Sales

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Merchandise Sales

 

 

88.1

%  

 

91.2

%  

 

93.2

%  

1.9

%  

4.8

%

Net Services Sales

 

 

11.9

%  

 

8.8

%  

 

6.8

%  

41.9

%  

39.5

%

Total Net Sales

 

 

100.0

%  

 

100.0

%  

 

100.0

%  

5.4

%  

7.1

%

Gross Profit

 

 

36.2

%  

 

35.9

%  

 

31.6

%  

6.5

%  

21.5

%

Selling, General, and Administrative Expenses

 

 

40.9

%  

 

39.5

%  

 

41.4

%  

9.2

%  

2.1

%

Operating Loss

 

 

(4.7)

%  

 

(3.6)

%  

 

(9.8)

%  

36.8

%  

(60.5)

%

Other Expense (Income)

 

 

0.2

%  

 

(0.2)

%  

 

 —

%  

77.7

%  

149.5

%

Loss Before Income Taxes

 

 

(4.9)

%  

 

(3.8)

%  

 

(9.8)

%  

38.5

%  

(59.1)

%

Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

 

 

0.1

%  

 

(0.1)

%  

 

(2.7)

%  

(233.3)

%  

(97.1)

%

Net Loss

 

 

(5.0)

%  

 

(3.7)

%  

 

(7.1)

%  

43.8

%  

(44.8)

%

SELECTED SALES DATA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average Sale 1

 

$

1,355

 

$

1,310

 

$

1,255

 

3.4

%  

4.3

%

Average Retail Price per Unit Sold 2

 

 

(0.8)

%  

 

0.4

%  

 

(4.0)

%  

  

 

  

 

Comparable Store Sales Increase (Decrease) (%)

 

 

2.6

%  

 

5.4

%  

 

(4.6)

%  

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of Stores Open, end of period

 

 

413

 

 

393

 

 

383

 

  

 

  

 

Number of Stores Opened in Period, net

 

 

20

 

 

10

 

 

 9

 

  

 

  

 

Number of Stores Relocated in Period 3

 

 

 1

 

 

 —

 

 

 3

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comparable Stores 4 (% change to prior year):

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Customers Invoiced 5

 

 

(0.8)

%  

 

1.1

%  

 

(6.7)

%  

  

 

  

 

Net Sales of Stores Operating for 13 to 36 months

 

 

13.1

%  

 

14.2

%  

 

0.4

%  

  

 

  

 

Net Sales of Stores Operating for more than 36 months

 

 

2.3

%  

 

5.0

%  

 

(5.2)

%  

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Sales in Markets with all Stores Comparable (no cannibalization)

 

 

3.4

%  

 

6.1

%  

 

(2.8)

%  

  

 

  

 


1        Average Sale is defined as the average invoiced sales order, measured quarterly, excluding returns as well as transactions under $100 (which are generally sample orders or add-on/accessories to existing orders).   

2       Average retail price per unit (square feet for flooring and other units of measures for moldings and accessories) sold is calculated on a total company basis and excludes non-merchandise revenue.

3       A relocated store remains a comparable store as long as it is relocated within the primary trade area.

4       A store is generally considered comparable on the first day of the thirteenth full calendar month after opening.

5       Change in number of customers invoiced is calculated by applying the average sale to total net sales at comparable stores. 

The definitions of average sale and customers invoiced were revised in the quarter ended December 31, 2018 to improve the reporting of our Pro customers to better reflect separate Pro projects and transactions that had been

32


 

aggregated into single larger transactions under the previous definition. All historical periods have been restated under this new definition.  The average sale and change in customers invoiced amounts under both the old and new definitions for the quarterly and annual periods in 2018 and 2017 are shown below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quarter Ended

 

Year Ended

  

 

March 31,
2018

 

June 30,
2018

 

September 30,
2018

 

December 31,
2018

 

December 31,
2018

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

New Definition 1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average Sale

 

$ 1,300

 

$ 1,371

 

$ 1,384

 

$ 1,365

 

$ 1,355

Change in Customers Invoiced

 

-1.2%

 

1.0%

 

-1.7%

 

-1.8%

 

-0.8%

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Previous Definition 2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average Sale

 

$ 1,706

 

$ 1,784

 

$ 1,830

 

$ 1,791

 

$ 1,777

Change in Customers Invoiced

 

-1.8%

 

0.1%

 

-3.4%

 

-2.7%

 

-1.9%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quarter Ended

 

Year Ended

  

 

March 31,
2017

 

June 30,
2017

 

September 30,
2017

 

December 31,
2017

 

December 31,
2017

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

New Definition 1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average Sale

 

$ 1,249

 

$ 1,322

 

$ 1,333

 

$ 1,336

 

$ 1,310

Change in Customers Invoiced

 

0.0%

 

4.2%

 

0.3%

 

0.2%

 

1.1%

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Previous Definition 2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average Sale

 

$ 1,630

 

$ 1,706

 

$ 1,735

 

$ 1,738

 

$ 1,700

Change in Customers Invoiced

 

-0.1%

 

5.4%

 

0.8%

 

1.1%

 

1.7%

1   The new definition of average sale is defined as the average invoiced sales order, measured quarterly, excluding returns as well as transactions under $100 (which are generally sample orders or add-on/accessories to existing orders). Invoiced sales orders include all merchandise and services added to an individual order over the course of a calendar quarter. An individual customer with multiple orders in the same quarter (often due to multiple projects) count as two or more transactions in calculating average sale and customer count. The new definition of the change in number of customers invoiced is calculated by applying the revised definition of average sale, described above, to total net sales at comparable stores.

2   The previous definition of average sale, calculated on a total company basis, is defined as the average invoiced sale per customer, measured on a monthly basis, excluded transactions less than $250 (which are generally sample orders, or add-ons or fill-ins to previous orders) and more than $30,000 (which are usually contractor orders). It also aggregated Pro transactions into a single large transaction, rather than treating these as multiple projects, which they often are. The previous definition of the change in number of customers invoiced is calculated by applying the average sale to total net sales at comparable stores.

For an understanding of the significant factors that influenced our performance during the past three years, the following discussion should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements presented in this report.

Net Sales

Net sales in 2018 increased $55.7 million, or 5.4%, from 2017 as net sales in comparable stores increased $26.6 million, or 2.6%, and the net sales in non-comparable stores increased $29.1 million. The growth in comparable store

33


 

sales reflected a 3.4% increase in average sale, which was driven by larger sales transactions from the additional attachment of installation services to transactions, as well as the growth in the mix of Pro customers. This increase was partially offset by a 0.8% decrease in the number of customers invoiced. The increased transaction size and decreased transaction count in part reflect reduced promotional activity and increased focus on Pro customers and customers seeking installation, both of which have a more involved and larger sales transaction. Installation and delivery services represented 11.9% of our sales for the year, which increased through the year, reaching 12.9% in the fourth quarter of 2018. Our Pro customer sales represented 28.5%  of merchandise sales, up from 23% in the prior year.

 

The comparable store growth of 2.6% consisted of a decline in merchandise sales of (0.6)%, more than offset by an increase in installation sales of 41%. The growth in installation sales reflects the expansion of this program into Florida and California in late 2017 that generated incremental sales throughout 2018. The decline in merchandise sales reflect the reduced promotional activity and declines in the bamboo and hardwood categories. We believe industry softness in the fourth quarter and other competitive pressures also contributed to the declines in comparable store merchandise sales growth. In terms of categories, the manufactured category consisting of vinyl and laminate products grew 24.5% compared to prior year, reaching 36% of our merchandise sales in 2018, while the hardwood category declined 13.3% and represented 34% of our sales in 2018. The vinyl sub-category within manufactured products continues to drive the growth in that category due to its outstanding aesthetics, high resilience and waterproof characteristics.

   

Net sales in 2017 increased $68.3 million, or 7.1%, from 2016 as net sales in comparable stores increased $52.2 million, or 5.4%, and the net sales in non-comparable stores increased $16.1 million. The growth in comparable store sales reflected a combination of an increase of 1.1% in the number of customers invoiced and an increase of 4.3% in the average sale. We believe the number of customers invoiced rose due to improved customer experience in our stores, our more complete assortment and waning negative impact of unfavorable media and assortment limitations during the first half of 2016. The increase in average sale was driven by higher attachment of installation services, the growth in our Pro business that carries higher average ticket size, and improvements in the average selling price of our products.

Gross Profit

Gross profit in 2018 increased 6.5% to $392.9 million from $369.1 million in 2017. Both years’ gross margins were favorably impacted by the unusual items highlighted in the table that follows, and, when excluding these items, Adjusted Gross Margin (a non-GAAP measure) improved by 10 basis points. This was driven by a favorable category mix toward vinyl products with improved margins, offset by higher transportation costs, dilution from increased installation sales mix that have lower margins, and tariffs that were imposed on goods received starting September 24, 2018. This tariff impact of approximately 40 basis points reflects only a partial impact of the currently imposed 10% tariff rate on Chinese-sourced products due to the timing of goods flowing through inventory. We expect this adverse effect to continue in 2019 as the goods are fully cycled through inventory, and could increase further should the tariff rate increase. (See Risk Factors for more details on these tariffs).

 

Gross profit in 2017 increased 21.5% to $369 million from $303.9 million in 2016. Gross margin increased to 35.9% from 31.6% in 2016. This comparison was favorably impacted by the unusual items highlighted in the table below, and when excluding these items, Adjusted Gross Margin (a non-GAAP measure) improved from 32.8% to 35.5%, or 270 basis points. This was driven by a shift in mix toward vinyl and engineered products with improved margins, lower transportation costs, as well as improved margins within engineered, vinyl, laminate, and tile categories due to sourcing and pricing initiatives. These advances were slightly offset by a higher mix of installation sales that carry lower margins, and higher warranty costs.

34


 

We believe that each of the items below can distort the visibility of our ongoing performance and that the evaluation of our financial performance can be enhanced by use of supplemental presentation of our results that exclude the impact of these items.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

 

 

 

2018

 

2017

 

2016

 

 

 

 

    

% of Sales

    

    

% of Sales

 

    

% of Sales

 

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Gross Profit/Margin, as reported (GAAP)

    

 

$

392,940

    

36.2

%  

$

369,061

    

35.9

%  

$

303,869

    

31.6

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Antidumping Adjustments 1

 

 

 

(4,948)

 

(0.5)

%  

 

(2,797)

 

(0.3)

%  

 

5,450

 

0.6

%

HTS Classification Adjustments 2

 

 

 

(1,711)

 

(0.1)

%  

 

 —

 

 —

%  

 

 —

 

 —

%  

Indoor Air Quality Testing Program 3

 

 

 

 —

 

 —

%  

 

(993)

 

(0.1)

%  

 

6,187

 

0.6

%

Sub-Total Items above

 

 

 

(6,659)

 

(0.6)

%  

 

(3,790)

 

(0.4)

%  

 

11,637

 

1.2

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted Gross Profit/Margin (non-GAAP measures)

 

 

$

386,281

  

35.6

%  

$

365,271

  

35.5

%  

$

315,506

  

32.8

%


1       We recognized adjustments to countervailing and antidumping duties of a favorable $4.9 million, a favorable $2.8 million and an unfavorable $5.5 million associated with applicable shipments of engineered hardwood from China related to prior periods for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

2        We recognized classification adjustments related to Harmonized Tariff Schedule (“HTS”) duty categorization in prior periods during the year ended December 31, 2018.

3       Prior to June 30, 2016, $3.1 million of costs related to our indoor air quality testing program agreed to with the Consumer Product Safety Commission (“CPSC”) were expensed as incurred. During the second quarter of 2016, we recorded an accrual of $3 million, which represented our best estimate of costs to be incurred in the future periods related to this program and is included in the total for 2016. In the second quarter 2017, we reduced the reserve for estimated costs to be incurred related to the testing program by approximately $1 million. Costs in 2018 were nominal and expensed as incurred.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

SG&A expenses in 2018 increased 9.2% to $443.5  million from $406.0 million in 2017.  Excluding the items shown in the table that follows,  Adjusted SG&A (a non-GAAP measure) increased $11.5 million,  primarily driven by increases in payroll of $4.7 million and occupancy of $3.3 million, both of which are primarily related to the 21 new stores opened this year and full-year effects of the 11 stores opened in 2017. Adjusted SG&A (a non-GAAP measure) was also negatively impacted by promotional financing fees of $3.0 million, ongoing legal and professional fees of $1.8 million, and depreciation of $1 million. These increases were partially offset by lower advertising costs of $2.3 million.  Payroll related costs as a percentage of sales were 14.2% in 2018 and 14.5% in 2017.

SG&A expenses in 2017 increased 2.1% in 2017 to $406.0 million from $397.5 million in 2016. Excluding the items shown in the table below, Adjusted SG&A (a non-GAAP measure) increased $7.6 million, driven by $7.5 million in higher payroll-related costs due to greater store level staffing, commissions, and investments in corporate capabilities and $3.0 million in higher occupancy costs, both of which were offset by $2.9 million in other decreases, primarily lower advertising and promotion costs. Excluding retention-related costs, payroll related costs as a percentage of sales were 14.5% in 2017 and 2016, respectively.

35


 

We believe that each of these items can distort the visibility of our ongoing performance and that the evaluation of our financial performance can be enhanced by use of supplemental presentation of our results that exclude the impact of these items.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

 

 

2018

 

2017

 

2016

 

 

 

    

% of Sales

    

    

% of Sales

 

    

% of Sales

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

SG&A, as reported (GAAP)

 

$

443,513

 

40.9

%  

$

406,027

 

39.5

%

$

397,504

 

41.4

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrual for Legal Matters and Settlements 1

 

 

63,951

 

5.9

%  

 

36,960

 

3.6

%

 

 —

 

 —

%

Securities and Derivatives Class Action  2

 

 

 —

 

 —

%  

 

 —

 

 —

%

 

19,260

 

2.0

%

Legal and Professional Fees  3

 

 

11,707

 

1.1

%  

 

11,314

 

1.1

%

 

28,414

 

3.0

%

All Other 4

 

 

1,769

 

0.2

%  

 

3,146

 

0.3

%

 

2,800

 

0.3

%

Sub-Total Items above

 

 

77,427

 

7.2

%  

 

51,420

 

5.0

%

 

50,474

 

5.3

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted SG&A (a non-GAAP measure)

 

$

366,086

 

33.7

%  

$

354,607

 

34.5

%

$

347,030

 

36.1

%


1        This amount represents the charge to earnings related to Bamboo Flooring Litigation, governmental investigations and Related Laminate Matters in 2018 as well as the charge to earnings in 2017 related to the Formaldehyde MDL and Abrasion MDL settlements, all of which are described more fully in the Legal Proceedings section of this Annual Report.

2       This amount represents the net charge to earnings related to the stock-based element of our settlement in the securities class action lawsuit in addition to $2.5 million related to our derivatives class action lawsuit.

3       Represents charges to earnings related to our defense of significant legal actions, described in notes 1 and 2 above, during the period. This does not include all legal costs incurred by the Company.

4       All Other consisted of the following: an impairment of certain assets related to our decision to exit the finishing business in 2018, an impairment of certain assets related to a vertical integration initiative discontinued in 2017 and a retention initiative and the net impact of the CARB and Prop 65 settlements in 2016.

Operating Loss and Operating Margin

Operating loss in 2018 was $50.6 million compared to an operating loss of $37.0 million in 2017. Excluding the items shown in the table that follows, 2018 resulted in an Adjusted Operating Income (a non-GAAP measure) of $20.2 million, or an Adjusted Operating Margin (a non-GAAP measure) of 1.9%, compared to $10.7 million, or 1.0%, in 2017. The improvement primarily reflects the growth in sales from both new and comparable stores, and slightly higher gross margin, which was partially offset by the $11.5 million growth in Adjusted SG&A (a non-GAAP measure).

Operating loss in 2017 was $37.0 million compared to an operating loss of $93.6 million in 2016. Excluding the items shown below, Adjusted Operating Income (a non-GAAP measure) in 2017 was $10.7 million, and Adjusted Operating Margin (a non-GAAP measure) was 1.0%, compared to an Adjusted Operating Loss (a non-GAAP measure) of $31.5 million, or (3.3)% in 2016. The improvement primarily reflects the growth in sales and higher gross margin.

 

36


 

We believe that each of these items can distort the visibility of our ongoing performance and that the evaluation of our financial performance can be enhanced by use of supplemental presentation of our results that exclude the impact of these items.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

 

2018

 

2017

 

2016

 

 

 

    

% of Sales

    

    

% of Sales

 

    

% of Sales

 

 

 

(in thousands)

Operating Loss, as reported (GAAP)

 

$

(50,573)

 

(4.7)

%

$

(36,966)

 

(3.6)

%

$

(93,635)

 

(9.8)

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Margin Items:

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Antidumping Adjustments 1

 

 

(4,948)

 

(0.5)

%

 

(2,797)

 

(0.3)

%

 

5,450

 

0.6

%

HTS Classification Adjustments 2

 

 

(1,711)

 

(0.1)

%

 

 —

 

 —

%

 

 —

 

 —

%

Indoor Air Quality Testing Program (Income) Charges 3

 

 

 —

 

 —

%

 

(993)

 

(0.1)

%

 

6,187

 

0.6

%

Gross Margin Subtotal

 

 

(6,659)

 

(0.6)

%

 

(3,790)

 

(0.4)

%

 

11,637

 

1.2

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SG&A Items:

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Accrual for Legal Matters and Settlements 4

 

 

63,951

 

5.9

%  

 

36,960

 

3.6

%  

 

 —

 

 —

%

Securities and Derivatives Class Action  5

 

 

 —

 

 —

%  

 

 —

 

 —

%  

 

19,260

 

2.0

%

Legal and Professional Fees  6

 

 

11,707

 

1.1

%  

 

11,314

 

1.1

%  

 

28,414

 

3.0

%

All Other 7

 

 

1,769

 

0.2

%  

 

3,146

 

0.3

%  

 

2,800

 

0.3

%

SG&A Subtotal

 

 

77,427

 

7.2

%  

 

51,420

 

5.0

%  

 

50,474

 

5.3

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted Operating Income (Loss) (a non-GAAP measure)

 

$

20,195

 

1.9

%  

$

10,664

 

1.0

%

$

(31,524)

 

(3.3)

%


1,2 ,3         See the Gross Margin section above for more detailed explanations of these individual items.

4,5,6 ,7     See the SG&A section above for more detailed explanations of these individual items.

Provision for Income Taxes

 

We have a full valuation allowance recorded against our net deferred tax assets which effectively offsets our federal taxes at the statutory rate of 21% and have had this in place for each of the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016. However, we record as tax expense each period for income taxes incurred in certain state and foreign jurisdictions resulting in an effective tax rate of (1.8)%, 1.9% and 27.3% for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. 

The Tax Act, which was enacted on December 22, 2017, reduced the U.S. federal corporate tax rate from 35% to 21%, eliminated the 20-year limit on the carryforward of losses, and resulted in the Company remeasuring its existing deferred tax balances in 2017. Generally, the Tax Act became effective in 2018, and it altered the deductibility of certain items (e.g., certain compensation, interest, entertainment expenses), and allowed qualifying capital expenditures to be deducted fully in the year of purchase. As of December 31, 2018, the Company has completed the analysis of the tax effects of the Tax Act and has reflected all applicable changes in its financial statements, based on guidance issued to-date. The Company continues to monitor developments by federal and state rulemaking authorities regarding implementation of the Tax Act. As further guidance and clarification is issued by the IRS or state tax jurisdictions, the Company will recognize the impact through its provision for income taxes in the period that the guidance becomes effective.

 

We intend to maintain a valuation allowance on our deferred tax assets until there is sufficient evidence to support the reversal of all or some portion of these allowances. A reduction in the valuation allowance could result in a significant decrease in income tax expense in the period that the release is recorded. However, the exact timing and amount of any reduction in our valuation allowance are unknown at this time and will be subject to the earnings level we achieve in future periods.

 

37


 

We file income tax returns with the U.S. federal government and various state and foreign jurisdictions. In the normal course of business, we are subject to examination by taxing authorities. During 2017, the Internal Revenue Service completed audits of our income tax returns through 2016.

 

Diluted Earnings per Share

Net loss for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $54.4 million, or  $1.90 per diluted share. Net loss for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $37.8 million, resulting in a loss of $1.33 per diluted share. Net loss for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $68.6 million, resulting in a loss of $2.51 per diluted share.

We believe that each of these items can distort the visibility of our ongoing performance and that the evaluation of our financial performance can be enhanced by use of supplemental presentation of our results that exclude the impact of these items.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

 

2018

2017

 

 

(in thousands)

Net Loss, as reported (GAAP)

 

$

(54,379)

 

$

(37,823)

Net Loss per Diluted Share (GAAP)

 

$

(1.90)

 

$

(1.33)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Margin Items:

 

 

  

 

 

  

Antidumping Adjustments 1

 

 

(4,948)

 

 

(2,797)

HTS Classification Adjustments 2

 

 

(1,711)

 

 

 —

Indoor Air Quality Testing Program (Income) Charges 3

 

 

 —

 

 

(993)

Gross Margin Subtotal

 

 

(6,659)

 

 

(3,790)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SG&A Items:

 

 

  

 

 

  

Accrual for Legal Matters and Settlements 4

 

 

63,951

 

 

36,960

Securities and Derivatives Class Action  5

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Legal and Professional Fees  6

 

 

11,707

 

 

11,314

All Other 7

 

 

1,769

 

 

3,146

SG&A Subtotal

 

 

77,427

 

 

51,420

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax Impact of Adjustments to Net Loss 8

 

 

 —

 

 

(3,108)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted Earnings

 

$

16,389

 

$

6,699

Adjusted Earnings per Diluted Share (a non-GAAP measure)

 

$

0.57

 

$

0.23

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


1,2,3         See the Gross Margin section above for more detailed explanations of these individual items.

4,5,6,7     See the SG&A section above for more detailed explanations of these individual items.

8   We considered the tax impact related to the pre-tax adjustments above.  The Company has a full valuation allowance recorded against its net deferred tax assets, which effectively offsets its federal taxes, other than a $3.1 million tax benefit the Company recognized related to the Tax Act.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our principal liquidity and capital requirements are for capital expenditures to maintain and grow our business, satisfying our obligations on the recent settlements for the governmental investigations and litigation related to bamboo flooring, working capital, and general corporate purposes. Our principal sources of liquidity at December 31, 2018 were $11.6 million of cash and cash equivalents and  $67.9 million of availability under our Revolving Loan.  As December 31, 2018, the outstanding balance of the Revolving Loan was $65 million and it carried an interest rate of 4.125%. 

38


 

We expect the DOJ and SEC settlements totaling $33 million will be paid in the next 30 days. We anticipate funding $1.0 million of the cash portion of the Gold Litigation upon the court’s preliminary approval in the next few months and then fund the remaining $13 million upon the court’s final approval, which may be as early as the fourth quarter of 2019, and as late as 2020, which would be at the end of the claims notice period.

Our liquidity at year end was $79.5 million. After funding the above mentioned items our liquidity would be $45.5 million. We expect to rebuild liquidity by reducing inventory that was purposefully purchased in advance of an announced, but subsequently postponed, 25% tariff on purchases of Chinese goods, expanding our Revolving Loan to add incremental borrowing capacity of $35 million, as discussed in more detail under the Revolving Credit Facility header in this MD&A, through operating cash flows expected as the business benefits from the resolution of historical legal matters.

In 2018, the Company reported a use of cash of $43.0 million. This included building inventory, net of payables, by $54.3 million for and funding of the MDL of $21.5 million. If we set those two items aside which are not expected to recur, cash from operations would have been a positive $32.8 million in 2018. The Company also generated a positive cash from operations of $39.4 million in 2017, which was favorably affected by income tax refunds but unfavorably impacted by a net outflow to pay down extended trade payables carried into 2017. The Company brought terms current so it could again take advantage of vendor discounts.  

We currently expect capital expenditures for 2019 to total between $15 million and $18 million, but we will continue to assess and adjust our level of capital expenditures based on changing circumstances.  Included in our capital requirement for 2019,  is the funding to open 10 to 15 stores, remodel and/or relocate some existing stores and meet any obligations related to the relocation of our corporate headquarters.

Although certain matters remain outstanding, we have taken significant steps to eliminate uncertainty associated with legal and regulatory matters previously discussed. We believe that cash flow from operations, together with liquidity sources mentioned above, will be sufficient to fund our settlements and operations and anticipated capital expenditures for the next 12 months.  We prepare our forecasted cash flow and liquidity estimates based on assumptions that we believe to be reasonable, but are also inherently uncertain. Actual future cash flows could differ from these estimates.

 

Merchandise Inventories

Merchandise inventory is our most significant asset and is considered either “available for sale” or “inbound in-transit,” based on whether we have physically received and inspected the products at an individual store location, in our distribution centers or in another facility where we control and monitor inspection. During the fourth quarter of 2018, we purposefully purchased inventory in advance of an announced, but subsequently postponed, 25% tariff on purchases of Chinese goods.

Merchandise inventories and available inventory per store in operation on December 31 were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

As of

 

As of

 

As of

 

 

December 31, 2018

    

December 31, 2017

    

December 31, 2016

 

 

(in thousands)

Inventory – Available for Sale

 

$

275,036

 

$

226,750

 

$

257,537

Inventory – Inbound In-Transit

 

 

43,236

 

 

35,530

 

 

44,355

Total Merchandise Inventories

 

$

318,272

 

$

262,280

 

$

301,892

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available Inventory Per Store

 

$

666

 

$

577

 

$

672

 

Available inventory per store at December 31, 2018 was higher than available inventory per store at December 31, 2017 and close to the amount at December 31, 2016. In addition to the tariff-related purchases, the higher level at December 31, 2018 was primarily due to our holding extra inventory as we transitioned the finishing lines out of Toano, increased safety stock to improve customer service and an initiative to have more of our top-selling floors on-

39


 

hand in store for customers to take with them, as well as an initiative to expand our engineered assortment with new looks to meet customer demand.  Available inventory per store at December 31, 2016 reflected a higher level of inventory related to new product expansion.

Inbound in-transit inventory generally varies due to the timing of certain international shipments and certain seasonal factors, including international holidays, rainy seasons and specific merchandise category planning.

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes our cash flow activities for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

Net Cash (used in) provided by:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Operating Activities

 

(42,986)

 

39,392

 

(27,547)

Investing Activities

 

(13,461)

 

(4,338)

 

(8,333)

Financing Activities

 

49,205

 

(26,193)

 

18,704

Effect of Exchange Rates

 

(1,131)

 

806

 

744

Total

 

(8,373)

 

9,667

 

(16,432)

 

Operating Activities. Net cash used in operating activities was $43.0 million in 2018 and was primarily due to a $54.3 million increase in inventory, net of payables, which was the result of the build in inventory previously discussed, as well payments of $21.5 million on the remaining cash portion of the Formaldehyde MDL and Abrasion MDL obligation. Absent the build in inventory and the settlement payment, cash from operating activities would have been a positive $32.8 million.

Net cash provided by operating cash flows was $39.4 million in 2017. The overall improvement in operating cash flows for 2017 was due to higher sales, improved gross margin and lower SG&A expenses as a percentage of net sales. Cash for certain working capital items also affected operating cash flows. During 2017, operating cash flows benefited by a $29.2 million tax refund related to our 2016 carry-back, and a $32.5 million reduction in merchandise inventories, offset by a $52.5 million reduction in accounts payable.

Net cash used in operating activities was $27.5 million in 2016 and included a net loss of $68.6 million, which included non-cash amounts for depreciation and amortization of $17.5 million, changes in deferred taxes of $14.2 million, stock-based compensation of $5.6 million, a charge related to the settlement of the Securities Class Action of $16.8 million and lower of cost or market inventory adjustments of $3.7 million. After these adjustments, the cash flow from earnings was a use of cash of $10.8 million. Inclusive in this, is a cash refund of $22.1 million in taxes received in the third quarter related to our carryback of 2015 net operating losses, and a noncash tax benefit recorded that reflects a similar carryback of the 2016 net losses. This use of cash was negatively impacted by the elevated legal and professional fees discussed in the SG&A section above. In 2016, we also generated cash of $2.0 million through increased trade payables, net of increases in inventory, by extending terms with vendors, used cash of $6.2 million related to the settlement of the Lacey Act investigation that was finalized in October 2015 and used $2.5 million in cash related to the settlement of the Derivatives Class Action.

Investing Activities .  Net cash used in investing activities was $13.5 million in 2018, $4.3 million in 2017 and $8.3 million in 2016.  Net cash used in investing activities in each year tracks with our store openings which were 21, 11 and 9 for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. In addition, 2018 included elevated investments in our information technology initiatives.

Financing Activities.   Net cash provided by financing activities was $49.2 million in 2018 and was primarily attributable to $50 million in net borrowings on the Revolving Loan. Net cash used in financing activities was $26.2 million in 2017 and was primarily attributable to $25 million in net payments on the Revolving Loan.  Net cash provided

40


 

by financing activities was $18.7 million in 2016 and was primarily attributable to $20 million in net borrowings on the Revolving Loan. 

Revolving Credit Facility

On August 17, 2016, we entered into a Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “Revolving Credit Facility”) with Bank of America, N.A. (the “Bank”) and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo” and, collectively with the Bank, the “Lenders”) with the Bank as administrative agent and collateral agent and Wells Fargo as syndication agent. Under the Revolving Credit Facility, which matures on August 17, 2021, the Lenders agreed to provide us with the Revolving Loan under which we may obtain loans and letters of credit from the Bank up to a maximum aggregate outstanding principal amount of the lesser of $150 million or a calculated borrowing base.  

The Revolving Credit Facility requires customary covenants, including a financial covenant to maintain a fixed charge coverage ratio of at least 1.0 to 1.0, calculated quarterly on a trailing four quarters basis that becomes effective only when specified availability under the Revolving Loan falls below the greater of $15 million or 10% of the maximum revolver amount.  At December 31, 2018,  we had $67.9 million available to borrow under this facility, which was net of $2.1 million in outstanding letters of credit, $65 million in outstanding borrowings and subject to certain limitations as a result of our borrowing base and the fixed charge coverage ratio covenant, as of December 31, 2018.

On March 8, 2019, we entered into a commitment letter with the Lenders, subject to customary closing conditions, that provides for an increase in the Revolving Loan up to a maximum amount of $175 million, and a new “First in Last Out” tranche of $25 million incremental to the $175 million but within the same Revolving Credit Facility. This will also extend the term of the loan until March 2024. We expect to close on this expanded Revolving Credit Facility in late March or early April 2019.

Contractual Commitments and Contingencies

Our significant contractual obligations and commitments as of December 31, 2018 are summarized in the following table:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payments Due by Period

 

    

Total

    

Less Than 1 Year

    

1 to 3 Years

    

3 to 5 Years

    

5+ Years

 

 

(in thousands)

Contractual Obligations

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Operating Lease Obligations  1

 

$

155,213

 

$

36,074

 

$

59,390

 

$

35,321

 

$

24,428

Purchase Obligations 2

 

 

196

 

 

196

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Total Debt Obligations, including current maturities

 

 

65,000

 

 

 —

 

 

65,000

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Total Contractual Obligations

 

$

220,409

 

$

36,270

 

$

124,390

 

$

35,321

 

$

24,428


1       Included in this table is the base period or current renewal period for our operating leases.  The operating leases generally contain varying renewal provisions.

2       Purchase obligations represent capital expenditure commitments.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements or other financing activities with special-purpose entities.

New Accounting Pronouncements

See Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in Note 1 that is included in Item 8 of this Form 10‑K for further information about new accounting pronouncements adopted during 2018 and accounting pronouncements issued but not yet effective.

41


 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Critical accounting policies are those that we believe are both significant and that require us to make difficult, subjective or complex judgments, often because we need to estimate the effect of inherently uncertain matters.  We base our estimates and judgments on historical experiences and various other factors that we believe to be appropriate under the circumstances.  Actual results may differ from these estimates, and we might obtain different estimates if we used different assumptions or conditions.  We believe the following critical accounting policies affect our more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our financial statements:

Loss Contingencies

We are involved in various lawsuits, claims, investigations, and proceedings. Certain of these matters include speculative claims for substantial or indeterminate amounts of damages. We record a liability when we believe that it is both probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. If we determine that a loss is reasonably possible and a loss or range of the loss can be estimated, we disclose such amounts. Significant judgment is required to determine both probability and the estimated amount of any loss or range of loss. We assess each legal matter and any related provisions at least quarterly and adjust them accordingly to reflect the impact of negotiations, settlements, rulings, advice of legal counsel, and updated information.

Until a final resolution related to loss contingencies for legal and other contingencies is reached, there may be an exposure to loss in excess of the amount we have recorded, and such amounts could be material, either individually or in the aggregate, to our business, consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.  Therefore, if one or more of these matters were resolved against us for amounts in excess of management’s expectations, our results of operations and financial condition, including in a particular reporting period, could be materially adversely affected.

Valuation of Deferred Tax Assets

We account for income taxes and the related accounts in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 740, “Income Taxes.” Deferred tax liabilities and assets are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted rates expected to be in effect during the year in which the differences reverse. We periodically assess the likelihood that we will be able to recover our deferred tax assets and reflect any changes in estimates in the valuation allowance. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion, or all, of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. The current year analysis was impacted by the new tax law in December. At December 31, 2018, we had a valuation allowance of $26.3 million primarily attributable to the uncertainty related to the realizability of our deferred tax assets. We considered all available evidence, both positive and negative, in determining the need for a valuation allowance. Based upon this analysis, including a consideration of our cumulative loss history in the three-year period ended December 31, 2018, we determined that it is not more likely than not that our deferred tax assets will be realized.

Significant management judgment is required in determining our provision for income taxes, deferred tax assets and liabilities and the valuation allowance recorded against our net deferred tax assets, if any. Management considers estimates of the amount and character of future taxable income in assessing the likelihood of realization of deferred tax assets. Our actual effective tax rate and income tax expense could vary from estimated amounts due to the future impacts of various items, including changes in income tax laws, tax planning and the Company’s forecasted financial condition and results of operations in future periods. Although management believes current estimates are reasonable, actual results could differ from these estimates.

Stock-Based Compensation

We currently utilize a single equity incentive plan under which we may grant non-qualified stock options, restricted shares, stock appreciation rights and other equity awards to employees, non-employee directors and other service providers.  We recognize expense for our stock-based compensation based on the fair value of the awards that are granted.  Compensation expense is recognized only for those awards expected to vest, with forfeitures estimated at the date of grant based on our historical experience and future expectations.  Measured compensation cost is recognized ratably over the service period of the entire related stock-based compensation award.

42


 

The fair value of stock options was estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes-Merton valuation model.  In order to determine the related stock-based compensation expense, we used the following assumptions for stock options granted during 2018:

·

Expected life of 5.5 years;

·

Expected stock price volatility of 55%;

·

Risk-free interest rate of 2.8%; and

·

Dividends are not expected to be paid in any year.

The expected stock price volatility is based on the historical volatility of our stock price. The volatility is estimated for a period of time equal to the expected term of the related option. The risk-free interest rate is based on the implied yield of U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with an equivalent remaining term. The expected term of the options represents the estimated period of time until exercise and is determined by considering the contractual terms, vesting schedule and expectations of future employee behavior. We have never paid a dividend. Had we arrived at different assumptions of stock price volatility or expected terms of our options, our stock-based compensation expense and results of operations could have been different.

Recognition of Net Sales

We recognize net sales for products purchased at the time the customer takes possession of the merchandise. We recognize service revenue, which consists primarily of installation revenue and freight charges for in-home delivery, when the service has been rendered.  We report sales exclusive of sales taxes collected from customers and remitted to governmental taxing authorities.  Net sales are reduced by an allowance for anticipated sales returns that we estimate based on historical and current sales trends and experience.  We believe that our estimate for sales returns is an accurate reflection of future returns.  Any reasonably likely changes that may occur in the assumptions underlying our allowance estimates would not be expected to have a material impact on our financial condition or operating performance.  Actual sales returns did not vary materially from estimated amounts for 2018,  2017 or 2016.

In addition, customers who do not take immediate delivery of their purchases are generally required to pay a deposit, equal to approximately half of the retail sales value, with the balance payable when the customer takes possession of the merchandise.  These customer deposits benefit our cash flow and return on investment capital, because we receive partial payment for our customers’ purchases immediately.  We record these deposits as a liability on our balance sheet in Customer Deposits and Store Credits until the customer takes possession of the merchandise.

Merchandise Inventories

We value our merchandise inventories at the lower of cost or net realizable value.  We determine merchandise cost using the weighted average method.  All of the hardwood flooring we purchase from suppliers is either prefinished or unfinished, and in immediate saleable form. Inventory cost includes the costs of bringing an article to its existing condition and location such as shipping and handling and import tariffs. To the extent that we finish and box unfinished products, we include those costs in the average unit cost of related merchandise inventory.  In determining market value, we make judgments and estimates as to the market value of our products, based on factors such as historical results and current sales trends.  Any reasonably likely changes that may occur in those assumptions in the future may require us to record charges for losses or obsolescence against these assets, but would not be expected to have a material impact on our financial condition or operating performance. Actual losses and obsolescence charges did not vary materially from estimated amounts for 2018,  2017 or 2016.

 

43


 

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

Interest Rate Risk

We are exposed to interest rate risk through the investment of our cash and cash equivalents and our Revolving Loan.  We may invest our cash in short-term investments with maturities of three months or less.  Changes in interest rates affect the interest income we earn, and therefore impact our cash flows and results of operations.  Borrowings under our Revolving Loan are exposed to interest rate risk due to the variable rate of the Revolving Credit Facility.  As of December 31, 2018,  we had $65 million outstanding under our Revolving Loan.  If the interest rate had varied by 1% in either direction throughout 2018, interest expense would have fluctuated by $650,000.

We currently do not engage in any interest rate hedging activity and have no current intention to do so.  However, in the future, in an effort to mitigate losses associated with these risks, we may at times enter into derivative financial instruments, although we have not historically done so.  We do not, and do not intend to, engage in the practice of trading derivative securities for profit.

Exchange Rate Risk

Less than two percent of our revenue, expense and capital purchasing activities are transacted in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, including the Euro, Canadian dollar, Chinese yuan and Brazilian real.

We currently do not engage in any exchange rate hedging activity as the vast majority of our foreign purchases are denominated in U.S. dollars.  However, in the future, in an effort to mitigate losses associated with these risks, we may at times engage in transactions involving various derivative instruments to hedge revenues, inventory purchases, assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies. If the exchange rate on December 31, 2018 had varied by 10% in either direction, net income from Canadian operations would have fluctuated nominally.

44


 

Table of Contents

Item 8. Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

 

 

 

Page

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm  

46

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2018 and 2017  

49

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016  

50

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016  

51

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016  

52

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016  

53

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  

54

 

45


 

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc.

 

Opinion on the Financial Statements

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc. (the Company) as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2018, and the related notes and Financial Statement Schedule II - Analysis of Valuation and Qualifying Accounts (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2018, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.  

 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework), and our report dated March 18, 2019 expressed an adverse opinion thereon .

 

Basis for Opinion

 

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

 

 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2003.

 

Richmond, Virginia
March 18, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

46


 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

 

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc.

 

Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

We have audited Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). In our opinion, because of the effect of the material weakness described below on the achievement of the objectives of the control criteria, Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc. (the Company) has not maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, based on the COSO criteria.

 

A material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The following material weakness has been identified and included in management’s assessment. Management has identified a material weakness in transaction level and review controls related to the calculation and measurement of import tariff obligations on inventory purchases.  

 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the 2018 consolidated financial statements of the Company. This material weakness was considered in determining the nature, timing and extent of audit tests applied in our audit of the 2018 consolidated financial statements, and this report does not affect our report dated March 18, 2019, which expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

 

Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances.  We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely

47


 

detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

 

 

Richmond, Virginia
March 18, 2019

48


 

Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 

 

December 31, 

 

    

2018

    

2017

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

Current Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

$

11,565

 

$

19,938

Merchandise Inventories

 

 

318,272

 

 

262,280

Prepaid Expenses

 

 

6,299

 

 

9,108

Deposit for Legal Settlement

 

 

21,500

 

 

 —

Other Current Assets

 

 

8,667

 

 

6,670

Total Current Assets

 

 

366,303

 

 

297,996

Property and Equipment, net

 

 

93,689

 

 

100,491

Goodwill

 

 

9,693

 

 

9,693

Other Assets

 

 

5,832

 

 

2,615

Total Assets

 

$

475,517

 

$

410,795

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts Payable

 

$

73,412

 

$

67,676

Customer Deposits and Store Credits

 

 

40,332

 

 

38,546

Accrued Compensation

 

 

9,265

 

 

12,101

Sales and Income Tax Liabilities

 

 

4,200

 

 

4,273

Accrual for Legal Matters and Settlements Current

 

 

97,625

 

 

36,960

Other Current Liabilities

 

 

17,290

 

 

18,605

Total Current Liabilities

 

 

242,124

 

 

178,161

Other Long-Term Liabilities

 

 

20,203

 

 

19,235

Deferred Tax Liability

 

 

792

 

 

552

Revolving Credit Facility

 

 

65,000

 

 

15,000

Total Liabilities

 

 

328,119

 

 

212,948

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ Equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Stock ($0.001 par value; 35,000 shares authorized; 31,578 and 31,397 shares issued and 28,627 and 28,490 shares outstanding at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively)

 

 

32

 

 

31

Treasury Stock, at cost (2,951 and 2,907 shares, respectively)

 

 

(141,828)

 

 

(140,875)

Additional Capital

 

 

213,744

 

 

208,629

Retained Earnings

 

 

76,835

 

 

131,214

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

 

 

(1,385)

 

 

(1,152)

Total Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

147,398

 

 

197,847

Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

 

$

475,517

 

$

410,795

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

49


 

Table of Contents

Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(in thousands except per share amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

 

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Sales

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Merchandise Sales

 

$

955,949

 

$

938,269

 

$

895,612

Net Services Sales

 

 

128,687

 

 

90,664

 

 

64,976

Total Net Sales

 

 

1,084,636

 

 

1,028,933

 

 

960,588

Cost of Sales

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of Merchandise Sold

 

 

596,411

 

 

591,087

 

 

608,834

Cost of Services Sold

 

 

95,285

 

 

68,785

 

 

47,885

Total Cost of Sales

 

 

691,696

 

 

659,872

 

 

656,719

Gross Profit

 

 

392,940

 

 

369,061

 

 

303,869

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

 

 

443,513

 

 

406,027

 

 

397,504

Operating Loss

 

 

(50,573)

 

 

(36,966)

 

 

(93,635)

Other Expense

 

 

2,827

 

 

1,591

 

 

638

Loss Before Income Taxes

 

 

(53,400)

 

 

(38,557)

 

 

(94,273)

Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

 

 

979

 

 

(734)

 

 

(25,710)

Net Loss

 

$

(54,379)

 

$

(37,823)

 

$

(68,563)

Net Loss per Common Share—Basic

 

$

(1.90)

 

$

(1.33)

 

$

(2.51)

Net Loss per Common Share—Diluted

 

$

(1.90)

 

$

(1.33)

 

$

(2.51)

Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Basic

 

 

28,571

 

 

28,407

 

 

27,284

Diluted

 

 

28,571

 

 

28,407

 

 

27,284

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

50


 

Table of Contents

Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

 

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Loss

 

$

(54,379)

 

$

(37,823)

 

$

(68,563)

Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Foreign Currency Translation Adjustments

 

 

(233)

 

 

304

 

 

209

Total Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income

 

 

(233)

 

 

304

 

 

209

Comprehensive Loss

 

$

(54,612)

 

$

(37,519)

 

$

(68,354)

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

 

51


 

Table of Contents

Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

Total

 

    

Common Stock

    

Treasury Stock

    

Additional

    

Retained

    

Comprehensive

    

Stockholders’

 

 

Shares

    

Par Value

 

Shares

    

Value

 

Capital

 

Earnings

 

Income (Loss)

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

27,088

 

$

30

 

2,825

 

$

(138,987)

 

$

180,590

 

$

237,600

 

$

(1,665)

 

$

277,568

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

5,487

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

5,487

Exercise of Stock Options

 

59

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

539

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

539

Tax Effect of Stock-Based Compensation

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(675)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(675)

Stock Issued upon Legal Settlement

 

1,000

 

 

 1

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

16,759

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

16,760

Release of Restricted Shares

 

101

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Common Stock Repurchased

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

29

 

 

(433)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(433)

Translation Adjustment

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

209

 

 

209

Net Loss

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(68,563)

 

 

 —

 

 

(68,563)

December 31, 2016

 

28,248

 

$

31

 

2,854

 

$

(139,420)

 

$

202,700

 

$

169,037

 

$

(1,456)

 

$

230,892

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

4,582

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

4,582

Exercise of Stock Options

 

88

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

1,347

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

1,347

Release of Restricted Shares

 

154

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Common Stock Repurchased

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

53

 

 

(1,455)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(1,455)

Translation Adjustment

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

304

 

 

304

Net Loss

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(37,823)

 

 

 —

 

 

(37,823)

December 31, 2017

 

28,490

 

$

31

 

2,907

 

$

(140,875)

 

$

208,629

 

$

131,214

 

$

(1,152)

 

$

197,847

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

4,346

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

4,346

Exercise of Stock Options

 

44

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

770

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

770

Release of Restricted Shares

 

93

 

 

 1

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(1)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Common Stock Repurchased

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

44

 

 

(953)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(953)

Translation Adjustment

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(233)

 

 

(233)

Net Loss

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(54,379)

 

 

 —

 

 

(54,379)

December 31, 2018

 

28,627

 

$

32

 

2,951

 

$

(141,828)

 

$

213,744

 

$

76,835

 

$

(1,385)

 

$

147,398

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

 

52


 

Table of Contents

Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

    

2018

    

2017

 

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Net Loss

 

$

(54,379)

 

$

(37,823)

 

$

(68,563)

Adjustments to Reconcile Net Loss:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Depreciation and Amortization

 

 

18,425

 

 

17,739

 

 

17,505

Deferred Income Taxes (Benefit) Provision

 

 

240

 

 

(3,246)

 

 

14,205

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

 

 

4,091

 

 

4,735

 

 

5,568

Provision for Inventory Obsolescence Reserves

 

 

3,108

 

 

6,349

 

 

3,723

Impairment and Loss on Disposal of Fixed Assets

 

 

1,818

 

 

1,498

 

 

 —

Stock-Based Portion of Provision for Securities Class Action

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

16,760

Changes in Operating Assets and Liabilities:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Merchandise Inventories

 

 

(59,179)

 

 

32,614

 

 

(62,054)

Accounts Payable

 

 

4,852

 

 

(52,475)

 

 

64,025

Customer Deposits and Store Credits

 

 

1,685

 

 

6,001

 

 

(988)

Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

 

 

2,902

 

 

28,962

 

 

(11,411)

Accrual for Legal Matters and Settlements

 

 

63,951

 

 

36,960

 

 

 —

Deposit for Legal Settlement

 

 

(21,500)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Other Assets and Liabilities

 

 

(9,000)

 

 

(1,922)

 

 

(6,317)

Net Cash (Used in) Provided by Operating Activities

 

 

(42,986)

 

 

39,392

 

 

(27,547)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Purchases of Property and Equipment

 

 

(14,332)

 

 

(7,411)

 

 

(8,908)

Proceeds from Disposal of Fixed Assets

 

 

871

 

 

2,273

 

 

 —

Other Investing Activities

 

 

 —

 

 

800

 

 

575

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

 

 

(13,461)

 

 

(4,338)

 

 

(8,333)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Borrowings on Revolving Credit Facility

 

 

74,000

 

 

40,000

 

 

37,000

Payments on Revolving Credit Facility

 

 

(24,000)

 

 

(65,000)

 

 

(17,000)

Proceeds from the Exercise of Stock Options

 

 

770

 

 

1,347

 

 

539

Payments for Stock Repurchases

 

 

(953)

 

 

(1,455)

 

 

(433)

Payments on Financed Insurance Obligations

 

 

(612)

 

 

(734)

 

 

 —

Payments on Capital Lease Obligations

 

 

 —

 

 

(351)

 

 

(469)

Payments for Debt Issuance Costs

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(933)

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Financing Activities

 

 

49,205

 

 

(26,193)

 

 

18,704

Effect of Exchange Rates on Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

 

(1,131)

 

 

806

 

 

744

Net (Decrease) Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

 

(8,373)

 

 

9,667

 

 

(16,432)

Cash and Cash Equivalents, Beginning of Year

 

 

19,938

 

 

10,271

 

 

26,703

Cash and Cash Equivalents, End of Year

 

$

11,565

 

$

19,938

 

$

10,271

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash operating and financing activities:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Financed Insurance Premiums

 

$

 —

 

$

1,346

 

$

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Borrowing on Capital Lease Obligation to Acquire Equipment

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

351

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

53


 

Table of Contents

Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except share data and per share amounts)

Note 1.         Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Nature of Business

Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc. and its direct and indirect subsidiaries (collectively and, where applicable, individually, the “Company”) engage in business as a multi-channel specialty retailer of hard-surface flooring, and hard-surface flooring enhancements and accessories, operating as a single operating segment. The Company offers an extensive assortment of exotic and domestic hardwood species, engineered hardwood, laminate, resilient vinyl, waterproof vinyl plank and porcelain tile flooring direct to the consumer. The Company also features the renewable flooring products, bamboo and cork, and provides a wide selection of flooring enhancements and accessories, including moldings, noise-reducing underlayment, adhesives and flooring tools. The Company also provides in-home delivery and installation services to its customers. The Company sells primarily to homeowners or to contractors on behalf of homeowners through a network of store locations in metropolitan areas. The Company’s stores spanned 47 states in the United States (“U.S.”) and included eight stores in Canada at December 31, 2018. In addition to the store locations, the Company’s products may be ordered, and customer questions/concerns addressed, through both its call center in Toano, Virginia, and its website, www.lumberliquidators.com. The Company finished the majority of its Bellawood products on its finishing lines in Toano, Virginia, which along with the call center, corporate offices, and a distribution center, represent the “Corporate Headquarters.” In July of 2018, the Company announced its plan to sell its finishing line equipment to an unaffiliated third-party purchaser and to relocate its corporate headquarters to Richmond, Virginia, in 2019. The Company ceased finishing floors in January 2019.

 

Organization and Basis of Financial Statement Presentation

The consolidated financial statements of Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, include the accounts of its wholly owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

In order to conform to the current year presentation, the Company has reclassified net services sales and net cost of services sold on the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, to separate line items from total net sales with the remainder being classified as net merchandise sales and cost of merchandise sold.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. During 2018 and 2017, the Company has recognized significant liabilities related to various legal and regulatory matters. While the payment of these liabilities has had, and is expected to have, a material adverse impact on the Company’s liquidity and cash flow from operations, the Company estimates that it has sufficient liquidity through amounts available under its Revolving Credit Facility and forecasted cash flows from operations to fund its working capital, including these legal and regulatory liabilities. The Company prepares its forecasted cash flow and liquidity estimates based on assumptions that it believes to be reasonable but are also inherently uncertain. Actual future cash flows could differ from these estimates.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company had cash and cash equivalents of $11.6 million and $19.9 million at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity date of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents, of which there was zero at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The

54


 

Table of Contents

Company accepts a range of debit and credit cards, and these transactions are generally transmitted to a bank for reimbursement within 24 hours. The payments due from the banks for these debit and credit card transactions are generally received, or settled, within 24 to 48 hours of the transmission date. The Company considers all debit and credit card transactions that settle in less than seven days to be cash and cash equivalents. Amounts due from the banks for these transactions classified as cash equivalents totaled $7 .3 million   and $1 3.3 million at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

Credit Programs

Credit is offered to the Company’s customers through a proprietary credit card, underwritten by a third-party financial institution and at no recourse to the Company. A credit line is offered to the Company’s professional customers through the Lumber Liquidators Commercial Credit Program. This commercial credit program is underwritten by a third-party financial institution, generally with no recourse to the Company.

As part of the credit program, the Company’s customers may tender their Lumber Liquidators credit card to receive installation services. As of December 31, 2018, the Company utilized a network of associates to perform certain customer-facing, consultative services and coordinate the installation of its flooring products by third-party independent contractors in all of its stores.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying amounts of financial instruments such as cash and cash equivalents, accounts payable and other liabilities approximates fair value because of the short-term nature of these items. The carrying amount of obligations under its Revolving Credit Facility approximates fair value due to the variable rate of interest.

Merchandise Inventories

The Company values merchandise inventories at the lower of cost and net realizable value. The method by which amounts are removed from inventory is weighted average cost. All of the hardwood flooring purchased from vendors is either prefinished or unfinished, and in immediate saleable form. Inventory cost includes the costs of bringing an article to its existing condition and location such as shipping and handling and import tariffs. Prior to the sale of the finishing line equipment in 2018, the Company would add the finish to, and box, various species of unfinished product, to produce certain proprietary products, primarily Bellawood. Any finishing and boxing costs were included in the average unit cost of related merchandise inventory. In addition, the Company maintains an inventory reserve for loss or obsolescence based on historical results and current sales trends. This reserve was $6.8 million and $5.6 million at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company evaluates potential impairment losses on long-lived assets used in operations when events and circumstances indicate that the assets may be impaired, and the undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated by those assets are less than the carrying amounts of those assets. If impairment exists and the undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated by those assets are less than the carrying amount of those assets, an impairment loss is recorded based on the difference between the carrying value and fair value of the assets.

During 2018, the Company decided to exit the finishing business and entered into an agreement to sell this equipment to a third party, which altered the Company’s expectations of future cash flows from these long-lived assets. As a result, the Company tested certain long-lived assets for impairment and recorded a $1.8 million impairment charge within selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses in its accompanying consolidated statements of operations. The charge was measured as the difference between the fair value (Level 2 inputs under ASC 820) of the assets and the carrying value of the related net assets based on the contract to sell to a third party. The Company received $0.8 million in connection with this transaction during 2018 and has $1.0 million in assets held-for-sale, included in Other Current Assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2018.

55


 

Table of Contents

During 2017, the Company determined that the carrying value of certain assets that had once been part of a discontinued vertical integration strategy was above their fair value and recorded an impairment charge of $1.5 million within SG&A expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. The charge was measured as the difference between the fair value (Level 2 inputs under the fair value hierarchy) of the assets and the carrying value of the related net assets based on a contract to sell to a third party.

No impairment charges were recognized in 2016.

 

Goodwill and Other Indefinite-Lived Intangibles

Goodwill represents the costs in excess of the fair value of net assets acquired associated with acquisitions by the Company. Other assets include $0.8 million for an indefinite-lived intangible asset for the phone number 1‑800‑HARDWOOD and related internet domain names. The Company evaluates these assets for impairment on an annual basis, or whenever events or changes in circumstance indicate that the asset carrying value exceeds its fair value . Based on the analysis performed, the Company has concluded that no impairment in the value of these assets has occurred.

Self-Insurance

The Company is self-insured for certain employee health benefit claims and for certain workers’ compensation claims. The Company estimates a liability for aggregate losses below stop-loss coverage limits based on estimates of the ultimate costs to be incurred to settle known claims and claims incurred but not reported as of the balance sheet date. The estimated liability is not discounted and is based on a number of assumptions and factors including historical and industry trends and economic conditions. This liability could be affected if future occurrences and claims differ from these assumptions and historical trends. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company had accruals of $2.4 million and $2.1 million, respectively, related to estimated claims was included in other current liabilities.

Recognition of Net Sales

In May 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-09 (“Topic 606”), Revenue from Contracts with Customers , which superseded the revenue recognition requirements in Topic 605, Revenue Recognition , including most industry-specific revenue recognition guidance. The core principle of Topic 606 is that an entity recognizes revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services and when control of those goods and services has passed to the customer. The Company adopted Topic 606 as of January 1, 2018 using the modified retrospective transition method. However, because adoption of the standard did not change the timing or amount of the Company’s recognition of revenue and because the Company does not recognize revenues for partial contracts, there was no adjustment to retained earnings needed as part of the adoption of the new standard. 

 

The Company generates revenues primarily by retailing merchandise in the form of hardwood and porcelain flooring and accessories. Additionally, the Company expands its revenues by offering services to deliver and/or install this merchandise for its customers; it considers these services to be separate performance obligations. The separate performance obligations are detailed on the customer’s invoice(s) and the customer often purchases flooring merchandise without purchasing installation or delivery services.  Sales occur through a network of 413 stores, which spanned 47 states, including eight stores in Canada at December 31, 2018. In addition, both the merchandise and services can be ordered through a call center and from the Company’s website, www.lumberliquidators.com. The Company’s agreements with its customers are of short duration (less than a year) and as such the Company has elected not to disclose revenue for partially satisfied contracts that will be completed in the days following the end of a period as permitted by GAAP. The Company reports its revenues exclusive of sales taxes collected from customers and remitted to governmental taxing authorities, consistent with past practice.

 

Revenue is based on consideration specified in a contract with a customer and excludes any sales incentives from vendors and amounts collected on behalf of third parties. The Company recognizes revenue when it satisfies a performance obligation by transferring control over a product to a customer or performing service for a customer. 

56


 

Table of Contents

Revenues from installation and freight services are recognized when the delivery is made or the installation is complete, which approximates the recognition of revenue over time due to the short duration of service provided. The price of the Company’s merchandise and services is specified in the respective contract and detailed on the invoice agreed to with the customer including any discounts. The Company generally requires customers to pay a deposit, equal to approximately half of the retail sales value, when ordering merchandise not regularly carried in a given location or not currently in stock. In addition, the Company generally does not extend credit to its customers with payment due in full at the time the customer takes possession of merchandise or when the service is provided. Customer payments and deposits received in advance of the customer taking possession of the merchandise or receiving the services are recorded as deferred revenues in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet caption Customer Deposits and Store Credits. 

 

The following table shows the activity in this account for the periods noted:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

2018

 

2017

 

2016

Customer Deposits and Store Credits, Beginning Balance

$

(38,546)

 

$

(32,639)

 

$

(33,771)

New Deposits

 

(1,155,019)

 

 

(1,101,841)

 

 

(1,021,880)

Recognition of Revenue

 

1,084,636

 

 

1,028,933

 

 

960,588

Sales Tax included in Customer Deposits

 

67,125

 

 

66,028

 

 

63,422

Other

 

1,472

 

 

973

 

 

(998)

Customer Deposits and Store Credits, Ending Balance

$

(40,332)

 

$

(38,546)

 

$

(32,639)

Subject to limitations under the Company’s policy, return of unopened merchandise is accepted for 90 days.  The amount of revenue recognized for flooring merchandise is adjusted for expected returns, which are estimated based on the Company’s historical data, current sales levels and forecasted economic trends. The Company uses the expected value method to estimate returns because it has a large number of contracts with similar characteristics.  The Company previously recognized revenue in full, recorded an allowance for expected returns (contra-revenue) and recorded a separate refund liability for expected returns. The Company reduces revenue by the amount of expected returns and records it within Accrued Expenses and Other on the consolidated balance sheet. The Company continues to estimate the amount of returns based on the historical data. In addition, the Company recognizes a related asset for the right to recover returned merchandise and records it in the Other Current Assets caption of the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. This amount was $1.2 million at December 31, 2018. The Company recognizes sales commissions as incurred since the amortization period is less than one year. The Company offers a range of limited warranties for the durability of the finish on its prefinished products. These limited warranties range from one to 100 years, with lifetime warranties for certain of the Company’s products. Warranty reserves are based primarily on claims experience, sales history and other considerations. Warranty costs are recorded in Cost of Sales.

 

We offer hundreds of different flooring products; however, no single flooring product represented a significant portion of our sales mix. By major product category, our sales mix was as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

Manufactured Products 1

 

$

392,512

 

36

%  

$

315,369

 

31

%  

$

248,234

 

26

%

Solid and Engineered Hardwood

 

 

367,026

    

34

%  

 

423,301

    

41

%  

 

452,248

    

47

%

Moldings and Accessories and Other

 

 

196,411

 

18

%  

 

199,599

 

19

%  

 

195,130

 

20

%

Installation and Delivery Services

 

 

128,687

 

12

%  

 

90,664

 

 9

%  

 

64,976

 

 7

%

Total

 

$

1,084,636

 

100

%  

$

1,028,933

 

100

%  

$

960,588

 

100

%


1 Includes laminate, vinyl, engineered vinyl plank and porcelain tile.

 

Cost of Sales

Cost of sales includes the cost of products sold, including tariffs, the cost of installation services, and transportation costs from vendors to the Company’s distribution centers or store locations. It also includes any applicable

57


 

Table of Contents

finishing costs related to production of the Company’s proprietary brands, transportation costs from distribution centers to store locations, transportation costs for the delivery of products from store locations to customers, certain costs of quality control procedures, warranty and customer satisfaction costs, inventory adjustments including obsolescence and shrinkage, and costs to produce samples, which are net of vendor allowances.

The Company offers a range of limited warranties for the durability of the finish on its prefinished products to its services provided. These limited warranties range from one to 100 years, with lifetime warranties for certain of the Company’s products. Warranty reserves are based primarily on claims experience, sales history and other considerations, including payments made to satisfy customers for claims not directly related to the warranty on the Company’s products. Warranty costs are recorded in cost of sales. This reserve was $1.4 million and $1. 6 million at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The Company seeks recovery from its vendors and third-party independent contractors of installation services for certain amounts paid.

Vendor allowances primarily consist of volume rebates that are earned as a result of attaining certain purchase levels and reimbursement for the cost of producing samples. Vendor allowances are accrued as earned, with those allowances received as a result of attaining certain purchase levels accrued over the incentive period based on estimates of purchases. Volume rebates earned are initially recorded as a reduction in merchandise inventories and a subsequent reduction in cost of sales when the related product is sold. Reimbursement received for the cost of producing samples is recorded as an offset against cost of sales.

 

Accrual for Air Quality Emissions Screening Test Costs

The Company offers a free indoor air quality testing program for customers who purchased laminate flooring sourced from China during the period from February 22, 2012 to February 27, 2015. The Company established a reserve to provide for the estimated future expenses required to support the program. Reserve estimates are based on management’s judgment, considering such factors as cost per air quality testing request, recent historical experience, and the anticipated number of future requests for the duration of the program. Management reviews and adjusts these estimates, if necessary, on a quarterly basis based on any differences in actual and expected program cost experience.

During the second quarter of 2017, the Company reduced its estimate of the number of test kit requests based on its experience, and reduced its estimate of the administrative costs of the Air Quality Testing Program. The revised estimates were in part prompted by the CPSC’s July 2017 decision to close this case with the Company and terminate its monitoring activity of the Air Quality Testing Program. The Company will continue to offer tests kits to qualifying customers, but the lower total estimated future costs of the Air Quality Testing Program resulted in a reduction in the reserve and the corresponding offset to cost of sales of $1 million. At December 31, 2017, the Company’s estimate of its future costs for the Air Quality Testing Program through June 30, 2018 was approximately $0.1 million. Since that time, costs related to the Company’s Air Quality Testing Program have been expensed as incurred and have not been significant.

 

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs charged to selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses, net of vendor allowances, were $74,242, $76,586 and $80,079 in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The Company uses various types of media to brand its name and advertise its products. Media production costs are generally expensed as incurred, except for direct mail, which is expensed when the finished piece enters the postal system. Media placement costs are generally expensed in the month the advertising occurs, except for contracted endorsements and sports agreements, which are generally expensed ratably over the contract period. Amounts paid in advance are included in prepaid expenses and totaled $564 and $1,077 at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

 

Store Opening Costs

Costs to open new store locations are charged to SG&A expenses as incurred, net of any vendor support.

58


 

Table of Contents

Other Vendor Consideration

Consideration from non-merchandise vendors, including royalties and rebates, are generally recorded as an offset to SG&A expenses when earned.

Depreciation and Amortization

Property and equipment is carried at cost and depreciated on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives. The estimated useful lives for leasehold improvements are the shorter of the estimated useful lives or the remainder of the lease terms. For leases with optional renewal periods for which renewal is not reasonably assured, the Company uses the original lease term, excluding optional renewal periods, to determine the appropriate estimated useful lives. Capitalized software costs are capitalized from the time that technological feasibility is established until the software is ready for use. The estimated useful lives are generally as follows:

 

 

 

 

    

Years

Buildings and Building Improvements

 

7 to 40

Property and Equipment

 

3 to 15

Computer Software and Hardware

 

3 to 10

Leasehold Improvements

 

1 to 15

 

Operating Leases

The Company has operating leases for its stores, current corporate headquarters in Toano, Virginia, certain of its distribution facilities, supplemental office facilities and certain equipment. The lease agreements for certain stores and distribution facilities contain rent escalation clauses, rent holidays and tenant improvement allowances. For scheduled rent escalation clauses during the lease terms or for rental payments commencing at a date other than the date of initial occupancy, the Company records minimum rental expenses in SG&A expenses on a straight-line basis over the terms of the leases. The difference between the rental expense and rent paid is recorded as deferred rent on the consolidated balance sheets. For tenant improvement allowances, the Company records deferred rent on the consolidated balance sheets and amortizes the deferred rent over the terms of the leases as reductions to rental expense.

 

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company records compensation expense associated with stock options and other forms of equity compensation in accordance with ASC 718. The Company may issue incentive awards, including performance-based awards, in the form of stock options, restricted shares and other equity awards to employees, non-employee directors and other service providers. The Company recognizes expense for the majority of its stock-based compensation based on the fair value of the awards that are granted. For awards granted to non-employee directors, expense is recognized based on the fair value of the award at the end of a reporting period. For performance-based awards granted to certain members of senior management, the Company recognizes expense after assessing the probability of the achievement of certain financial metrics on a periodic basis. Compensation expense is recognized only for those awards expected to vest, with forfeitures estimated at the date of grant based on historical experience and future expectations. Measured compensation cost is recognized ratably over the requisite service period of the entire related stock-based compensation award.

 

Foreign Currency Translation

The Company’s Canadian operations use the Canadian dollar as the functional currency. Assets and liabilities are translated at exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date. Revenues and expenses are translated at the average monthly exchange rates during the year. Resulting translation adjustments are recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income on the consolidated balance sheets.

59


 

Table of Contents

Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for in accordance with ASC 740 (“ASC 740”). Income taxes are provided for under the asset and liability method and consider differences between the tax and financial accounting bases. The tax effects of these differences are reflected on the consolidated balance sheets as deferred income taxes and measured using the effective tax rate expected to be in effect when the differences reverse. ASC 740 also requires that deferred tax assets be reduced by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. In evaluating the need for a valuation allowance, the Company takes into account various factors, including the nature, frequency and severity of current and cumulative losses, expected level of future taxable income, the duration of statutory carryforward periods and tax planning alternatives. In future periods, any valuation allowance will be re-evaluated in accordance with ASC 740, and a change, if required, will be recorded through income tax expense in the period such determination is made.

The Company recognizes the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the relevant taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of its position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position are measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The Company classifies interest and penalties related to income tax matters as a component of income tax expense.

Net Income per Common Share

Basic net income per common share is determined by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year. Diluted net income per common share is determined by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year, plus the dilutive effect of common stock equivalents, including stock options and restricted shares. Common stock and common stock equivalents included in the computation represent shares issuable upon assumed exercise of outstanding stock options and release of restricted shares, except when the effect of their inclusion would be antidilutive.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

In February 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-02 (“ASU 2016-02”), which creates ASC Topic 842, Leases , and supersedes the lease accounting requirements in Topic 840, Leases . In summary, Topic 842 requires organizations that lease assets — referred to as “lessees” — to recognize on the balance sheet the assets and liabilities for the rights and obligations created by those leases. The amendments in ASU 2016-02 are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2018. The Company adopted this ASU on January 1, 2019 on a modified retrospective basis and will not restate prior periods. The Company has implemented software to track and account for the leases, assessed the impact of the new guidance on its consolidated financial statements and financial controls. Presentation of leases within the consolidated statements of operations and consolidated statements of cash flows will be generally consistent with the current lease accounting guidance. The Company elected the package of practical expedients permitted under the transition guidance within the new standard, which among other things, will allow the Company to carryforward the historical lease classification. On January 1, 2019, the Company will make an accounting policy election that payments under agreements with an initial term of 12 months or less will not be included on the Consolidated Balance Sheet but will be recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations on a straight-line basis over the term of the agreement. The Company estimates that the adoption of the standard will result in recognition of right-of-use lease assets and lease liabilities in the approximate range of $115 million to $125 million on the Company’s consolidated Balance Sheet primarily related to more than 400 store operating leases.

In August 2018, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2018-15 (“ASU 2018-15”), which provides guidance on the accounting for costs of implementation activities performed in a cloud computing arrangement that is a service contract, as initially published in Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-05, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Internal-Use Software: Customer’s Accounting for Fees Paid in a Cloud Computing Arrangement. In summary, the new standard requires customers of cloud computing services to recognize an intangible asset for the software license and, to the extent that payments attributable to the software license are made over time, a liability is also recognized. 

60


 

Table of Contents

The new standard also allows customers of cloud computing services to capitalize certain implementation costs. The amendments in ASU 2018-15 are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2019. Therefore, the new standard will become effective for the Company at the beginning of its 2020 fiscal year, although early adoption is permitted for all entities. The Company will evaluate the impact of ASU 2018-15 when recording cloud computing arrangements.

 

 

 

Note 2.         Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consisted of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

    

2018

    

2017

Land

 

$

4,937

 

$

4,937

Building

 

 

44,319

 

 

44,299

Property and Equipment

 

 

53,411

 

 

60,337

Computer Software and Hardware

 

 

54,375

 

 

50,415

Leasehold Improvement

 

 

46,297

 

 

40,277

Assets under Construction

 

 

767

 

 

596

 

 

 

204,106

 

 

200,861

Less: Accumulated Depreciation and Amortization

 

 

110,417

 

 

100,370

Property and Equipment, net

 

$

93,689

 

$

100,491

 

As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company had cumulatively capitalized $40,230   and $37,905 of computer software costs, respectively.  Amortization expense related to these assets was $ 4,331 ,  $3,875 and $3,604 for 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

 

Note 3.         Other Liabilities

Other long-term liabilities consisted of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

    

2018

    

2017

Antidumping and Countervailing Duties Accrual

 

$

11,456

 

$

10,372

Deferred Rent

 

 

4,850

 

 

5,150

Lease Incentive Obligation

 

 

2,864

 

 

2,872

Other

 

 

1,033

 

 

841

Other Long Term Liabilities

 

$

20,203

 

$

19,235

 

 

Note 4.         Revolving Credit Facility

On August 17, 2016, the Company, Lumber Liquidators, Inc. (“LLI”) and Lumber Liquidators Services, LLC (“LL Services” and collectively with LLI, the “Borrowers”), entered into a Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “Revolving Credit Facility”) with Bank of America, N.A. (the “Bank”) and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo” and, collectively with the Bank, the “Lenders”) with the Bank as administrative agent and collateral agent (in this capacity, the “Agent”) and Wells Fargo as syndication agent. The maximum amount of borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility is $150 million (but subject to the borrowing base as described in the agreement).

At December 31, 2018, the Company had $67.9 million available to borrow under the Revolving Loan, which was net of $ 2.1 million in outstanding letters of credit, $65 million in outstanding borrowings and certain limitations based on the borrowing base and the fixed charge coverage ratio covenant.

The Revolving Credit Facility matures on August 17, 2021, is guaranteed by the Company and its other domestic subsidiaries other than LLI and LL Services and secured by security interests in the Collateral (as defined in

61


 

Table of Contents

the agreement), which includes substantially all assets of the Company including, among other things, the Company’s inventory and accounts receivables and the Company’s East Coast distribution center located in Sandston, Virginia. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company has the ability to release the East Coast distribution center from the Collateral under certain conditions. The Revolving Credit Facility has no mandated payment provisions and a fee of 0.25% per annum on the average daily unused portion, paid quarterly in arrears. Loans outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility can bear interest based on the Base Rate or the LIBOR Rate, each as defined in the agreement. Interest on Base Rate loans is charged at varying per annum rates computed by applying a margin ranging from 0.50% to 0.75% (dependent on the Company’s average daily excess borrowing availability under the Revolving Credit Facility during the most recently completed fiscal quarter) over the Base Rate. Interest on LIBOR Rate loans and fees for standby letters of credit are charged at varying per annum rates computed by applying a margin ranging from 1.50% to 1.75% (dependent on the Company’s average daily excess borrowing availability under the Revolving Credit Facility during the most recently completed fiscal quarter) over the applicable LIBOR rate for one, two, three or six month interest periods as selected by the Company. At December 31, 2018, the Company’s Revolving Credit Facility carried an interest rate of 4.125%.

The Credit Agreement contains a fixed charge coverage ratio covenant that becomes effective in the event that the Company’s excess borrowing availability under the Revolving Credit Facility falls below the greater of $15 million, or 10% of the maximum revolver amount. This covenant – though not currently operable – would not have been met at December 31, 2018. This covenant was met at December 31, 2017.

 

On March 8, 2019, we entered into a commitment letter with the Lenders, subject to customary closing conditions, that provides for an increase in the Revolving Loan up to a maximum amount of $175 million, and a new “First in Last Out” tranche of $25 million incremental to the $175 million but within the same Revolving Credit Facility. This will also extend the term of the loan until March 2024. We expect to close on this expanded Revolving Credit Facility in late March or early April 2019.

 

Note 5.         Leases

The Company has operating leases for its stores, current corporate headquarters in Toano, Virginia,  West Coast distribution center, supplemental office facilities and certain equipment. The Company has also entered into an agreement for a future corporate headquarters in Richmond, Virginia which has a ten-year term that commences in late 2019 once the Company takes possession of the property.  The store location leases are operating leases and generally have five-year base periods with one or more five-year renewal periods. The current corporate headquarters in Toano, Virginia and the supplemental office facility in Richmond, Virginia have operating leases with base terms running through December 31, 2019.  The West Coast distribution center has an operating lease with a base term running through October 31, 2024. Total rent expense was $3 4.1 million, $3 2.5 million and $ 30.3 million in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

As of December 31, 2016, the Company leased the current corporate headquarters, which includes a store location and 29 of its locations, representing 7.8% of the total number of store leases then in operation from the Company’s founder. During 2016, the Company also leased a warehouse from its founder, which was subsequently vacated in December 2017. Effective December 31, 2016, upon the departure of the Company’s founder from the board of directors, these entities no longer meet the criteria of a related party. Rent expense to this related party was $3.4 million in 2016.

62


 

Table of Contents

At December 31, 2018, the future minimum rental payments under non-cancellable operating leases were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating Leases

 

    

 

 

    

Distribution

    

Total

 

 

 

Headquarters &

 

Centers & Other

 

Operating

 

 

Store Leases

 

Leases

 

Leases

2019

 

$

33,689

 

$

2,385

 

$

36,074

2020

 

 

30,697

 

 

2,123

 

 

32,820

2021

 

 

24,402

 

 

2,168

 

 

26,570

2022

 

 

18,492

 

 

2,147

 

 

20,639

2023

 

 

12,496

 

 

2,186

 

 

14,682

Thereafter

 

 

22,374

 

 

2,054

 

 

24,428

Total minimum lease payments

 

$

142,150

 

$

13,063

 

$

155,213

 

 

Note 6.         Stockholders’ Equity

Net Income per Common Share

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net income per common share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

 

2018

    

2017

    

2016

Net Loss

 

$

(54,379)

    

$

(37,823)

    

$

(68,563)

Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding—Basic

 

 

28,571

 

 

28,407

 

 

27,284

Effect of Dilutive Securities:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Common Stock Equivalents

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding—Diluted

 

 

28,571

 

 

28,407

 

 

27,284

Net Loss per Common Share—Basic

 

$

(1.90)

 

$

(1.33)

 

$

(2.51)

Net Loss per Common Share—Diluted

 

$

(1.90)

 

$

(1.33)

 

$

(2.51)

 

The following have been excluded from the computation of Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding—Diluted because the effect would be antidilutive:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 

 

 

2018

    

2017

    

2016

Stock Options

 

643,422

    

653,019

    

666,538

Restricted Shares

 

407,319

 

432,777

 

516,072

 

Stock Issuance

On November 17, 2016, the Company issued 1 million shares of its common stock to a court approved settlement fund in connection with a final court approval of a definitive settlement agreement as discussed in Note 10.  These shares were valued at $16.8 million based on the closing price of the Company shares of $16.76 on the settlement date. These shares have been included in the Company’s calculation of weighted average common shares outstanding from the date of issuance.

Stock Repurchase Program

In 2012, the Company’s Board of Directors (“Board”) authorized the repurchase of up to $100 million of the Company’s common stock from time to time on the open market or in privately negotiated transactions. In January 2014,

63


 

Table of Contents

the Company’s Board authorized the repurchase of up to an additional $50 million of the Company’s common stock, bringing the total authorization to $150 million and at December 31, 2015, the Company had $14.7 million remaining under this authorization. The Company did not purchase any shares under this program during the three-years ended December 31, 2018.

 

Note 7.         Stock-Based Compensation

Overview

The Company has an equity incentive plan (the “Plan”) for employees, non-employee directors and other service providers from which the Company may grant stock options, restricted shares, stock appreciation rights (“SARs”) and other equity awards.  The total number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance under the Plan is 6.1 million.  As of December 31, 2018, 0.8 million shares of common stock were available for future grants.  Stock options granted under the Plan expire no later than ten years from the date of grant and the exercise price shall not be less than the fair market value of the shares on the date of grant. Vesting periods are assigned to stock options and restricted shares on a grant-by-grant basis at the discretion of the Board.  The Company issues new shares of common stock upon exercise of stock options and vesting of restricted shares.

The Company also maintains the Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc. Outside Directors Deferral Plan under which each of the Company’s non-employee directors has the opportunity to elect annually to defer certain fees until departure from the Board.  A non-employee director may elect to defer up to 100% of his or her fees and have such fees invested in deferred stock units.  Deferred stock units must be settled in common stock upon the director’s departure from the Board.  There were 132,348 and 122,007 deferred stock units outstanding at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

Stock Options

The following table summarizes activity related to stock options:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

    

 

 

    

Remaining

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted 

 

 Average 

 

Aggregate  

 

 

 

 

Average 

 

Contractual 

 

Intrinsic

 

 

Shares

 

Exercise Price

 

Term (Years)

 

Value

Balance, December 31, 2015

 

692,776

 

$

31.45

 

7.7

 

$

1,283

Granted

 

443,147

 

 

13.51

 

  

 

  

 

Exercised

 

(60,781)

 

 

9.37

 

  

 

  

 

Forfeited

 

(239,528)

 

 

27.16

 

  

 

 

  

Balance, December 31, 2016

 

835,614

 

$

24.86

 

7.5

 

$

1,167

Granted

 

127,984

 

 

22.09

 

  

 

 

  

Exercised

 

(87,955)

 

 

15.31

 

  

 

 

  

Forfeited

 

(185,975)

 

 

25.62

 

  

 

 

  

Balance, December 31, 2017

 

689,668

 

$

25.31

 

7.7

 

$

8,530

Granted

 

215,297

 

 

20.54

 

  

 

 

  

Exercised

 

(43,510)

 

 

17.70

 

  

 

 

  

Forfeited

 

(128,870)

 

 

33.25

 

  

 

 

  

Balance, December 31, 2018

 

732,585

 

$

22.97

 

7.3

 

$

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercisable at December 31, 2018

 

303,898

 

$

28.47

 

  

 

$

 —

Vested and expected to vest December 31, 2018

 

732,585

 

$

22.97

 

  

 

$

 —

 

The aggregate intrinsic value is the difference between the exercise price and the closing price of the Company’s common stock on December 31.  The intrinsic value of the stock options exercised during 2018, 2017 and 2016 was $ 341 ,  $828 and $343, respectively.

64


 

Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2018, total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested options was approximately $2,7 04 , net of estimated forfeitures, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 2.2 years.

The fair value of each stock option award is estimated by management on the date of the grant using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model.  The weighted average fair value of options granted during 2018, 2017 and 2016 was $1 0.69 ,  $11.20 and $6.75, respectively.

The following are the average assumptions for the periods noted:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

Expected dividend rate

    

 —

%  

 —

%  

 —

%

Expected stock price  volatility

 

55

%  

55

%  

55

%

Risk-free interest rate

 

2.8

%  

1.7

%  

1.3

%

Expected term of options

 

5.5

 years  

5.5

 years  

5.5

years  

 

The expected stock price volatility is based on the historical volatility of the Company’s stock price. The volatilities are estimated for a period of time equal to the expected term of the related option. The risk-free interest rate is based on the implied yield of U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with an equivalent remaining term. The expected term of the options represents the estimated period of time until exercise and is determined by considering the contractual terms, vesting schedule and expectations of future employee behavior.

Restricted Shares

The following table summarizes activity related to restricted shares:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

    

Weighted Average 

 

 

 

 

Grant Date Fair 

 

 

Shares

 

Value

Nonvested, December 31, 2015

 

461,671

 

$

23.61

Granted

 

343,517

 

 

12.41

Released

 

(130,523)

 

 

24.23

Forfeited

 

(88,478)

 

 

18.29

Nonvested, December 31, 2016

 

586,187

 

$

17.71

Granted

 

207,196

 

 

19.56

Released

 

(205,349)

 

 

18.31

Forfeited

 

(108,288)

 

 

15.68

Nonvested, December 31, 2017

 

479,746

 

$

18.71

Granted

 

224,835

 

 

22.39

Released

 

(137,064)

 

 

18.67

Forfeited

 

(80,305)

 

 

17.98

Nonvested, December 31, 2018

 

487,212

 

$

20.54

 

The fair value of restricted shares released during 2018, 2017 and 2016 was $2,923,  $5,151 and $ 1,617 , respectively.  As of December 31, 2018, total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested restricted shares was approximately $3,953, net of estimated forfeitures, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 2. 1  years.

During 2018, the Company granted 30,887 shares of performance-based restricted stock awards, vesting over a three-year period, with a grant date fair value of approximately $0.7 million to certain members of senior management in connection with the achievement of specific key financial metrics measured over a two-year period. The number of awards that will ultimately vest is contingent upon the achievement of these key financial metrics by the end of year two. The Company assesses the probability of achieving these metrics on a quarterly basis. Once these amounts have been

65


 

Table of Contents

determined, half of the shares will vest at the end of year two and the remaining half will vest at the end of year three. These awards are included above in Restricted Shares Granted for 2018.

Stock Appreciation Rights

The following table summarizes activity related to SARs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

    

 

 

    

Remaining 

    

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted 

 

Average 

 

Aggregate 

 

 

 

 

Average 

 

Contractual 

 

Intrinsic 

 

 

Shares

 

Exercise Price

 

Term (Years)

 

Value

Balance, December 31, 2015

 

16,057

 

$

47.58

 

6.8

 

$

 —

Granted

 

13,071

 

 

15.31

 

  

 

 

  

Exercised

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

(460)

 

 

62.87

 

  

 

 

  

Balance, December 31, 2016

 

28,668

 

$

32.63

 

7.5

 

$

 6

Granted

 

2,899

 

 

17.39

 

  

 

 

  

Exercised

 

(165)

 

 

24.35

 

  

 

 

  

Forfeited

 

(14,852)

 

 

45.93

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2017

 

16,550

 

$

18.10

 

8.6

 

$

251

Granted

 

1,738

 

 

23.31

 

  

 

 

  

Exercised

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

  

 

 

  

Forfeited

 

(335)

 

 

86.16

 

  

 

 

  

Balance, December 31, 2018

 

17,953

 

$

17.33

 

7.8

 

$

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercisable at December 31, 2018

 

7,504

 

$

17.69

 

7.5

 

$

 —

 

The fair value method, estimated by management using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model, is used to recognize compensation cost associated with SARs.

 

Note 8.         Income Taxes

The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”) was enacted in the fourth quarter of 2017. The Tax Act reduced the U.S. federal corporate tax rate from 35% to 21%, eliminated the 20‑year limit on the carryforward of losses, and resulted in the Company remeasuring its existing deferred tax balances as of December 31, 2017.  Generally, the Tax Act became effective in 2018, and it altered the deductibility of certain items (e.g., certain compensation, interest, entertainment expenses), and allowed qualifying capital expenditures to be deducted fully in the year of purchase. As of December 31, 2018, the Company has completed the analysis of the tax effects of the Tax Act based on guidance issued to-date and has reflected all applicable changes (including, to executive compensation, deductibility of meals and entertainment expenses, and interest expense) in its financial statements. Changes from our original estimates were minimal. The Company continues to monitor developments by federal and state rulemaking authorities regarding implementation of the Tax Act. As further guidance and clarification is issued by the IRS or state tax jurisdictions, the Company will recognize the impact through its provision for income taxes in the period that the guidance becomes effective.

 

The Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are based on the rates at which they are expected to reverse in the future, which is generally 21%. The Company’s valuation allowance is based on the new provisions in the Tax Act including the elimination of the 20‑year net operating loss carryforward, the 80% limitation on the usage of certain net operating losses going forward and the impact of these provisions on the Company’s indefinite-lived deferred tax assets and liabilities. The amount recorded related to the remeasurement of the deferred tax balance and valuation allowance was $8.1 million as of December 31, 2017. The net effect of the Tax Act was a $3.1 million tax benefit recorded in 2017.

66


 

Table of Contents

The components of Loss before Income Taxes were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

United States

 

$

(52,473)

    

$

(38,258)

    

$

(92,874)

Foreign

 

 

(927)

 

 

(299)

 

 

(1,399)

Total Loss before Income Taxes

 

$

(53,400)

 

$

(38,557)

 

$

(94,273)

 

The expense (benefit) for income taxes consisted of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

Current

    

 

  

    

 

  

    

 

  

Federal

 

$

 —

 

$

2,254

 

$

(36,801)

State

 

 

607

 

 

146

 

 

(3,269)

Foreign

 

 

132

 

 

112

 

 

155

Total Current

 

 

739

 

 

2,512

 

 

(39,915)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Federal

 

 

140

 

 

(2,087)

 

 

11,184

State

 

 

100

 

 

(1,159)

 

 

3,021

Total Deferred

 

 

240

 

 

(3,246)

 

 

14,205

Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

 

$

979

 

$

(734)

 

$

(25,710)

 

Tax expense in the amount of $216 was recognized as a component of income tax expense during 2018 resulting from the exercise of stock options and the release of restricted shares. Prior to the adoption of Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-09, which amends ASC Topic 718, Compensation – Stock Compensation , in 2017, excess tax benefits and shortfalls were recognized as adjustments to additional paid-in capital.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

 

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

Income Tax Benefit at Federal Statutory Rate

$

(11,214)

    

21.0

%  

$

(13,495)

    

35.0

%  

$

(32,995)

    

35.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increases (Decreases):

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

State Income Taxes, Net of Federal Income Tax Benefit

 

723

 

(1.3)

%  

 

(740)

 

1.9

%  

 

(2,275)

 

2.4

%

Valuation Allowance

 

3,897

 

(7.3)

%  

 

3,826

 

(10.0)

%  

 

15,207

 

(16.1)

%

Foreign Operations

 

132

 

(0.3)

%  

 

221

 

(0.5)

%  

 

(2,465)

 

2.6

%

Uncertain Tax Position related to Investigatory Settlements

 

2,919

 

(5.5)

 

 

 —

 

 —

%  

 

 —

 

 —

%  

Non-Deductible Fines and Penalties

 

4,011

 

(7.5)

%  

 

1,156

 

(3.0)

%  

 

875

 

(0.9)

%

Federal Rate Change

 

 —

 

 —

%  

 

8,088

 

(21.0)

%  

 

 —

 

 —

%

Capital Loss

 

 —

 

 —

%  

 

 —

 

 —

%  

 

(4,020)

 

4.3

%

Other

 

511

 

(0.9)

%  

 

210

 

(0.5)

%  

 

(37)

 

 —

%

Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

$

979

 

(1.8)

%  

$

(734)

 

1.9

%  

$

(25,710)

 

27.3

%

 

67


 

Table of Contents

The tax effects of temporary differences that result in significant portions of the deferred tax accounts based on a 21% federal rate in both 2018 and 2017, are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 

 

    

2018

 

2017

Deferred Tax Liabilities:

 

 

  

    

 

  

Depreciation and Amortization and Other

 

$

(10,672)

 

$

(11,664)

Total Gross Deferred Tax Liabilities

 

 

(10,672)

 

 

(11,664)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred Tax Assets:

 

 

  

 

 

  

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

 

 

2,348

 

 

2,375

Legal Settlement Reserves

 

 

14,251

 

 

9,120

Other Accruals and Reserves

 

 

4,811

 

 

5,598

Employee Benefits

 

 

1,018

 

 

1,745

Inventory Reserves

 

 

1,896

 

 

1,708

Inventory Capitalization

 

 

3,492

 

 

2,647

Foreign Net Operating Losses

 

 

3,153

 

 

2,891

Net Operating Loss Carryforwards

 

 

2,445

 

 

3,789

Capital Loss Carryforwards and Other

 

 

2,784

 

 

2,815

Total Gross Deferred Tax Assets

 

 

36,198

 

 

32,688

Less Valuation Allowance

 

 

(26,318)

 

 

(21,576)

Total Net Deferred Tax Assets

 

 

9,880

 

 

11,112

Net Deferred Tax Liability

 

$

(792)

 

$

(552)

 

For 2018 and 2017, the Company’s U.S. operations were in a cumulative loss position. As such, the Company has recorded a valuation allowance on its net deferred tax assets. The valuation allowance increased by $4,742 and $3,826 for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. In future periods, the allowance could be reduced if sufficient evidence exists indicating that it is more likely than not that a portion or all of these deferred tax assets will be realized.

In both 2018 and 2017, the Company’s Canadian operations were in a cumulative loss position. As such, the Company has recorded a full valuation allowance on the net deferred tax assets in Canada. The valuation allowance increased by $232 and $110 for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. In future periods, the allowance could be reduced if sufficient evidence exists indicating that it is more likely than not that a portion or all of these deferred tax assets will be realized.

As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company had U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards of $11,483 and $5,183, respectively, of which the pre-2018 net operating losses begin to expire in 2037. However, under the 2017 Tax Act net operating losses in years 2018 and future will not expire. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, the Company had state net loss carryforwards of $52,230 and $48,247, which begin to expire in 2022. The Company had foreign net operating loss carryforwards of $12,239 and $11,522 at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, which begin to expire in 2030.

The Company received income tax refunds (net of payments) of $148,   $29,467 and $27,422 in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company had $3,610 and $27, respectively of gross unrecognized tax benefits related to Uncertain Tax Positions ($3,465 and $21, respectively net of federal tax benefit). It is reasonably possible that the amount of the unrecognized tax benefit with respect to certain of the uncertain tax positions will increase or decrease during the next 12 months; however, the Company does not expect the change to have a significant effect on its results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

 

68


 

Table of Contents

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits, excluding interest and penalties, is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

2018

2017

2016

Balance at beginning of year

 

27

 

 

208

 

 

396

Increases for tax positions related to current year

 

3,583

 

 

 —

 

 

123

Increases for tax positions related to prior years

 

 —

 

 

33

 

 

 —

Lapse of statue

 

 —

 

 

(208)

 

 

(311)

Federal tax rate change

 

 —

 

 

(6)

 

 

 —

Balance at end of year

$

3,610

 

$

27

 

$

208

 

Included in the additions of unrecognized tax benefits in the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018, is approximately $3.6 million for an uncertain tax position related to the deductibility of the $33 million settlement related to the governmental investigations.

 

The Company files income tax returns with the U.S. federal government and various state and foreign jurisdictions. In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to examination by taxing authorities.   As of December 31, 2018, the Internal Revenue Service has completed audits of the Company’s income tax returns through 2016

 

Note 9.         401(k) Plan

The Company maintains a plan, qualified under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code, for all eligible employees.  Employees are eligible to participate following the completion of three months of service and attainment of age 21. The plan is a safe harbor plan, with company matching contributions of 100% of the first 3% of employee contributions and 50% of the next  2% of employee contributions. Both deferrals and Roth contributions are allowed up to 50% of an employee’s eligible compensation, subject to annual IRS limits. Additionally, employees are immediately 100% vested in the Company’s matching contributions.  The Company’s matching contributions, included in SG&A expenses, totaled $2, 642 ,  $2,284 and $2,286 in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

 

Note 10.       Commitments and Contingencies

The Company has been actively resolving various legal and other matters that have arisen in recent years. Certain other matters remain outstanding.  More detailed discussion of many of the matters noted below are included in this Form 10‑K under the caption “Item 3 Legal Proceedings.”

2018, 2017 and 2016 Settlements and Resolutions

During 2018, 2017 and 2016,  the Company recorded accruals in accordance with GAAP related to several legal matters. These include:

2018

2017

2016

Governmental Investigations

Formaldehyde-Abrasion MDLs

Lacey Act Related Matter

Litigation Related to Bamboo

 

California Air Resources Board

 

 

CPSC Matter

 

 

Securities Class Action

 

 

Derivative Litigation Matters

Governmental Investigations 

In 2015 and early 2016, the Company received subpoenas issued in connection with a criminal investigation being conducted by the DOJ and the SEC.  The focus of the investigations primarily related to compliance with disclosure, financial reporting and trading requirements under the federal securities laws. The Company cooperated with the investigations, produced documents and other information responsive to subpoenas and other requests

69


 

Table of Contents

received from the parties. Subsequent to year end, the Company reached an agreement with the U.S. Attorney, the DOJ and SEC regarding the investigation. The Company has entered into a DPA with the U.S. Attorney and the DOJ and a Cease-and-Desist Order with the SEC, under which it is required, among other things, to (1) pay a fine in the amount of $19,095,648 to the United States Treasury, (2) forfeit to the U.S. Attorney and the DOJ the sum of $13,904,352, of which up to $6,097,298 will be submitted by the Company to the SEC in disgorgement and prejudgment interest under the Order and (3) adopt a new compliance program, or modify its existing one, including internal controls, compliance policies, and procedures in order to ensure that the Company maintains an effective system of internal account controls designed to ensure the making and keeping of fair and accurate books, records and accounts, as well as a compliance program designed to prevent and detect violations of certain federal securities laws throughout its operations. 

 

The Agreements also provide that the Company will continue to cooperate with the U.S. Attorney, the DOJ and the SEC in all matters relating to the conduct described in the Agreements and, at the request of the U.S. Attorney, the DOJ or the SEC, the Company will cooperate fully with other domestic or foreign law enforcement authorities and agencies in any investigation of the Company in any and all matters relating to the Agreements. In the event the Company breaches the DPA, there is a risk the government would seek to impose remedies provided for in the DPA, including instituting criminal prosecution against the Company.

 

The Company has accrued the fines in Selling, General, and Administrative expense in 2018, with $33 million recorded in Accrual for Legal Matters and Settlements Current in its Consolidated Balance Sheet.

 

Litigation Relating to Bamboo Flooring 

 

In 2014, Dana Gold (“Gold”) filed a purported class action lawsuit alleging that certain bamboo flooring that the Company sells (the “Strand Bamboo Product”) is defective (the “Gold Litigation”). The plaintiffs sought financial damages and, in addition to attorneys’ fees and costs, the plaintiffs wanted a declaration that the Company’s actions violated the law. The trial was scheduled to begin in late February 2019.

Following settlement discussions with the respect to the Gold Litigation, on March 15, 2019, the Company entered into a Memorandum of Understanding with Gold and certain other lead plaintiffs in the Gold Litigation (the “MOU”), which would resolve all disputes on a nationwide basis. Under the terms of the MOU, the Company will contribute $14 million in cash and provide $14 million in store-credit vouchers, with a potential additional $2 million in store-credit vouchers based on obtaining a claim’s percentage of more than 7%, for an aggregate settlement of up to $30 million. The MOU is subject to certain contingencies, including the execution of a definitive settlement agreement, board approval, and court approvals of the definitive settlement agreement. The entry into the MOU or any subsequent execution of a definitive settlement agreement does not constitute an admission by the Company of any fault or liability and the Company does not admit any fault or liability. There can be no assurance that a settlement will be finalized and approved or as to the ultimate outcome of the litigation. If a final, court-approved settlement is not reached, the Company will defend the matter vigorously and believes there are meritorious defenses and legal standards that must be met for, among other things, success on the merits. The Company has accrued within SG&A a $28 million liability in 2018 with the offset in the caption “Other Current Liabilities”. The Company has notified its insurance carriers and continues to pursue coverage. As the insurance claim is still pending, the Company has not recognized any insurance recovery related to the Gold Litigation.

In addition, there are a number of other claims and lawsuits alleging damages similar to those in the Gold Litigation.  The Company disputes these claims and intends to defend such matters vigorously.  Given the uncertainty of litigation, the preliminary stage of the cases, and the legal standards that must be met for success on the merits, the Company is unable to estimate the amount of loss, or range of possible loss, at this time that may result from these actions.  Accordingly, no accruals have been made with respect to these matters.  Any such losses could, potentially, have a material adverse effect, individually or collectively, on the Company’s results of operations, financial condition, and liquidity.

 

70


 

Table of Contents

Litigation Relating to Chinese Laminates

Formaldehyde-Abrasion MDLs

 

On March 15, 2018, the Company entered into a settlement agreement with the lead plaintiffs in the Formaldehyde MDL (as defined in Item 3 of this Form 10-K) and Abrasion MDL (as defined in Item 3 of this Form 10-K), cases more fully described in Item 3 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Under the terms of the settlement agreement, the Company agreed to fund $22 million in cash and provide $14 million in store-credit vouchers for an aggregate settlement of $36 million to settle claims brought on behalf of purchasers of Chinese-made laminate flooring sold by the Company between January 1, 2009 and May 31, 2015. The Company deposited $22 million into an escrow account administered by the court and plaintiffs’ counsel in accordance with the final settlement. The final approval order by the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Virginia has been appealed and is pending. The Company does not anticipate any change to its obligations, but must wait until the appeals are adjudicated or withdrawn.  If the appeals were to result in the settlement being set aside, the Company would receive $21.5 million back from the escrow agent. Accordingly, the Company has accounted for the payment of $21.5 million as a deposit in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. To date, insurers have denied coverage with respect to the Formaldehyde MDL and Abrasion MDL. The $36 million aggregate settlement amount was accrued within Selling, General and Administrative expenses in 2017.

 

For approximately three years after a final ruling has been reached in this matter, plaintiffs will be able to redeem vouchers for product. Some of the states have alternative expiration dates while others have an indefinite amount of time to redeem vouchers. The Company will account for the sales of these products by relieving the relevant liability, reducing inventory used in the transaction and offsetting SG&A expenses for any profit. The Company does not know the timing or pace of voucher redemption. 

 

In addition to those purchasers who opted out of the above settlement (the “Opt Outs”), there are a number of individual claims and lawsuits alleging personal injuries, breach of warranty claims, or violation of state consumer protection statutes that remain pending (collectively, the “Related Laminate Matters”). Certain of these Related Laminate Matters were settled in 2018, while some remain in settlement negotiations. The Company recognized charges to earnings of $3 million and $1 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, within selling, general and administrative expenses for these Remaining Laminate Matters. As of December 31, 2018 the remaining accrual related to these matters is $1.0 million, which has been included in the Accrual for Legal Settlements on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. While the Company believes that a further loss associated with the Opt Outs and Related Laminate Matters is reasonably possible, the Company is unable to reasonably estimate the amount or range of possible loss beyond what has been provided. If the Company incurs losses with the respect to the Opt Outs or further losses with respect to Related Laminate Matters, the ultimate resolution of these actions could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations, financial condition, and liquidity. 

 

Canadian Litigation

 

On or about April 1, 2015, Sarah Steele (“Steele”) filed a purported class action lawsuit in the Ontario, Canada Superior Court of Justice against the Company. In the complaint, Steele’s allegations include strict liability, breach of implied warranty of fitness for a particular purpose, breach of implied warranty of merchantability, fraud by concealment, civil negligence, negligent misrepresentation and breach of implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing. Steele did not quantify any alleged damages in her complaint, but seeks compensatory damages, punitive, exemplary and aggravated damages, statutory remedies, attorneys’ fees and costs. While the Company believes that a loss associated with the Steele litigation is possible, the Company is unable to reasonably estimate the amount or range of possible loss.

 

Lacey Act Related Matters

 

On October 7, 2015, the Company reached a settlement with the Department of Justice (DOJ) with respect to its allegations of violations of the Lacey Act in its importation of certain wood flooring products and the court entered final

71


 

Table of Contents

judgment on February 3, 2016. In connection with this settlement the Company agreed to pay a total of $10 million in fines, community service payments and forfeited proceeds and is subject to a five-year probation period and implemented the Lacey Compliance Plan. The Company has paid the settlement amount including the remaining $1.8 million in the first quarter of 2018. In addition, the Company reached a settlement with the DOJ and paid $3.2 million with respect to certain engineered hardwood flooring determined by the Company to have Lacey Act compliance concerns.

 

California Air Resources Board

In March 2016, the Company entered into a settlement agreement with the California Air Resources Board (“CARB”), which did not constitute an admission of wrongdoing by the Company and provided that CARB release the Company from any and all claims that CARB may have had related to certain of its laminate products imported from China. Under the terms of the settlement agreement, the Company paid a total of $2.5 million. Additionally, the Company agreed to implement certain voluntary measures, including a risk-based supplier audit program and testing research program.

 

Consumer Product Safety Commission Matter 

On June 15, 2016, the Company entered into an agreement with the Office of Compliance and Field Operations of the Consumer Product Safety Commission (“CPSC”) with respect to its laminate products sourced from China. The agreement marked the completion of the CPSC’s evaluation of the safety of those products and did not constitute an admission of wrongdoing by the Company. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company has continued to offer an indoor air quality testing program to its customers at no cost. The CPSC ceased its monitoring of the Company’s program in July of 2017.

Securities Class Action 

On November 17, 2016, the Company received final court approval of the Securities Class Action Stipulation. As a result of the Securities Class Action Stipulation, the Company, through its insurers and in conjunction with the settlement of the Derivative Class Action Settlement described below, contributed $26 million to a settlement fund that will be used to compensate individuals who purchased the Company’s shares of common stock between February 22, 2012 and February 27, 2015. Additionally, the Company issued 1 million shares of its common stock to the settlement fund on November 17, 2016, valued at $16.8 million in the aggregate based on the closing price of the shares at that date.

 

Derivative Litigation Matters

 

On November 17, 2016, the Company received final court approval the Consolidated Derivative Stipulation. As a result of the Consolidated Derivative Stipulation, the Company implemented certain corporate governance changes, received a $26 million insurance payment (which the Company used to fully fund the securities class action settlement summarized above), and paid additional net expenses of $2.5 million related to the derivative class action settlement.

72


 

Table of Contents

Employee Classification Matter

During the second half of 2017, current and former store managers, filed purported class action lawsuits in New York and California on behalf of all current and former store managers, store managers in training, installation sales managers, and similarly situated current and former employees holding comparable positions but different titles (collectively, the “Putative Class Employees”), alleging that the Company violated the Fair Labor Standards Act and certain state laws by classifying the Putative Class Employees as exempt. In both cases the plaintiffs did not quantify any alleged damages but, in addition to attorneys’ fees and costs, the plaintiffs seek class certification, unspecified amount for unpaid wages and overtime wages, liquidated and/or punitive damages, declaratory relief, restitution, statutory penalties, injunctive relief and other damages. The Company disputes the claims and intends to defend both matters vigorously. Given the uncertainty of litigation, the preliminary stage of the case and the legal standards that must be met for, among other things, class certification and success on the merits, the Company is unable to estimate the amount of loss, or range of possible loss, at this time that may result from these actions.  Accordingly, no accruals have been made with respect to these matters. Any such losses could potentially have a material adverse effect, individually or collectively, on the Company’s results of operations, financial condition, and liquidity.

Antidumping and Countervailing Duties Investigation

In October 2010, a conglomeration of domestic manufacturers of multilayered wood flooring filed a petition seeking the imposition of antidumping (“AD”) and countervailing duties (“CVD”) with the United States Department of Commerce (“DOC”) and the United States International Trade Commission (“ITC”) against imports of multilayered wood flooring from China. This ruling applies to companies importing multilayered wood flooring from Chinese suppliers subject to the AD and CVD orders.  The Company’s multilayered wood flooring imports from China accounted for approximately 7%,  8%,   and 7% of its flooring purchases in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The Company’s consistent view through the course of this matter has been, and remains, that its imports are neither dumped nor subsidized. As such, it has appealed the original imposition of AD and CVD fees.

 

As part of its processes in these proceedings, the DOC conducts annual reviews of the AD and CVD  rates.    In such cases, the DOC will issue preliminary rates that are not binding and are subject to comment by interested parties.    After consideration of the comments received, the DOC will issue final rates for the applicable period, which may lag by a year or more. At the time of import, the Company makes deposits at the then prevailing rate, even while the annual review is in process. When rates are declared final by the DOC, the Company accrues a receivable or payable depending on where that final rate compares to the deposits it has made. The Company and/or the domestic manufacturers can appeal the final rate for any period and can place a hold on final settlement by U.S. Customs and Border Protection while the appeals are pending.

 

In addition to its overall appeal of the imposition of AD and CVD, which is still pending, the Company as well as other involved parties have appealed many of the final rate determinations. Those appeals are pending and, at times, have resulted in delays in settling the shortfalls and refunds shown in the table below. Because of the length of time for finalization of rates as well as appeals, any subsequent adjustment of AD and CVD rates typically flows through a period different from those in which the inventory was originally purchased and/or sold.

 

The first 5-year Sunset Review of the AD and CVD orders on multilayered wood flooring (the “Sunset Review”) determined, in December 2017, that the AD and CVD orders will remain in place.

   

Results by period for the Company are shown below. The column labeled ‘December 31, 2018 Receivable/Liability Balance’ represents the amount the Company would receive or pay (net of any collections or payments) as the result of subsequent adjustment to rates whether due to finalization by the DOC or because of action of a court based on appeals by various parties. It does not include any initial amounts paid for AD or CVD in the current period at the in-effect rate at that time.

 

The Company recorded net interest expense related to antidumping of $1.2 million, with the amount included in other expense on the Statements of Operations. The estimated associated interest payable and receivable for each period

73


 

Table of Contents

is not included in the table below and is included in the same financial statement line item on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as the associated liability and receivable balance for each period.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Review

    

Rates at which

    

December 31, 2018

Period

Period Covered

Company

Final Rate

Receivable/Liability

 

 

Deposited

 

Balance

Antidumping

1

May 2011 through

6.78% and 3.3%

0.73% 1

$1.3 million

 

November 2012

 

 

receivable 1

2

December 2012 through

3.30%

13.74%

$4.1 million

 

November 2013

 

 

liability

3

December 2013 through

3.3% and 5.92%

17.37%

$5.5 million

 

November 2014

 

 

liability

4

December 2014 through

5.92% and 13.74%

0.0%

$0. 03 million

 

November 2015

 

 

receivable

5

December 2015 through

5.92%. 13.74%. and 17.37%

0.0% 2

$2.6 million

 

November 2016

 

 

receivable 2

6

December 2016 through

17.37% and 0.0%

Pending 3

NA

 

November 2017

 

 

 

7

December 2017 through

0.00%

Pending

NA

 

November 2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

Included on the Consolidated Balance Sheet in Other Current Assets

$2.63 million

 

 

 

Included on the Consolidated Balance Sheet in Other Assets

$1.3 million

 

 

 

Included on the Consolidated Balance Sheet in Other Long-Term Liabilities

$9.6 million

Countervailing

1&2

April 2011 through

1.50%

0.83% / 0.99%

$0.2 million

 

December 2012

 

 

receivable

3

January 2013 through
December 2013

1.50%

1.38%

$0.05 million
receivable

4

January 2014 through
December 2014

1.50% and 0.83%

1.06%

$0.02 million
receivable

5

January 2015 through
December 2015

0.83% and 0.99%

Final at 0.11% and 0.85% 4

$0.08 million
receivable
 4

6

January 2016 through
December 2016

0.99% and 1.38%

Pending

NA

7

January 2017 through
December 2017

1.38% and 1.06%

Pending

NA

8

January 2018 through
December 2018

1.06%

Pending

NA

 

 

 

Included on the Consolidated Balance Sheet in Other Current Assets

$0.08 million

 

 

 

Included on the Consolidated Balance Sheet in Other Assets

$0.27 million

 

 

 

 

 


1

In the second quarter of 2018, the Court of International Trade sustained the DOC’s recommendation to reduce the rate for the first annual review period to 0.73% (from 5.92%).  As a result, the Company reversed its $0.8 million liability and recorded a $1.3 million receivable with a corresponding reduction of Cost of Sales during the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

2

In the third quarter of 2018, the DOC issued the final rates for review period 5 at 0.0%.  As a result, the Company recorded a receivable of $2.8 million with a corresponding reduction of Cost of Sales during the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

3

The preliminary AD rate was a maximum of 48.26%. If the preliminary ruling regarding the AD Rate were to be finalized, the Company anticipates it would record a net liability of approximately $1. 1 million.

74


 

Table of Contents

 

4

In June 2018, the DOC issued the final rates for review period 5 at 0.11% and 0.85% depending on vendor.  As a result, in the second quarter of 2018 the Company recorded a receivable of $0.07 million for deposits made at previous preliminary rates, with a corresponding reduction of Cost of Sales.

 

Other Matters

The Company is also, from time to time, subject to claims and disputes arising in the normal course of business. In the opinion of management, while the outcome of any such claims and disputes cannot be predicted with certainty, its ultimate liability in connection with these matters is not expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or liquidity.

 

Note 11.       Selected Quarterly Financial Information (unaudited)

The following tables present the Company’s unaudited quarterly results for 2018 and 2017.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quarter Ended

 

 

    

March 31, 

    

June 30, 

    

September 30, 

    

December 31, 

 

 

 

2018

 

2018

 

2018

 

2018

 

Net Sales

 

$

261,772

    

$

283,474

    

$

270,469

    

$

268,921

 

Gross Profit

 

 

94,972

 

 

101,310

 

 

100,682

 

 

95,976

 

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

 

 

96,418

 

 

102,223

 

 

93,987

 

 

150,885

 

Operating (Loss) Income

 

 

(1,446)

 

 

(913)

 

 

6,695

 

 

(54,909)

 

Net (Loss) Income

 

$

(1,972)

 

$

(1,454)

 

$

5,923

 

$

(56,876)

 

Net (Loss) Income per Common Share - Basic

 

$

(0.07)

 

$

(0.05)

 

$

0.21

 

$

(1.99)

 

Net (Loss) Income per Common Share - Diluted

 

$

(0.07)

 

$

(0.05)

 

$

0.21

 

$

(1.99)

 

Number of Stores Opened in Quarter, net

 

 

 5

 

 

 8

 

 

 3

 

 

 4

 

Comparable Store Net Sales Increase

 

 

2.9

%  

 

4.7

%  

 

2.1

%  

 

0.4

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quarter Ended

 

 

    

March 31, 

    

June 30, 

    

September 30, 

    

December 31, 

 

 

 

2017

 

2017

 

2017

2017

 

Net Sales

 

$

248,389

    

$

263,500

    

$

257,185

    

$

259,859

 

Gross Profit

 

 

86,799

 

 

97,455

 

 

92,687

 

 

92,120

 

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

 

 

112,215

 

 

92,335

 

 

109,962

 

 

91,515

 

Operating (Loss) Income

 

 

(25,416)

 

 

5,120

 

 

(17,275)

 

 

605

 

Net (Loss) Income

 

$

(26,372)

 

$

4,475

 

$

(18,915)

 

$

2,989

 

Net (Loss) Income per Common Share - Basic

 

$

(0.93)

 

$

0.16

 

$

(0.66)

 

$

0.10

 

Net (Loss) Income per Common Share - Diluted

 

$

(0.93)

 

$

0.16

 

$

(0.66)

 

$

0.10

 

Number of Stores Opened in Quarter

 

 

 2

 

 

 —

 

 

 2

 

 

 6

 

Comparable Store Net Sales Increase

 

 

4.7

%  

 

8.8

%  

 

3.8

%  

 

4.5

%


The following tables present certain items impacting gross profit and SG&A in the Company’s unaudited quarterly results for 2018 and 2017. Operating loss for each of the quarterly periods was impacted by the unusual items

75


 

Table of Contents

in both gross profit and SG&A discussed above and summarized below. These items either relate to revised estimates of legacy reserves, or are significant and infrequent in nature.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quarter Ended

 

    

March 31, 

    

June 30, 

    

September 30, 

    

December 31, 

 

 

2018

 

2018

 

2018

 

2018

Gross Margin Items:

 

 

  

    

 

  

    

 

  

    

 

  

Antidumping Adjustments

 

$

 —

 

$

(2,126)

 

$

(2,822)

 

$

 —

Tariff Adjustments

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(1,711)

Sub-Total Items above

 

$

 —

 

$

(2,126)

 

$

(2,822)

 

$

(1,711)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SG&A Items:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Accrual for Legal Matters and Settlements

 

$

250

 

$

2,701

 

$

 —

 

$

61,000

Legal and Professional Fees 1

 

 

3,067

 

 

3,325

 

 

2,991

 

 

2,324

All Other  2

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

1,769

 

 

 —

Sub-Total Items above

 

$

3,317

 

$

6,026

 

$

4,760

 

$

63,324

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quarter Ended

 

    

March 31,

    

June 30, 

    

September 30, 

    

December 31, 

 

 

2017

 

2017

 

2017

 

2017

Gross Margin Items:

 

 

    

    

 

    

    

 

    

    

 

    

Antidumping Adjustments

 

$

 —

 

$

(2,797)

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

Indoor Air Quality Testing Program

 

 

 —

 

 

(993)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Sub-Total Items above

 

$

 —

 

$

(3,790)

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SG&A Items:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities and Derivatives Class Action

 

$

18,000

 

$

 —

 

$

18,000

 

$

960

Legal and Professional Fees 1

 

 

2,408

 

 

3,526

 

 

2,940

 

 

2,440

All Other  2

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

1,459

 

 

1,687

Sub-Total Items above

 

$

20,408

 

$

3,526

 

$

22,399

 

$

5,087


1       Represents charges to earnings related to our defense of various significant legal actions during the period. This does not include all legal costs incurred by the Company.

2       All other primarily relates to various payroll factors, including our retention initiatives, and impairment charges related to discontinuing non-core investments.

 

76


 

Table of Contents

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

None.

 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) as of the end of the period covered by this report. Disclosure controls and procedures are designed to provide reasonable assurance that the information required to be disclosed in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act has been appropriately recorded, processed, summarized and reported on a timely basis and are effective in ensuring that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Based on such evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that, as of December 31, 2018, our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective due to a material weakness in internal control over financial reporting, described below.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining an adequate system of internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act), pursuant to Rule 13a-15(c) of the Exchange Act. Our internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes policies and procedures that: (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company, (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company, and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness for future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, we assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, using the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013). A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

We identified a material weakness in our internal controls related to the classification of imported products under the Harmonized Tariff System. This classification is the basis on which tariff obligations on imported products are calculated.  We believe that this weakness was the result of: inconsistent documentation of product specifications, an overreliance upon the knowledge and expertise of certain individuals, and review controls that did not operate at a level of precision to detect and correct these classification and measurement errors.  Management believes that the design and operation of controls in place as of December 31, 2018 created a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement to the consolidated financial statements may not have been prevented or detected on a timely basis. 

77


 

Table of Contents

The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, Ernst & Young LLP has issued an adverse audit report on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, which appears in Item 8 of this Annual Report.

As a result of the identification of the material weakness, and prior to filing this Annual Report, we performed further analysis and completed additional procedures intended to ensure our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2018 were prepared in accordance with GAAP . Based on these procedures and analysis, and notwithstanding the material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, our management has concluded that our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included in this Annual Report have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. Our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have certified that, based on each such officer’s knowledge , the consolidated financial statements, as well as the other financial information included in this Annual Report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company as of, and for, the periods presented in this Annual Report. In addition, Ernst & Young LLP has issued an unqualified opinion on our consolidated financial statements, which is included in Item 8 of this Annual Report, and we have developed a remediation plan for the material weakness, which is described below.   

Remediation  

In addition to the further analysis and procedures noted above to ensure that the consolidated financial statements were in accordance with GAAP, management has been implementing and continues to implement measures designed to ensure that control deficiencies contributing to the material weakness are remediated, such that these controls are designed, implemented, and operating effectively.   The remediation actions include: designing a process whereby 1) complete specifications including a sample have been documented in a consistent manner, 2) multiple parties independently assign a proposed tariff code, 3) review processes are consistently applied for newly created products, and 4) review processes are added to sample previously assigned codes to ensure continued applicability.  Employees hired as part of this process will have requisite experience and expertise with customs and duties.  Management will also be providing regular reporting on remediation measures to the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors.  

We believe that these actions will remediate the material weakness. The material weakness will not be considered remediated, however, until the applicable controls operate for a sufficient period of time and our management has concluded, through testing, that these controls are operating effectively. We expect that the remediation of this material weakness will be completed by the end of fiscal 2019.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting  

Except for the material weakness identified above, as of December 31, 2018, there have been no other changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) or 15d-15(f) of the Exchange Act) during our fourth quarter ended December 31, 2018 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. 

 

Item 9B. Other Information.

None.

 

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference from the definitive proxy statement for our 2019 annual meeting of shareholders, which will be filed no later than 120 days after December 31, 2018.

78


 

Table of Contents

Code of Ethics

We have a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, which applies to all employees, officers and directors of Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc. and its direct and indirect subsidiaries.  Our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics meets the requirements of a “code of ethics” as defined by Item 406 of Regulation S-K, and applies to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer (who is our principal financial officer), as well as all other employees. Our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics also meets the requirements of a code of conduct under Rule 303A.10 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual.  Our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is posted on our website at www.lumberliquidators.com in the “Corporate Governance” section of our Investor Relations home page.

We intend to provide any required disclosure of an amendment to or waiver from our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics on our website at www.lumberliquidators.com in the “Corporate Governance” section of our Investor Relations home page promptly following the amendment or waiver.  We may elect to disclose any such amendment or waiver in a report on Form 8‑K filed with the SEC either in addition to or in lieu of the website disclosure.  The information contained on or connected to our website is not incorporated by reference in this report and should not be considered part of this or any other report that we file with or furnish to the SEC.

Item 11. Executive Compensation.

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference from the definitive proxy statement for our 2019 annual meeting of shareholders, which will be filed no later than 120 days after December 31, 2018.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference from the definitive proxy statement for our 2019 annual meeting of shareholders, which will be filed no later than 120 days after December 31, 2018.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference from the definitive proxy statement for our 2019 annual meeting of shareholders, which will be filed no later than 120 days after December 31, 2018.

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services.

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference from the definitive proxy statement for our 2019 annual meeting of shareholders, which will be filed no later than 120 days after December 31, 2018.

 

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.

(a)    The following documents are filed as part of this annual report:

Consolidated Financial Statements

Refer to the financial statements filed as part of this annual report in Part II, Item 8.

1.           Financial Statement Schedules.

The following financial statement schedule is filed as part of this annual report under Schedule II – Analysis of Valuation and Qualifying Accounts for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016.  All other financial statement schedules have been omitted because the required information is either included in the financial statements or the notes thereto or is not applicable.

79


 

Table of Contents

2.           Exhibits

The exhibits listed on the accompanying Exhibit Index are filed or incorporated by reference as part of this report.

Item 16. Form 10‑K Summary.

None.

80


 

Table of Contents

Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc.

Schedule II – Analysis of Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

For the Years Ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additions 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance 

 

Charged to 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning 

 

Cost and 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance End 

 

    

of Year

    

Expenses

    

Deductions  (1)

    

Other

    

of Year

For the Year Ended December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

  

  

 

 

 

 

  

  

 

 

Reserve deducted from assets to which it applies

 

 

 

 

 

  

  

 

 

 

 

  

  

 

 

Inventory reserve for loss or obsolescence

 

$

26,882

  

$

3,723

  

$

(23,535)

  

$

 —

  

$

7,070

Income tax valuation allowance

 

$

2,433

  

$

15,207

  

$

 —

  

$

 —

  

$

17,640

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

  

  

 

 

 

 

  

  

 

 

Reserve deducted from assets to which it applies

 

 

 

 

 

  

  

 

 

 

 

  

  

 

 

Inventory reserve for loss or obsolescence

 

$

7,070

  

$

6,349

  

$

(7,788)

  

$

 —

  

$

5,631

Income tax valuation allowance

 

$

17,640

  

$

3,936

(2)

$

 —

  

$

 —

  

$

21,576

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2018

 

 

 

 

 

  

  

 

 

 

 

  

  

 

 

Reserve deducted from assets to which it applies

 

 

 

 

 

  

  

 

 

 

 

  

  

 

 

Inventory reserve for loss or obsolescence

 

$

5,631

  

$

3,108

  

$

(1,932)

  

$

 —

  

$

6,807

Income tax valuation allowance

 

$

21,576

  

$

4,742

 

$

 —

  

$

 —

  

$

26,318


1       Deductions are for the purposes for which the reserve was created, including the write-off of laminate flooring in 2016.

2       Includes the impact of the Tax Act, which was enacted on December 22, 2017.

 

 

81


 

Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

3.01

    

Certificate of Incorporation of Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, filed on January 4, 2010 (File No. 001-33767), and incorporated by reference)

3.02

 

By-Laws of Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc. (as revised effective December 1, 2016) (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, filed on December 6, 2016 (File No. 001-33767), and incorporated by reference)

4.01

 

Form of Certificate of Common Stock of Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, filed on January 4, 2010 (File No. 001-33767), and incorporated by reference)

 

10.1*

 

Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc. Amended and Restated 2011 Equity Compensation Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, filed May 25, 2016 (File No. 001-33767), and incorporated by reference)

10.2*

 

Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc. 2011 Equity Compensation Plan (filed as Exhibit A to the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement, filed April 6, 2011 (File No. 001-33767), and incorporated by reference)  

10.3*

 

Lumber Liquidators 2007 Equity Compensation Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Post –effective Amendment No. 1 to its Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed January 4, 2010 (File No. 333-147247), and incorporated by reference)

 

10.4*

 

Offer Letter Agreement with Marco Pescara (filed as Exhibit 10.06 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed April 23, 2007 (File No. 333-142309), and incorporated by reference)

10.5

 

Lease by and between ANO LLC and Lumber Liquidators (relating to Toano facility) (filed as Exhibit 10.08 to the Company’s Amendment No. 1 to its Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed May 30, 2007 (File No. 333-142309), and incorporated by reference)

10.6*

 

Form of Option Award Agreement, effective November 16, 2007 (filed as Exhibit 10.10 to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K, filed on March 12, 2008 (File No. 001-33767), and incorporated by reference)

10.7*

 

Form of Option Award Agreement, effective December 31, 2010 (filed as Exhibit 10.13 to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K, filed on February 23, 2011 (File No. 001-33767), and incorporated by reference)  

10.8*

 

Form of Option Award Agreement, effective May 6, 2011 (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, filed May 6, 2011 (File No. 001-33767), and incorporated by reference)

10.9

 

Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of August 17, 2016, among Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc. and its domestic subsidiaries, including Lumber Liquidators, Inc. and Lumber Liquidators Services, LLC (collectively, the “Borrowers”), Bank of America, N.A. as administrative agent and collateral agent, and Bank of America, N.A. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as lenders (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, filed August 19, 2016 (File No. 001-33767), and incorporated by reference)

10.10*

 

Amended and Restated Annual Bonus Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.17 to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K, filed on February 20, 2013 (File No. 001-33767), and incorporated by reference)

10.11*

 

Form of Option Award Agreement, effective January 24, 2013 (filed as Exhibit 10.18 to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K, filed on February 20, 2013 (File No. 001-33767), and incorporated by reference)

10.12*

 

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement, effective January 24, 2013 (filed as Exhibit 10.19 to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K, filed on February 20, 2013 (File No. 001-33767), and incorporated by reference)

10.13*

 

Form of Stock Appreciation Right Agreement, effective January 24, 2013 (filed as Exhibit 10.20 to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K, filed on February 20, 2013 (File No. 001-33767), and incorporated by reference)

10.14*

 

Form of Option Award Agreement (Employee), effective November 23, 2015 (filed as Exhibit 10.22 to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K, filed on February 29, 2016 (File No. 001-33767), and incorporated by reference)

82


 

Table of Contents

10.15*

 

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement (Employee), effective November 23, 2015 (filed as Exhibit 10.24 to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K, filed on February 29, 2016 (File No. 001-33767), and incorporated by reference)

10.16*

 

Form of Option Award Agreement (Employee), effective August 1, 2016 (filed as Exhibit 10.24 to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K, filed on February 21, 2017 (File No. 001-33767), and incorporated by reference)

10.17*

 

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement (Employee), effective August 1, 2016 (filed as Exhibit 10.26 to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K, filed on February 21, 2017 (File No. 001-33767), and incorporated by reference)

10.18*

 

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement (Director), effective May 24, 2017 (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q, filed on August 1, 2017 (File No. 001-33767), and incorporated by reference)

10.19*

 

Form of NEO Performance Award, effective March 1, 2018 (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q, filed on May 1, 2018 (File No. 001-33767), and incorporated by reference)

10.20*

 

Form of Restricted Award Agreement (Director), effective February 7, 2018 (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q, filed on May 1, 2018 (File No. 001-33767), and incorporated by reference)

10.21

 

Plea Agreement between Lumber Liquidators, Inc. and the Department of Justice (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, filed October 7, 2015 (File No. 001-33767) and incorporated by reference)

10.22

 

Stipulation for Settlement and Joint Motion for Entry of Consent Order of Forfeiture between Lumber Liquidators, Inc. and the Department of Justice (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, filed October 7, 2015 (File No. 001-33767) and incorporated by reference)

10.23

 

Class Action Settlement Agreement in Formaldehyde MDL and Durability MDL dated March 15, 2018 by and between Plaintiffs in the Formaldehyde MDL and the Durability MDL and Lumber Liquidators, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q, filed on May 1, 2018 (File No. 001-33767), and incorporated by reference)

10.24

 

Deferred Prosecution Agreement, dated March 12, 2019, by and between Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc., the United States Attorney’s Office for the Eastern District of Virginia and the United States Department of Justice, Criminal Division, Fraud Section. (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, filed March 12, 2019 (File No. 001-33767) and incorporated by reference)

10.25

 

Order Instituting Cease-and-Desist Proceedings Pursuant to Section 21C of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Making Findings, and Imposing a Cease-and-Desist Order, dated March 12, 2019, between the United States Securities and Exchange Commission and Lumber Liquidators, Holdings, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, filed March 12, 2019 (File No. 001-33767) and incorporated by reference)

10.26*

 

Offer Letter Agreement with Carl R. Daniels, dated September 7, 2011 (filed as Exhibit 10.38 to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K, filed on February 29, 2016 (File No. 001-33767), and incorporated by reference)

10.27*

 

Offer Letter Agreement with Dennis R. Knowles, dated February 23, 2016 (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, filed February 29, 2016 (File No. 001-33767) and incorporated by reference)

10.28*

 

Amendment, dated November 7, 2016, to Offer Letter, dated as of February 23, 2016, between Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc. and Dennis R. Knowles (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, filed November 7, 2016 (File No. 001-33767) and incorporated by reference)

10.29*

 

Offer Letter Agreement with Martin D. Agard, dated August 31, 2016 (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, filed September 9, 2016 (File No. 001-33767) and incorporated by reference)

83


 

Table of Contents

10.30*

 

Offer Letter Agreement with Timothy J. Mulvaney, dated March 22, 2017 (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, filed May 26, 2017 (File No. 001-33767) and incorporated by reference)

10.31*

 

Offer Letter Agreement with M. Lee Reeves, dated June 16, 2017 (filed as Exhibit 10.36 to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K, filed February 27, 2018 (File No. 001-33769) and incorporated by reference)

10.32*

 

Severance Agreement, dated as of July 26, 2018, between Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc. and Dennis R. Knowles (filed as exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, filed July 31, 2018 (File No. 001-33769) and incorporated by reference)

10.33*

 

Severance Agreement, dated as of July 26, 2018, between Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc. and Martin D. Agard (filed as exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, filed July 31, 2018 (File No. 001-33769) and incorporated by reference)

10.34*

 

Severance Agreement, dated as of July 26, 2018, between Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc. and M. Lee Reeves (filed as exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K, filed July 31, 2018 (File No. 001-33769) and incorporated by reference)

10.35

 

Office Deed of Lease Agreement dated October 19, 2018, by and between LM Retail, LLC and Lumber Liquidators Services, LLC

10.36*

 

Offer Letter Agreement with Jennifer Bohaty, dated March 30, 2018

10.37*

 

Offer Letter Agreement with Charles E. Tyson, dated May 17, 2018

10.38*

 

Severance Agreement, dated as of July 26, 2018 , between Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc. and Jennifer Bohaty

10.39*

 

Severance Agreement, dated as of July 26, 2018 , between Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc. and Charles E. Tyson

21.1

 

Subsidiaries of Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc.  

23.1

 

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

31.1

 

Certification of Principal Executive Officer of Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc. pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

31.2

 

Certification of Principal Financial Officer of Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc. pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

32.1

 

Certification of Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer of Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc. pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley act of 2002

101

 

The following financial statements from the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2018, formatted in XBRL: (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Operations, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity, (v) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

 

*

 

Indicates a management contract or compensation plan, contract or agreement.

 

84


 

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized on March 18, 2019.

 

 

 LUMBER LIQUIDATORS HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

(Registrant)

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Dennis R. Knowles

 

  

Dennis R. Knowles

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated on March 18, 2019.

 

 

 

Signature

 

Title

 

    

 

/s/ Dennis R. Knowles

 

Chief Executive Officer and Director

Dennis R. Knowles

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

 

/s/ Martin D. Agard

 

Chief Financial Officer

Martin D. Agard

 

(Principal Financial Officer)

 

 

 

/s/ Timothy J. Mulvaney

 

Chief Accounting Officer

Timothy J. Mulvaney

 

(Principal Accounting Officer)

 

 

 

/s/ Nancy M. Taylor

 

Chairperson of the Board

Nancy M. Taylor

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ W. Stephen Cannon

 

Director

W. Stephen Cannon

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Terri F. Graham

 

Director

Terri F. Graham

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ David A. Levin

 

Director

David A. Levin

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Douglas T. Moore

 

Director

Douglas T. Moore

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Famous P. Rhodes

 

Director

Famous P. Rhodes

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Martin F. Roper

 

Director

Martin F. Roper

 

 

 

 

 

/s/  Jimmie L. Wade

 

Director

Jimmie L. Wade

 

 

 

 

85


Exhibit 10.35

 

OFFICE DEED OF LEASE AGREEMENT

THIS OFFICE DEED OF LEASE AGREEMENT (the “ Lease ”) is made and entered into as of the date shown under Item 1 of the Basic Lease Information Rider (the “ BLI Rider ”) attached hereto, by and between LM Retail, LLC, a Virginia limited liability company, or affiliated assign, (the “ Landlord ”), whose address for purposes hereof is 4901 Libbie Mill East Boulevard, Suite 200, Richmond, Virginia 23230, and the tenant shown under Item 2 of the BLI Rider (the “ Tenant ”), whose address for purposes hereof shall be the Leased Premises (as hereinafter defined).

 

W I T N E S S E T H :

1.          LEASED PREMISES .  Subject to and upon the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions hereinafter set forth, Landlord does hereby lease, demise and let to Tenant and Tenant does hereby lease, demise and let from Landlord the premises containing approximately Fifty-Two Thousand Eight Hundred Seventy-Six (52,876) square feet of office space (the “ Leased Premises ”) identified as 4901 Bakers Mill Lane, Richmond, Virginia 23230 in the development known as “Libbie Mill – Midtown”, located in Henrico County, Virginia, consisting of a stand-alone building (which building, together with all ancillary improvements appurtenant thereto, including without limitation, the adjacent outdoor patio area, is herein called the “ Building ”).  Landlord has provided Tenant with the measurement of the Leased Premises in accordance with BOMA, and the rentable area of the Leased Premises is conclusively defined, stipulated and agreed to be the number of square feet set forth under Item 3 of the BLI Rider notwithstanding any actual variation which may be revealed by subsequent measurement.  In addition to the Leased Premises, Tenant has the right to use the pedestrian walkways, drive aisles, parking and other areas of Libbie Mill – Midtown provided for the general use of all tenants, their officers, agents, employees, invitees, visitors, licensees and customers (all of the foregoing sometimes referred to as “ Common Areas ”).  The Common Areas will at all times be subject to the control and management of Landlord and the Owner’s Association (as hereinafter defined) in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Lease.

2.          TERM .  The term of this Lease shall be for the period of time set forth in Item 4 of the BLI Rider, commencing on the date (the “ Commencement Date ”) shown under Item 4 of the BLI Rider and ending on the date also shown under Item 4 of the BLI Rider, unless such term shall sooner cease and expire as hereinafter provided (herein sometimes called the “ Term ” or the “ Lease Term ”).

The term “ Lease Year ” is defined to mean a period of twelve (12) consecutive calendar months, with the first Lease Year commencing on the Commencement Date; provided, however, (i) that the first Lease Year shall commence on the Commencement Date and shall end on the date that is twelve (12) consecutive full calendar months after the Rent Commencement Date (as hereinafter defined), and (ii) the last Lease Year shall consist of the period commencing from the end of the next preceding Lease Year and ending with the end of the term of the Lease (whether by expiration of the term or otherwise).

Upon the request of Landlord, Tenant shall join in the execution of an agreement stipulating the Commencement Date and the date upon which this Lease terminates.  There shall be no delay


 

 

in the commencement of the Term and no delay in the payment of Rent (as hereinafter defined) where Tenant fails to occupy the Leased Premises or if Tenant fails to complete any of Tenant’s Work (as hereinafter defined), nor shall same operate or extend the Term beyond the agreed expiration date hereof.

3.                      BASE RENT .

a)         Commencing on the date (the “ Rent Commencement Date ”) shown under Item 5 of the BLI Rider through the end of the Lease Term, Tenant will pay to Landlord as the base rent for the Leased Premises (“ Base Rent ”) the amounts set forth in Item 5 of the BLI Rider (as adjusted each year commencing with the first (1st) anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date pursuant to the provisions of the BLI Rider).  Base Rent shall be payable in advance on the first day of the calendar month in equal monthly installments of the amount set forth in Item 5 of the BLI Rider.  Such rent shall be payable without any offset, demand, defense or deduction whatsoever, in lawful money of the United States of America, by wire transfer to Landlord’s account in accordance with the wiring instructions attached hereto as Exhibit “H” , or elsewhere as designated from time to time by Landlord's written notice to Tenant, unless allowed by a court of law.  Base Rent due for any partial month of occupancy at the beginning or end of the Lease Term will be prorated, such proration to be based on the actual number of days in the partial month .

b)         If any monthly payment of Base Rent remains unpaid for five (5) business days after its due date, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord a late charge in an amount equal to five percent (5%) of the delinquent payment to compensate Landlord for the additional administrative expense and inconvenience of handling such late payments, which late charge shall be due within ten (10) days after written demand therefor by Landlord; provided, however, for the first late payment of Base Rent in any calendar year, no late charge shall be due from Tenant unless Landlord has given Tenant written notice of the unpaid Base Rent, and Tenant shall fail to pay such overdue Base Rent within three (3) business days thereafter.  If Tenant pays any installment of Base Rent or any other sum by check to Landlord, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord, on demand, a processing and administrative fee of One Hundred and No/100 Dollars ($100.00) per returned check.  Provided, however, this provision shall not be construed as requiring Landlord to accept any late payment of Rent or as a waiver of any of Landlord's rights or remedies by virtue of Tenant not making timely payment of Rent hereunder, and Landlord's acceptance of late Rent and such late charge shall not be construed as constituting a waiver by Landlord of any rights or remedies available to it in the event that Rent is not timely paid by Tenant on any one or more future occasions, including declaring Tenant in default under this Lease and pursuing all remedies available to it arising from such default, unless such late payment was made by Tenant during the applicable cure period.

c)         Tenant shall pay Landlord interest on any Rent which remains unpaid for thirty (30) days after its due date at a rate equal to the lesser of twelve percent (12%) per annum or the maximum lawful rate (the “ Default Rate ”), which interest shall accrue from the date such Rent became due and payable to the date of the payment thereof by Tenant.  This provision shall not be construed as requiring Landlord to accept any late payment of Rent or as a waiver of any of Landlord's rights or remedies by virtue of Tenant not making timely payment of Rent hereunder, and Landlord's acceptance of late Rent and such interest shall not be construed as constituting a waiver by Landlord of any rights or remedies available to it in the event that Rent is not timely

2


 

 

paid by Tenant on any one or more future occasions, including declaring Tenant in default under this Lease and pursuing all remedies available to it arising for such default, unless such late payment was made by Tenant during the applicable cure period.

d)         For all purposes of this Lease, the term “ Rent ” shall include all Base Rent (as adjusted and increased from time to time), charges or impositions thereon, Additional Rent (as hereinafter defined) and all other payments due or which may become due from Tenant to Landlord hereunder.

4.          ADDITIONAL RENT .  In addition to the Base Rent, commencing on the Rent Commencement Date, Tenant shall, during each Lease Year, pay to Landlord as “ Additional Rent ” the amount by which the sum of the following expenses for any Lease Year during the Term exceeds the amount of such expenses for the base year 2020 (the “ Base Year ”): the sum of “ Building Operating Expenses ” plus “ Owner’s Association Assessments ” plus “ Taxes ” plus “ Insurance ”.  In no event shall any decrease in Additional Rent in any Lease Year below the Base Year result in Landlord being obligated to pay Tenant for the difference.  As used herein the term:

a)         “ Building Operating Expenses ” shall mean all expenses, costs and disbursements, of every kind and nature, which Landlord shall pay or become obligated to pay in connection with the maintenance and/or operation of the Building, computed on an accrual basis, including but not limited to trash and garbage removal fees, recycling fees, property management fees (Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord has the right to directly manage the Building through its affiliate Gumenick Management Co., L.C., and to charge the Building owner for a property management fee in the amount of three percent (3%) of the gross revenues from the Building), but shall not include “Owner’s Association Assessments”, “Taxes”, “Insurance”, or any of the following:

i.       Depreciation and amortization;

 

ii.      Expenses incurred by Landlord to prepare, renovate, repaint, redecorate or perform any other work in any space leased to an existing tenant or prospective tenant of the Building;

 

iii.     Expenses incurred by Landlord for repairs or other work occasioned by fire, windstorm, or other insurable casualty or condemnation;

 

iv.     Expenses incurred by Landlord to lease space to new tenants or to retain existing tenants, including, without limitation, leasing commissions, advertising and promotional expenditures;

 

v.      Expenses incurred by Landlord to resolve disputes, enforce or negotiate lease terms with prospective or other existing tenants or in connection with any financing, sale or syndication of Libbie Mill – Midtown;

 

vi.     Interest, principal, points and fees, amortization or other costs associated with any debt and rent payable under any lease to which

3


 

 

this Lease is subject and all costs and expenses associated with any such debt or lease and any ground lease rent, irrespective of whether this Lease is subject or subordinate thereto;

 

vii.    Expenses incurred for the repair, maintenance or operation of any pay parking garage, including but not limited to salaries and benefits of any attendants, electricity, insurance and taxes;

 

viii.   Cost of alterations, capital improvements, equipment replacement and other items which under generally accepted accounting principles (hereinafter referred to as "GAAP") are properly classified as capital expenditures;

 

ix.     Expenses for the replacement of any item covered under warranty;

 

x.      Cost to correct any penalty or fine incurred by Landlord due to Landlord's violation of any federal, state, or local law or regulation and any interest or penalties due for late payment by Landlord of any of the Building Operating Expenses;

 

xi.     Cost of repairs or maintenance performed by Landlord to the Leased Premises or Building necessitated by Landlord's negligence or willful misconduct;

 

xii.    Cost of correcting any latent defects or original design defects in the Building construction, materials or equipment;

 

xiii.   Expenses for any item or service which Tenant pays directly to a third party or separately reimburses Landlord and expenses incurred by Landlord to the extent the same are reimbursable or reimbursed from any other tenants, occupants of the property or third parties;

 

xiv.   Expenses for any item or service not provided to Tenant, but provided exclusively to certain other tenants in the Building;

 

xv.    A property management fee for the Building in excess of three percent (3%) of the gross revenues of the Building;

 

xvi.   Salaries of employees above the grade of building superintendent or building manager;

 

xvii.  The portion of employee expenses which reflects that portion of such employee's time which is not spent directly and solely in the operation of the Property;

 

4


 

 

xviii. Landlord's general corporate overhead and administrative expenses except if it is solely for the Building;

 

xix.   Business interruption insurance and rental value insurance;

 

xx.    Reserves;

 

xxi.   Fees paid to affiliates of Landlord to the extent that such fees exceed the customary amount charged for the services provided;

 

xxii.  The operating expenses incurred by Landlord relative to retail stores, hotels and any specialty service in the Building or at Libbie Mill – Midtown;

 

xxiii. HVAC modification and replacement obligations necessary to comply with any Clean Air Act requirements and any Environmental Protection Agency regulations requirements, including ASHRAE standards, for the following: maintenance, fresh air, chlorofluorocarbons and hydro chlorofluorocarbons;

 

xxiv. Costs of sculptures, paintings, and other objects of art;

 

xxv.  Costs associated with the removal of substances considered to be detrimental to the environment or the health of occupants of the Building but not including environmental hazards which are the responsibility of Tenant to remove in accordance with Section 54 below;

 

xxvi. Modifications and/or repairs to comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act (“ADA”) or other laws/regulations in place as of the Commencement Date; and

 

xxvii. Other items not customarily included as operating expenses for similar buildings.

 

By way of explanation and clarification, but not by way of limitation, Building Operating Expenses will include the following:

 

i.   Wages, salaries and benefits of all employees engaged in the operation and maintenance of the Building except for those of employees above the grade of building superintendent or building manager;

ii.  Cost of all supplies and materials used in the operation and management of the Building;

iii. Cost of all utilities used by the Building;

5


 

 

iv. Cost of building management, janitorial services, accounting and legal services, and servicing and maintenance of all Building systems and equipment;

v.  Cost of keeping the Building in good order and repair (but not to include replacements) including, but not limited to the roof, the roof membrane, exterior paint, and all sprinkler mains; and

vi. Cost of any and all association assessments.

b)         “ Owner’s Association Assessments ” shall mean any assessments levied against the Building under any declaration, REA or similar instrument (including, without limitation, assessments of the “Owner’s Association” required to be established pursuant to those certain Provisional Use Permit and Proffers applicable to the Leased Premises, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit “A” (the “ PUP and PROFFERS ”)).

c)         “ Taxes ” shall mean all impositions, taxes, assessments (special or otherwise), and other governmental liens or charges of any and every kind, nature and sort whatsoever, ordinary and extraordinary, foreseen and unforeseen, and substitutes therefor (except only income taxes) attributable in any manner to the Building, and/or the land on which the same are located or any part thereof, or any use thereof, or any equipment, fixtures or other facility located therein or thereon or used in conjunction therewith.

d)         “ Insurance ” shall mean the cost to Landlord of all casualty (including all extended coverages), liability, flood hazard, workmen's compensation and other insurance maintained by Landlord (in Landlord's reasonable discretion) and applicable to the Building, the land upon which the same are located and/or Landlord's personal property used in connection therewith.

Building Operating Expenses and Taxes shall be calculated in accordance with GAAP.  Landlord shall notify Tenant within a reasonable time after the end of each calendar year hereafter ensuing during the Term hereof, of the amount which Landlord estimates (as evidenced by budgets prepared by or on behalf of Landlord) will be the amount of Additional Rent for the then current calendar year and Tenant shall pay such sum in advance to Landlord in equal monthly installments, during the balance of said calendar year, on the first day of each remaining month in said calendar year commencing on the first day of the first month following Tenant's receipt of such notification.  Tenant shall have no obligation to pay any Additional Rent billed to Tenant more than eighteen (18) months after the end of the Lease Year in which such Additional Rent was incurred.

Within one hundred twenty (120) days following the end of each calendar year during the Term, Landlord shall submit to Tenant a statement showing the actual amount which should have been paid by Tenant with respect to Additional Rent for the past calendar year, the amount thereof actually paid during that year by Tenant and the amount of the resulting balance due thereon, or overpayment thereof, as the case may be.  The statement shall become final and conclusive between the parties unless Landlord receives written detailed objections with respect thereto within thirty (30) days after receipt by Tenant of said statement.  Any balance shown to be due pursuant to said statement shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord within thirty (30) days following Tenant's

6


 

 

receipt thereof and any overpayment shall be immediately credited against Tenant's obligation to pay expected Additional Rent for the next year, or, if by reason of any termination of this Lease no such future obligation exists, refunded to Tenant. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, Tenant shall not delay or withhold payment of any balance shown to be due pursuant to a statement rendered by Landlord to Tenant because of any objection which Tenant may raise with respect thereto and Landlord shall immediately credit or refund any overpayment found to be owing to Tenant as aforesaid upon the resolution of said objection.  The obligations of Landlord and Tenant under this paragraph shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.

Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision herein to the contrary, it is agreed that in no event shall Building Operating Expenses with respect to any calendar year during the term exceed one hundred five percent (105%) of the amounts payable for Building Operating Expenses in the immediately preceding calendar year on a non-cumulative basis, to the extent the same constitute “controllable expenses.”  For purposes hereof, “controllable expenses” means all Building Operating Expenses other than those constituting expenses for utilities and snow and ice removal, the actual costs of which shall be included in Building Operating Expenses for each applicable period during the Term.

 

If Libbie Mill – Midtown, as it pertains to the Owner’s Association Assessments, is not occupied to the extent of one hundred percent (100%) of the rentable area thereof during all or part of any calendar year during the Term, Landlord may (but with respect to the Base Year, it shall) reasonably adjust the Additional Rent for such calendar year (or partial calendar year) so that such expenses are computed as though Libbie Mill – Midtown was occupied to the extent of one hundred percent (100%) of the rentable area thereof.

The failure or inability of Landlord to timely furnish or deliver to Tenant any information, estimates, budgets, statements, data or similar items required to be furnished or delivered hereunder shall not relieve Tenant from its obligation to make any payments or contributions which would be otherwise due pursuant to the terms hereof had such information, estimate, budget, statement, data or similar item been timely delivered by Landlord to Tenant; provided, however, Tenant shall have no obligation to pay any Additional Rent billed to Tenant more than eighteen (18) months after the end of the Lease Year in which such Additional Rent was incurred.  Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, in no event shall any of the adjustments or increases described in this Lease result in Landlord receiving from Tenant (after completion of the Additional Rent reconciliation process for such Lease Year) more than one hundred percent (100%) of the actual Building Operating Expenses, Owner’s Association Assessments, Taxes and Insurance actually paid and incurred by Landlord for any applicable Lease Year.

 

During the Term, Landlord shall make available at Landlord's principal office, true and accurate records of items that constitute Additional Rent hereunder. Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall have the right, upon not less than twenty (20) days’ prior written notice given within one hundred eighty (180) days after Tenant's receipt of the reconciliation statement described above in this Section, to inspect Landlord's books and records relating to Landlord's determination of the Additional Rents for the year that is the subject of the reconciliation statement in accordance with the following: (i) this review right shall be personal to the party named herein as Tenant and any permitted assignee of Tenant; and (ii) this review right shall not apply during any time in which an uncured default by Tenant of any material provision of this Lease beyond any applicable

7


 

 

cure period exists under this Lease.  If Tenant employs an independent certified public accountant, then as a condition precedent to such review, Tenant shall cause such reviewer to agree in writing to maintain in strict confidence any and all information obtained in connection with the review and will not disclose the fact of the review or any results of it to any person or entity other than to Tenant, Landlord, or any related entity.  Any such review shall be conducted at Landlord's principal offices, or at the Building, or such other location as Landlord and Tenant may mutually agree upon.  Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a copy of the results of any such review promptly following its completion or receipt by Tenant.

If Landlord disputes the findings revealed by Tenant’s inspection, Landlord shall have the right to cause Landlord’s independent certified public accountant to issue findings concerning such results, after consultation with Tenant or Tenant’s independent certified public accountant.  If Landlord’s accountant and Tenant (or Tenant’s accountant) agree as to the proper amount of Tenant’s share of Additional Rent following such review and consultation, or if Landlord’s and Tenant’s findings are found to be identical, then the same shall be adopted for the purposes of this Section.  If Landlord’s accountant and Tenant (or Tenant’s accountant) do not agree, then (i) if the discrepancy between Landlord’s and Tenant’s findings as to any overpayment or underpayment by Tenant is less than seven percent (7%), then the average of the two shall be adopted for the purposes of this Section, and (ii) if the discrepancy between Landlord’s and Tenant’s findings as to any overpayment or underpayment by Tenant exceeds seven percent (7%), then, at the election of either party, the parties (or their accountants) shall together select a single third party, independent, certified public accountant, who shall review the findings of Landlord and Tenant and their accountants, after consultation with each of them, and whose fees shall be shared equally between Landlord and Tenant.  If the findings of the third party consultant are identical to the findings of either Landlord or Tenant, then the same shall be adopted for the purposes of this paragraph.  If the findings of the third party consultant are not identical to the findings of either Landlord or Tenant as to any overpayment or underpayment by Tenant, then the findings that reveal the highest overpayment or underpayment, and the findings that reveal the lowest overpayment or underpayment, shall be discarded, and the remaining results shall be adopted for the purposes of this Section.

If following the foregoing review procedures, it is revealed that Tenant overpaid its share of Additional Rent, Landlord agrees to credit Tenant for Additional Rent payable in subsequent months (or, if following the expiration or termination of the Lease, refund to Tenant) the amount of such overpayment.  If following the foregoing review procedures, it is revealed that Tenant overpaid its share of Additional Rent by more than ten percent (10%), Landlord shall pay to Tenant, in addition to the credit for the overpayment (or, if following the expiration or termination of the Lease, refund to Tenant), Tenant’s costs pertaining to the inspection.  Should Tenant's inspection reveal that Tenant underpaid its share of Additional Rent, Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord the amount of such underpayment within thirty (30) days after the conclusion of the inspection.  The obligations of the parties under this Section shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease.

Additional Rent due by reason of this Section for the final months of this Lease is due and payable even though it may not be calculated until subsequent to the termination date of the Lease; and shall be prorated according to that portion of said calendar year that this Lease was actually in effect.

8


 

 

5.          GUARANTY .  On or before the Effective Date, Lumber Liquidator Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, shall execute and deliver to Landlord a guaranty substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit “I” .

6.          USE .  Tenant will use and occupy the Leased Premises for the “ Allowable Use ” shown under Item 7 of the BLI Rider, and for no other use or purpose.  Tenant will not use or occupy the Leased Premises for any unlawful purpose.  Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the Leased Premises are subject to the PUP and PROFFERS.  Tenant shall not be permitted to use the Leased Premises for the purposes or uses shown under Exhibit “B” attached to this Lease (the “ Prohibited Uses ”).

 

In addition to and not in limitation of the other restrictions on use of the Leased Premises set forth in this Section 6, Tenant hereby agrees that the following uses of the Leased Premises shall not be considered to be "office use" and shall not be permitted:  (i) any ongoing, repeated use of the Leased Premises by an organization or person enjoying sovereign or diplomatic immunity; (ii) any use of the Leased Premises by or for any mental health practice; (iii) any use of the Leased Premises by or for an employment agency or bureau; (iv) any use of the Leased Premises for classroom purposes (other than internal training purposes); (v) any use of the Leased Premises by or for any user which distributes governmental or other payments, benefits or information to persons that personally appear at the Leased Premises; (vi) any other use of the Leased Premises or any portion of the Building by any user that will attract a volume, frequency or type of visitor or employee to the Leased Premises or any portion of Libbie Mill – Midtown or the Building which is not consistent with the standards of a high quality, first-class, office building in the metropolitan Richmond, Virginia, area or that will in any way impose an excessive demand or use on the facilities or services of the Leased Premises or the Building.

7.          QUIET ENJOYMENT .  Upon payment by Tenant of the Rent herein provided, and upon the observance and performance of all terms, provisions, covenants and conditions on Tenant's part to be observed and performed, Tenant shall, subject to all of the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of this Lease, peaceably and quietly hold and enjoy the Leased Premises for the Term hereby demised.  Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that Landlord owns the Leased Premises, and Landlord covenants to defend and protect Tenant’s right to use the Leased Premises and Common Areas as set forth in this Lease from adverse title claims.

8.          SERVICES AND UTILITIES .  Landlord shall provide, during the appropriate seasons of the year, air conditioning and heating during the Leased Premises Hours set forth in Item 8 of the BLI Rider, electric current for lighting, incidentals and normal office use; and water at those points of supply provided for general use of Tenant at all times .

Landlord shall have the right to operate the heating, ventilating, and air-conditioning (" HVAC ") system (“ HVAC System ”) in the most energy-efficient manner possible within the limits established in the Building design, and in accordance with any directive, policy or request of a governmental, quasi-governmental, public or other authority.  The Building shall include a computerized energy management system provided at Landlord’s expense that operates the HVAC system in on-off cycles to control electrical demand and energy consumption.  Extra hours of heating, ventilating, and air-conditioning ( i.e. , all times other than during Leased Premises Hours) will be provided to Tenant upon Tenant's request with at least twenty four (24) hours' advance

9


 

 

notice on a previous business day.  Tenant will be charged Fifty and No/100 Dollars ($50.00) per hour for such service outside of Leased Premises Hours, subject to annual escalations in the amount of three percent (3%).

 

Landlord shall provide electric current for lighting, incidentals and normal office use.  All replacement tubes for such Building standard lighting fixtures shall be provided and installed by Landlord as part of Building Operating Expenses and all bulbs and tubes for other than Building standard lighting fixtures shall be provided and installed by Tenant at Tenant's sole cost and expense.

 

Landlord shall furnish cold water from county water mains for drinking, lavatory and toilet purposes, and hot water for lavatory purposes from the regular Building supply.  Landlord will provide reasonably adequate lavatory supplies for restrooms in the Common Areas.  Landlord will also provide exterior window cleaning service and five (5) days a week janitorial service as is normal and customary in comparable first-class office buildings in the metropolitan Richmond, Virginia, area and in accordance with the janitorial specifications attached hereto as Exhibit “J” ; provided, however, that janitorial service required for any non-Building standard improvements in the Leased Premises, such as glass partitions, wood flooring, kitchens, and private showers and restrooms, shall be subject to additional charges.  Janitorial services shall be available Monday through Friday only, except Holidays.

 

If the Building equipment should cease to function properly, Landlord shall use due diligence to repair the same promptly.  If a stoppage or interruption of utilities or services was caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its agents, employees or contractors, then, if such stoppage or interruption causes Tenant to be unable to operate its business from all or a portion of the Leased Premises for more than forty-eight (48) consecutive hours, Base Rent, Additional Rent and all other sums owing hereunder shall abate proportionately based on the portion of the Leased Premises from which Tenant is unable to operate its business until Tenant’s use of the Leased Premises is restored.

 

Tenant may provide an electronic access system with computerized card access at the entrance(s) to the Building.  Landlord shall not be responsible for the quality, action or inaction of any Building access system or for any damage or injury to Tenant, its employees, invitees or others, or their property, resulting from any failure, action or inaction of the Building access system.

 

Such services shall be provided as long as Tenant is not in default under any of the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of this Lease beyond applicable notice and cure periods, subject to interruption caused by repairs, renewals, improvements, changes of service, and alterations, and further subject to interruptions of the nature described in Section 32(b) hereof, and upon such happening, no claim for damages or abatement of Rent for failure to furnish any such services shall be made by Tenant or allowed by Landlord nor shall any such happening be construed as a constructive eviction of Tenant or relieve Tenant from the responsibility of performing any of Tenant's obligations under this Lease.  All other responsibility for maintenance of the Leased Premises, unless specifically assigned to Landlord under this Lease, shall be the responsibility of Tenant.

10


 

 

Tenant shall use only those fixtures and equipment that operate on the Building's standard electric circuits, but which in no event shall overload the Building's standard electric circuits from which Tenant obtains electric current.  Any required installation of special circuits, cable, wire or equipment to service Tenant's unusual electrical needs shall be at Tenant's expense and only if prior approval therefor is given in writing by Landlord.  Tenant shall reimburse Landlord at the commercially reasonable rate paid by Landlord for any services, utilities or supplies used by Tenant in excess of those services customarily used for ordinary office purposes.

Landlord reserves the right, after Leased Premises Hours, to dim or turn off all unnecessary lighting in the unoccupied areas of the Building and the Leased Premises to minimize the energy consumption of the Building in both the Common Areas and the Leased Premises.

9.          INTENTIONALLY DELETED .

10.        RULES AND REGULATIONS .  Tenant agrees to comply with all reasonable rules and regulations Landlord may adopt from time to time for the operation, protection and welfare of the Building, its tenants, visitors and occupants, once Tenant is provided with a written copy of the same, provided that any rules and regulations adopted by Landlord shall not materially adversely affect Tenant’s ability to operate its Allowable Use of the Leased Premises and that all rules and regulations shall apply uniformly to all office tenants of Libbie Mill – Midtown.  The present rules and regulations, which Tenant hereby agrees to comply with, entitled “ Rules and Regulations ” are attached hereto as Exhibit “C” respectively and are by this reference incorporated herein. Any future rules and regulations shall become a part of this Lease, and Tenant hereby agrees to comply with the same upon delivery of a copy thereof to Tenant.

11.        GOVERNMENTAL REQUIREMENTS .  Tenant shall faithfully observe in the use of the Leased Premises all municipal and county ordinances and codes and state and federal statutes now in force or which may hereafter be in force, affecting the Leased Premises or any part thereof, or the use thereof, including those for the correction, prevention and abatement of nuisances and unsafe conditions and those relating to the handling and disposal of hazardous substances and any other environmental concerns.  Tenant agrees to comply with any requirement that the Leased Premises be vacated during any government-required fire drill, government-required smoke test or other governmental inspection of the Building and that such interruption shall not be deemed a constructive eviction or a disturbance of Tenant's use or possession of the Leased Premises, nor shall it render Landlord liable to Tenant for damages or abatement of Rent.

Tenant shall be responsible, at Tenant's sole cost and expense for compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, as amended from time to time, and related state and municipal laws and regulations (the " ADA ") with respect to: (i) the interior of the Leased Premises, Tenant's work, and Tenant's business operations at the Leased Premises, and (ii) any costs of compliance with respect to the interior portion of the Building that are due to Tenant's specific  use of the Leased Premises, or are due to any alterations or improvements made to the Leased Premises by Tenant or its employees, agents or contractors.  Landlord shall be responsible, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense for compliance with the ADA with respect to: (i) the exterior of the Leased Premises (unless modified by Tenant), and (ii) any costs of compliance with respect to the exterior portion of the Building due to any alterations or improvements made by Landlord or its employees, agents or contractors.  To the extent that there are any changes to the ADA which require changes

11


 

 

to the Common Areas, then all costs incurred by the Owner’s Association in complying with the ADA may be included as Owner’s Association Assessments.  The cost of any actions that are Tenant's responsibility hereunder that are incurred by Landlord, including any legal fees and costs shall be reimbursed by Tenant to Landlord within thirty (30) days following Landlord's written demand to Tenant.  The cost of any actions that are Landlord's responsibility hereunder that are incurred by Tenant, including any legal fees and costs shall be reimbursed by Landlord to Tenant within thirty (30) days following Tenant's written demand to Landlord.

12.          IMPROVEMENTS TO LEASED PREMISES .  Landlord's obligations as to work to be performed for Tenant and improvements to be made to the Leased Premises is set forth in Item 9 of the BLI Rider.  Tenant acknowledges that upon taking possession of the Leased Premises such possession shall be conclusive evidence, latent defects, punch list items, and any untrue representations and warranties by Landlord in this Lease excepted, that Tenant has received the Leased Premises in a condition satisfactory to Tenant and that Landlord has satisfied any obligations to Tenant with respect to the preparation of the Leased Premises for Tenant's use and occupancy.  Tenant further acknowledges that Landlord has a substantial economic interest in maintaining a uniformity of materials and systems throughout the Building, insuring that any improvements are carried out in a good and workmanlike manner by qualified, licensed contractors and are fully paid.  For this reason, alterations, improvements and work of any kind performed by Tenant to the Leased Premises at any time shall be subject to the following conditions and limitations; provided, however, Tenant may, at its own expense and without the prior consent of Landlord (provided the cost per occurrence does not exceed Twenty Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($20,000), [“ Minor Alterations ”]), make such interior, non-structural alterations and improvements to the Leased Premises as Tenant, in its sole discretion, desires, without being required to comply with the following conditions and limitations:

a)         Prior to commencing any work, Tenant shall submit for Landlord's approval (i) detailed plans and specifications for all Tenant improvements and repairs to be made by Tenant and (ii) if Tenant is required to obtain any permit(s) from the County of Henrico in connection with such work, final plans and specifications after Tenant obtains said permit(s).  Landlord and/or its agents shall approve or reject the same in writing in Landlord’s reasonable discretion within fourteen (14) business days following receipt of the plans and specifications described above, and if Landlord and/or its agents fail to timely approve or reject within the foregoing time period, then the plans and specifications shall be deemed approved by Landlord.  Tenant shall reasonably consider changes recommended by Landlord or its agents, and Landlord and Tenant shall reasonably cooperate to agree upon revised plans and specifications.

b)         Landlord shall also have the right to approve, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, the contractor(s) to be used by Tenant and to require, prior to the commencement of work, payment and performance bonds or other similar security acceptable to Landlord.

c)         All of Tenant’s work shall comply with the provisions of all applicable governmental codes and regulations, and, prior to commencing any work, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord copies of all applicable governmental permits and authorizations which may be required in connection with such work.

12


 

 

d)         Tenant shall (and shall require that all contractors) comply with all applicable provisions of Virginia’s mechanics' liens laws, and the provisions of Section 17 hereof.

e)         All of Tenant’s work be subject to Landlord's periodic review.

f)          All of Tenant's contractors shall procure workmen's compensation insurance or occupational accident insurance covering all persons employed in connection with the work who might assert claims for death or bodily injury; no work shall be commenced until Landlord shall have received copies of certificates of insurance confirming the existence of such insurance coverage.

g)         Prior to commencing any work, Tenant shall obtain, for the benefit of Tenant, Landlord, any holder of a mortgage given by Landlord encumbering the Building and/or the land thereunder, such additional liability and property damage insurance and in such amounts as Landlord or such other party may reasonably require because of the nature of the work to be done by Tenant.  Tenant will provide builder’s risk, or equivalent coverage, for one hundred percent (100%) of the replacement cost of any improvements and betterments including materials.

h)         Prior to commencing any work, Tenant shall obtain a building permit and any other required permits or licenses for the construction and completion of Tenant’s improvements to the Leased Premises at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.  Any impact fees levied by a governmental authority caused by Tenant's use and occupancy shall be paid by Tenant.  Landlord shall reasonably cooperate with Tenant in attempting to obtain such permits for Tenant’s work and shall execute any necessary applications.

i)          All such work, alterations, decorations, installations, additions or improvements shall be done at Tenant’s sole expense and in a good and workmanlike manner, consistent with the quality of first-class office buildings.  Landlord shall not be liable for any failure of any building facilities or services caused by alterations, decorations, installations, additions or improvements made by Tenant, and Tenant shall be responsible for and correct any such work causing such failure (under Landlord’s supervision).  Tenant shall also make any and all changes to the Leased Premises as may be necessary to insure that the Leased Premises comply with all governmental requirements set forth in Section 11 above after the completion of all such work.

j)          Tenant shall follow all reasonable instructions herein that Landlord delivers to Tenant in connection with Tenant’s work.  Tenant shall not damage any portion of the Building in connection with its work. Any roof penetration shall be performed by Landlord's roofer or, at Landlord's option, by a bonded roofer approved in advance by Landlord.  Any roof work can begin only after Landlord has given consent, which consent may be conditioned upon Tenant's plans, to include materials acceptable to Landlord, in order to prevent injury to the roof and to spread the weight of any equipment being installed.  Tenant is also responsible for obtaining, and paying for, professional inspections of any structural work (including any roof work or concrete work) which inspections are necessitated by Tenant’s work.  Landlord reserves the right at any time prior to Tenant's commencement of Tenant’s work or during the performance of Tenant’s work to require a payment and performance bond in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of Tenant's construction contract and shall be given by a sufficient surety which is satisfactory to Landlord

13


 

 

and shall be in form as Landlord shall approve, in Landlord's sole discretion ("Bonds").    Tenant shall construct Tenant’s work at its sole cost and expense in a first-class professional manner and in accordance with generally accepted construction and engineering practices, subject to Landlord’s prior written approval to be exercised in Landlord’s reasonable judgment.  At the time of providing prior written approval of Tenant’s work, Landlord shall notify Tenant of its election to require Tenant to remove any such alterations from the Leased Premises at the expiration or termination of the Term.

 

During the performance of Tenant’s work, Tenant shall be responsible for the removal from the Leased Premises on a daily basis of all trash, construction debris and surplus construction materials, or at Landlord's option, the placement on a daily basis of such trash, debris and materials in receptacles designated by Landlord.

 

Tenant's contractor and subcontractors shall not post signs on any part of the Leased Premises or the Building.

 

Tenant’s approved contractor is required to attend a mandatory pre-construction meeting with Landlord’s representative to review the Contractor Rules and Regulations set forth for Libbie Mill – Midtown with which the contractor must comply.

 

k)         All alterations shall, at Landlord's election by providing Tenant with notice at the time Landlord approves such alterations, immediately become the property of Landlord and shall remain upon and be surrendered with the Leased Premises as a part thereof at the end of the Term; provided, however, that if Tenant is not in default in the performance of any of its obligations under this Lease, Tenant shall have the right to remove, prior to the expiration or termination of the Term, all movable furniture, furnishings or equipment not affixed to or in the Leased Premises at the expense of Tenant.  If and to the extent Landlord does not elect that any Minor Alterations remain upon and be surrendered with the Leased Premises at the expiration or termination of the Term, or Landlord notifies Tenant of the requirement of removal when providing approval for any other alterations, Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, remove such alterations, restore the affected area to the condition existing prior to the construction or installation of any such alteration and repair any damage caused by such removal.

 

13.                    MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRS .

a)         Tenant shall keep the interior of the Leased Premises and the fixtures, improvements, equipment and finishes and any alterations therein in clean, safe and sanitary condition and in good order and repair, will take good care thereof and will suffer no waste or injury thereto.  Maintenance and repair of such finishes and equipment, including kitchen appliances and fixtures, showers, or supplemental air-conditioning equipment, whether installed by Tenant or by Landlord on behalf of Tenant and whether installed at Tenant's or Landlord's expense, shall be the sole responsibility of Tenant, and Landlord shall have no obligation in connection therewith.

b)         All aforesaid repairs, restorations and replacements shall be in quality and class equal to the previously existing work or installations and shall be performed under the direction and to the satisfaction of Landlord.

14


 

 

c)         If Landlord deems any repair which Tenant is required to make hereunder to be necessary, Landlord may demand that Tenant promptly make such repair.

d)         Except for the maintenance and repair of the Leased Premises, which is the sole responsibility of Tenant as provided hereinabove, Landlord shall, as part of Building Operating Expenses, maintain the Building and repair the structural portions thereof, including, without limitation, the roof, roof membrane, roof covering (including interior ceiling if damaged by leakage from the roof), exterior glass, load-bearing walls, floor slabs, masonry walls, footings, and foundations, exterior paint, and all electrical, plumbing, HVAC and other systems and equipment used in operation thereof, which Landlord deems reasonably necessary or desirable to keep the Building in good order and repair.  Replacements to the Building and structural portions thereof shall be made at Landlord’s sole cost and expenses without reimbursement or contribution by Tenant.  Landlord warrants that any maintenance and/or repair undertaken by Landlord with respect to the Leased Premises shall be of good, workmanlike quality consistent with that of first-class office buildings, and Landlord shall promptly repair or replace any material defects in such work.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent any damage to the Building is caused by acts or omissions of Tenant, its agents, customers, employees or invitees, Tenant will make such repairs (under Landlord's supervision and to its satisfaction) and bear the sole cost thereof.  Tenant agrees to notify Landlord of the necessity for any repairs of which Tenant may have knowledge and for which Landlord may be responsible under the provisions of the first sentence of this paragraph.  In the event that Landlord is responsible for such repairs, Landlord shall commence such repairs promptly after receiving notification of same.  Landlord shall not be liable for any maintenance, repair or replacements to the Building necessitated by alterations, decorations, installations, additions or improvements made by Tenant, and Tenant shall be responsible for and correct any such Tenant work necessitating such maintenance, repair or replacements (under Landlord’s supervision).

14.        ALTERATIONS TO BUILDING AND COMMON AREAS .  Tenant acknowledges and makes this Lease with the distinct understanding and agreement that Landlord shall have the right and privilege to make such alterations, structural changes, refurbishments, renovations and repairs to the Common Areas as it may deem desirable and advisable without any liability to Tenant therefor, provided that such alterations, structural changes, refurbishments, renovations and repairs do not materially adversely affect Tenant’s use of or access to the Leased Premises.  Landlord shall have the right to expand Libbie Mill – Midtown to adjoining or nearby property and to add to, remove, relocate, replace, erect or remove buildings or other structures and/or otherwise change any improvements associated with Libbie Mill – Midtown or later constructed and to make all such other changes to the size, location and arrangement of the improvements within Libbie Mill – Midtown as Landlord deems advisable, whether in the Common Areas or other portions of Libbie Mill – Midtown, including, without limitation, expanding and/or subdividing Libbie Mill – Midtown, granting licenses and easements to others, and remodeling or changing the interior and/or exterior surfaces of the structures within Libbie Mill – Midtown, provided such alterations do not diminish or interfere with Tenant’s occupancy.

15.        COMMON AREAS/PARKING .  The Owner’s Association shall have the exclusive control and management of the Common Areas, and shall have the right to close temporarily all or any portion of the Common Areas and to do and perform such other acts in and to said areas as the Owner’s Association shall determine to be advisable in its sole judgment;

15


 

 

provided, however, Landlord shall ensure that the Owner’s Association will take no action that will materially interfere with Tenant’s Allowable Use of the Leased Premises or the Common Areas.  Landlord will use its best efforts to ensure that the Owner’s Association operates and maintains the Common Areas in good order, condition, and repair and with such personnel as the Owner’s Association shall determine from time to time.  A vehicle charging station shall be provided in the Common Areas.  Tenant acknowledges that Libbie Mill – Midtown is a mixed use community and is designed with Shared Use Parking. “Shared Use Parking” means a parking management system that uses standards for mixed use developments established by the Institute of Transportation Engineers (ITE) Handbook with parking spaces being shared by more than one user, allowing parking facilities to be used more efficiently.  The Leased Premises shall include the right to up to five (5) reserved parking spaces during Tenant’s Business Hours, subject to Landlord’s written approval of the location of such reserved parking spaces and any signage to be installed in connection with such reserved parking spaces.  The use of the parking garage shall be governed by rules and regulations adopted from time to time by Landlord or the parking garage operator, as applicable.

16.        NOISE .  Tenant will not conduct any activity in the Leased Premises which will create excessive noise.

17.        INDEMNIFICATION AGAINST LIENS .  No interest of Landlord whether personally or in the Leased Premises, or in the underlying land or Building of which the Leased Premises are a part or the leasehold interest aforesaid shall be subject to liens for improvements made by Tenant or caused to be made by Tenant hereunder.  Further, Tenant acknowledges that Tenant, with respect to improvements or alterations made by Tenant or caused to be made by Tenant hereunder, shall promptly notify the contractor making such improvements to the Leased Premises of this provision exculpating Landlord's liability for such liens.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any mechanic's lien or other lien, attachment, judgment, execution, writ, charge or encumbrance is filed against the Building or the Leased Premises or this leasehold, or any alterations, fixtures or improvements therein or thereto, as a result of any work, action or inaction done by or at the direction of Tenant, Tenant will discharge same of record within ten (10) days after the filing thereof, failing which Tenant will be in default under this Lease.  In such event, without waiving Tenant's default, Landlord, in addition to all other available rights and remedies, without further notice, may discharge the same of record by payment, bonding or otherwise, as Landlord may elect, and upon written request Tenant will reimburse Landlord for all reasonable costs and expenses so incurred by Landlord.

18.        ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE .  Tenant agrees that from time to time, upon not less than twenty (20) days prior written request by Landlord, Tenant will deliver to Landlord, at no cost to Landlord, a statement in writing certifying (to the extent true at such time) (a) that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if there have been modifications, that the Lease as modified is in full force and effect and stating the modifications); (b) the dates to which Rent and other charges have been paid; (c) that Landlord is not in default under any provisions of this Lease, or, if in default, the nature thereof in detail; (d) whether or not Tenant is in occupancy of the Leased Premises, and (e) such other information pertaining to this Lease and Tenant as Landlord, its mortgagee or its prospective mortgagee may reasonably request.  Failure by Tenant to so reply within three (3) business days after a second request shall be deemed confirmation by

16


 

 

Tenant that the parties are in good standing under the Lease.  Landlord agrees that from time to time, upon not less than twenty (20) days prior written request by Tenant, Landlord will deliver to Tenant, at no cost to Tenant, a statement in writing certifying (to the extent true at such time) (a) that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if there have been modifications, that the Lease as modified is in full force and effect and stating the modifications); (b) the dates to which Rent and other charges have been paid; (c) that Tenant is not in default under any provisions of this Lease, or, if in default, the nature thereof in detail; and (d) such other information pertaining to this Lease and Landlord as Tenant may reasonably request.  Failure by Landlord to so reply within three (3) business days after a second request shall be deemed confirmation by Landlord that the parties are in good standing under the Lease.

19.        SUBORDINATION OF LEASE .  This Lease shall be subject and subordinate to any mortgage or deed of trust or ground lease (including all renewals, modifications and extensions thereof) now or hereafter encumbering or affecting the Building or the land thereunder or Landlord's interest therein; provided, however, that so long as Tenant is not in default under this Lease beyond applicable notice and cure periods, neither this Lease nor Tenant’s right to remain in exclusive possession of the Leased Premises shall be affected or disturbed by reason of any default under any such mortgage, deed of trust, or ground lease, and if such mortgage or deed of trust shall be foreclosed or if such mortgagee or trustee shall exercise any of its remedies under such mortgage or deed of trust, this Lease and all of Tenant’s rights and obligations under this Lease shall survive such foreclosure and continue in full force and effect.  This provision shall be self-operative without the execution of any further instruments.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, Tenant hereby agrees to execute any reasonable instrument(s) which Landlord, its mortgagee or prospective mortgagee may deem desirable to evidence the subordination of this Lease to any and all such mortgages or ground leases, including but not limited to a Subordination, Non-Disturbance and Attornment Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit “D” , which shall be executed by Landlord, Tenant and Landlord’s mortgagee within sixty (60) days after the Effective Date.

20.        ATTORNMENT .  If the interests of Landlord under this Lease shall be transferred voluntarily or by reason of the termination of any ground or underlying leases or by reason of foreclosure or other proceedings for enforcement of any mortgage on the Leased Premises, Tenant shall, at the election of such transferee, be bound to such transferee (herein sometimes called the “ Successor Landlord ”) for the balance of the term hereof remaining, and any extensions or renewals thereof which may be effected in accordance with the terms and provisions hereof, with the same force and effect as if the Successor Landlord were Landlord under this Lease, and Tenant does hereby agree to attorn to the Successor Landlord, including the mortgagee under any such mortgage or the lessor under any such ground lease if it be the Successor Landlord, as its landlord under this Lease upon the then existing terms of this Lease.  The foregoing attornment shall be effective and self-operative without the execution of any further instruments, upon the Successor Landlord succeeding to the interest of Landlord under this Lease.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, Tenant hereby agrees to execute any reasonable instrument(s) which Successor Landlord or its prospective mortgagee may deem desirable to evidence said attornment by Tenant.  In the event of such transfer of Landlord's interests, Landlord shall be released and relieved from all liability and responsibility thereafter accruing to Tenant under this Lease or otherwise and Landlord's successor by acceptance of Rent from Tenant hereunder shall become liable and responsible to Tenant in respect to all obligations of “Landlord” arising during the period of such

17


 

 

successor Landlord's ownership of Landlord's interest hereunder, and not for any obligations of Landlord or any prior successor Landlord or any claim by or cause of action of Tenant arising or accruing prior to such successor Landlord's becoming the owner of Landlord's interest under this Lease.

21.        ASSIGNMENT OR SUBLETTING .  Without the written consent of Landlord first obtained in each case, Tenant shall not assign, transfer, mortgage, pledge, or otherwise encumber or dispose of this Lease or sublet the Leased Premises or any part thereof or permit the Leased Premises to be occupied by other persons, except that Tenant may, without Landlord’s consent, assign or transfer this Lease or sublease the Leased Premises or any part thereof to any affiliate or subsidiary of Tenant.  Landlord's exercise of its consent shall be in its reasonable discretion.  In furtherance thereof, in the case of a subletting, Landlord's consent may be predicated, among other things, upon Landlord becoming entitled to collect and retain all Rent and any other economic consideration payable under the sublease, and in the case of an assignment, Landlord's consent may be predicated, among other things, upon Landlord's right to require additional guaranties of payment and performance of the obligations of “Tenant” under this Lease, and further upon Landlord's becoming entitled to collect and retain one-half of any economic consideration for said assignment paid or payable by the prospective assignee to Tenant.  Tenant shall pay all reasonable attorneys' fees and costs incurred by Landlord pursuant to this Section in connection with Landlord's review of any proposed assignment or sublease up to Two Thousand Five Hundred and No/100 Dollars ($2,500.00).  If this Lease is assigned, or if the Leased Premises or any part thereof is subleased or occupied by anybody other than Tenant, Landlord may, after default by Tenant, collect or accept Rent from the assignee, subtenant, or occupant and apply the net amount collected or accepted to the Rent herein reserved, but no such collection or acceptance shall be deemed a waiver of this covenant or the acceptance of the assignee, subtenant, or occupant as Tenant, nor shall it be construed as, or implied to be, a release of Tenant or any guarantor of the Lease from the further observance and performance by Tenant of the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions herein contained.

The consent by Landlord to any assignment or subletting hereunder shall not be construed as releasing Tenant from any liability hereunder or as constituting the consent by Landlord to any subsequent assignment or subletting, which subsequent assignment or subletting shall require the prior written approval of Landlord as provided herein in each instance.  In the event an assignment is permitted by Landlord, contemporaneously with the granting of Landlord’s consent, Tenant shall cause the assignee to expressly assume in writing and agree to perform all of the covenants, duties and obligations of Tenant hereunder and upon such assumption such assignee shall be jointly and severally liable with Tenant for performance of the covenants, duties, and obligations of Tenant hereunder (but any assignee who does not expressly assume such obligations in writing shall nevertheless be deemed to have assumed such obligations by acceptance of any such assignment).  Any assignment, subletting, hypothecation, pledging or other disposition of Tenant's interest hereunder, in violation of the terms hereof shall be deemed null and void, and shall constitute an act of default hereunder.

Upon notice to Landlord of a proposed sublease, assignment or other transfer of all or any portion of the Leased Premises for the balance of the Lease Term (the " Proposed Space "), Landlord shall have the option, within thirty (30) days after its receipt of such notice, to terminate this Lease with respect to the Proposed Space by written notice to Tenant (the “ Termination

18


 

 

Notice ”), whereupon the parties hereto shall have no further rights or liabilities with respect to the Proposed Space except for those accruing prior to the effective date of such termination and as otherwise expressly set forth herein; provided, however, within ten (10) days after receipt of the Termination Notice, Tenant shall have the right, by written notice to Landlord, to withdraw the notice of a proposed sublease, assignment, or other transfer, in which case this Lease shall continue in full force and effect.

 

22.        SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS .  All terms, provisions, covenants and conditions to be observed and performed by Tenant shall be applicable to and binding upon Tenant's respective heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns, subject, however, to the restrictions as to assignment or subletting by Tenant as provided herein.  All expressed covenants of this Lease shall be deemed to be covenants running with the land.

23.        HOLD HARMLESS .  Tenant shall, at all times, indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from all losses, damages, liabilities and expenses, which may arise or be claimed against Landlord and be in favor of Tenant or any other person for any injuries or damages to the person or property of Tenant, or such other person, consequent upon or arising from the use or occupancy of the Leased Premises by Tenant, or consequent upon or arising from any acts, omissions, neglect or fault of Tenant, its agents, servants, employees, licensees, visitors, customers, patrons or invitees, or consequent upon or arising from a breach of this Lease by Tenant (including without limitation any present or future federal, state or local laws, rules, regulations or ordinances pertaining to hazardous substances, environmental concerns, and occupational safety and health requirements) or Tenant's failure to comply with any laws, statutes, ordinances, codes or regulations as required herein (including without limitation any present or future federal, state or local laws, rules, regulations or ordinances pertaining to hazardous substances, environmental concerns, and occupational safety and health requirements) unless such losses, damages, liabilities and expenses arise as a result of the negligence of Landlord.  Landlord shall, at all times, indemnify and hold harmless Tenant from all losses, damages, liabilities and expenses, which may arise or be claimed against Tenant and be in favor of Landlord or any other person for any injuries or damages to the person or property of Landlord, or such other person, consequent upon or arising from any acts, omissions, neglect or fault of Landlord, its agents, servants, employees, licensees, visitors, customers, patrons or invitees, or consequent upon or arising from a breach of this Lease by Landlord or Landlord’s failure to comply with any laws, statutes, ordinances, codes or regulations as required herein (including without limitation any present or future federal, state or local laws, rules, regulations or ordinances pertaining to hazardous substances, environmental concerns, and occupational safety and health requirements) unless such losses, damages, liabilities and expenses arise as a result of the negligence of Tenant.

24.                    INSURANCE COVERAGE .

a)         Tenant, at its sole expense, shall obtain and keep in force during the Lease Term (as well as prior and subsequent thereto if Tenant should then use or occupy any portion of the Leased Premises), with an insurance company licensed to do business in the Commonwealth of Virginia and rated A-VII or better by Best’s Insurance Reports, the following insurance coverage: (i) comprehensive general liability insurance, including coverage for bodily injury and death, property damage and personal injury and contractual liability as referred to below, in an amount not less than the amount set forth in Item 10 of the BLI Rider, combined single limit per

19


 

 

occurrence for injury (or death) and damage to property, (ii) insurance on an “all risk” basis, including sprinkler leakage, vandalism, malicious mischief, fire, flood and extended coverage, covering all improvements to the Leased Premises, fixtures, furnishings, removable floor coverings, equipment, signs and all other decorations or stock in trade, inventory and personal property of Tenant, in amounts not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the replacement value thereof, and (iii) workers’ compensation and employer's liability insurance, if required by statute, with not less than the maximum statutory limits of coverage.  Such policies will (1) include Landlord and Landlord’s mortgagee as additional insureds, (2) be considered primary insurance and non-contributory, (3) include within the terms of the policy or by contractual liability endorsement coverage insuring Tenant's indemnity obligations under Section 23, and (4) provide that it may not be cancelled or changed without at least thirty (30) days prior written notice from the company providing such insurance to each party insured thereunder.

b)         The insurance coverage to be provided by Tenant will be for a period of not less than one (1) year.  On or before the Commencement Date, Tenant will deliver to Landlord original certificates of all such insurance, together with proof of payment of the premium therefor; thereafter, at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of any policy, Tenant will deliver to Landlord such original certificates as will evidence a paid-up renewal or new policy to take the place of the one expiring.

c)         Landlord shall maintain during the Term the following insurance: (i) property damage insurance on an “all risk” basis covering the Leased Premises, the Building, and the Common Areas in an amount equal to at least full replacement cost thereof, and (ii) comprehensive general liability insurance, including coverage for bodily injury and death, property damage and personal injury and contractual liability as referred to below, in an amount not less than the amount set forth in Item 10 of the BLI Rider, combined single limit per occurrence for injury (or death) and damage to property.  Such policies will (1) include Tenant as additional insured, (2) be considered primary insurance, (3) include within the terms of the policy or by contractual liability endorsement coverage insuring Landlord’s indemnity obligations under Section 23, and (4) provide that it may not be cancelled or changed without at least thirty (30) days prior written notice from the company providing such insurance to each party insured thereunder.  The insurance coverage to be provided by Landlord will be for a period of not less than one (1) year.  Landlord shall make available to Tenant evidence of the above insurance upon request.

d)         If Landlord's insurance premiums exceed the standard premium rates because of the nature of Tenant's use of the Leased Premises, then Tenant shall, upon receipt of appropriate invoices from Landlord, reimburse Landlord for such increase in premiums.  It is understood and agreed between the parties hereto that any such increase in premiums shall be considered as Rent due and shall be included in any lien for Rent.  Tenant shall comply with any and all requirements of Landlord's insurer(s).

e)         To the extent that such insurance is in force and collectible and to the extent permitted by law, Landlord and Tenant hereby mutually waive and release all rights of subrogation under its insurance policies discussed above and each of Landlord and Tenant will cause each such insurance policy to be properly endorsed to evidence such waiver and release of subrogation.

20


 

 

25.        DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION .  In the event of damage or destruction of all or any portion of the Leased Premises such that the cost to restore the Leased Premises to a condition substantially similar to the condition of the Leased Premises on the Commencement Date exceeds fifty percent (50%) of Landlord’s estimated cost to completely restore the Leased Premises to said condition or if the estimated time period to restore by a licensed architect or engineer is more than one (1) year, Tenant or Landlord shall have the option to terminate this Lease by giving written notice thereof to the other within sixty (60) days after the date of the casualty, whereupon Rent shall be apportioned as of the date of such destruction, any prepaid rents or deposits shall be returned, and the parties shall be released of all further duties and obligations hereunder, except those provisions which specifically survive the termination or expiration of this Lease.  If this Lease is not so terminated, Landlord shall, at its sole expense, rebuild, repair or restore the Leased Premises to a condition substantially similar to the condition of the Leased Premises on the Commencement Date as soon as reasonably practicable, and the Rent shall be abated during such rebuilding, repair and restoration.

26.        EMINENT DOMAIN .  In the event of condemnation or other similar taking or transfer due to governmental order, of all or any portion of the Leased Premises which renders the Leased Premises reasonably and economically unsuitable for Tenant’s business, as reasonably and mutually determined by Landlord and Tenant, at Tenant’s option, this Lease shall (a) terminate, in which case Rent shall be apportioned as of such date, any prepaid rents or deposits shall be returned, and Landlord and Tenant shall be released of all further duties and obligations hereunder, except those provisions which specifically survive the termination or expiration of this Lease; or (b) continue in full force and effect except that the Rent shall be reduced by a percentage which is equivalent to the percentage of the Leased Premises so taken.  All sums awarded (or agreed upon between Landlord and the condemning authority) for the taking of the interest of Landlord and/or Tenant, whether as damages or as compensation and whether for partial or total condemnation shall be the property of Landlord, except that Tenant shall be entitled to file its own claim in such condemnation proceeding based upon Tenant’s loss by virtue of such condemnation, provided that any such action maintained by Tenant shall not interfere with any claim filed by Landlord or diminish any award made to Landlord.

27.        DEFAULT .  Each of the following shall constitute an “event of default” under this Lease:

a)         If Tenant fails to make any payment of Rent when due hereunder and such default continues for ten (10) days after notice thereof in writing from Landlord to Tenant; or

b)         If Tenant fails to keep in force the insurance policies required by Tenant pursuant to Section 24 in the manner and on such terms as provided for therein and such failure continues for ten (10) days after notice thereof in writing from Landlord to Tenant; or

c)         If Tenant violates the provisions of Section 21 by attempting to make an unpermitted assignment or sublease and Tenant does not void such unpermitted assignment or sublease within ten (10) days after notice thereof in writing from Landlord to Tenant; or

d)         If Tenant or any guarantor of this Lease shall become insolvent or unable to pay its debts as such become due or file any debtor proceedings or if Tenant or any guarantor shall

21


 

 

take or have taken against either party in any court pursuant to any statute either of the United States or of any state, a petition in bankruptcy or insolvency or for reorganization or for the appointment of a receiver for Tenant's property or for a guarantor's property, or if Tenant or any such guarantor makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or petitions or enters into an arrangement for the benefit of creditors;

e)         If Tenant shall, for a period of five (5) consecutive days, abandon or vacate the Leased Premises, or remove the major portion of the goods, wares, equipment or furnishings usually kept on said Leased Premises, or cease doing business in the Leased Premises (except in the case of a permitted assignment or subletting); or

f)          If Tenant fails to take possession of the Leased Premises on the Commencement Date; or

g)         If Tenant permits anything to be done which creates a lien upon the Leased Premises and fails to discharge such lien as required by Section 17; or

h)         If Tenant fails to perform any other term, provision, covenant or condition of this Lease on Tenant's part to be performed, and Tenant fails to cure such default within fifteen (15) days after written notice thereof (or if such default cannot be reasonably cured within fifteen (15) days, then within a reasonable period after such notice, provided that Tenant has commenced such cure within fifteen (15) days and diligently pursues same to completion).

28.        REMEDIES .  If an event of default has occurred under this Lease, Landlord may, at its option, in addition to such other remedies as may be available at law and in equity (which remedies shall be cumulative and not mutually exclusive), (i) if Tenant has not commenced to cure and shall be diligently pursuing cure of such default within fifteen (15) days after receipt of written notice of Landlord’s intent to terminate (for the avoidance of doubt, such written notice shall be in addition to any notice required pursuant to Section 27 above), terminate this Lease and Tenant's right of possession; or (ii) terminate Tenant's right to possession but not the Lease and/or proceed in accordance with one or more of the following provisions:

a)         If the default by Tenant is Tenant’s failure to pay Rent, Landlord may reenter the Leased Premises, and, in accordance with applicable law, remove Tenant and all other persons and property from the Leased Premises as if this Lease had not been made, and Tenant hereby waives the service of notice of intention to reenter or to institute legal proceedings to that end.  Any and all property which may be removed from the Leased Premises by Landlord pursuant to the authority of this Lease or of law, to which Tenant is or may be entitled, may be handled, removed or stored by Landlord at the risk, cost and expense of Tenant, all without service of notice or resort to legal process, and without being deemed guilty of trespass, eviction or forcible entry or detainer, in accordance with applicable law, and without relinquishing Landlord's rights to Rent or any other right given to Landlord hereunder or by operation of law; or

b)          Landlord may accelerate the whole or any part of the Rent for the balance of the Term (excluding any Renewal Term that has not been exercised by Tenant), and declare the same, discounted to present value, plus Landlord’s reasonable estimated costs and expenses of reletting the Leased Premises, including brokerage fees, reasonable attorneys’ fees, and the costs

22


 

 

of alterations and repairs (collectively, the “Estimated Reletting Costs”), and reduced by the present value of the market rate of rent for the Leased Premises for the balance of the Term, less the reasonable time to relet the Leased Premises, discounted to present value (the “Estimated Future Rent”), to be immediately due and payable.  Landlord shall be required to provide Tenant with reasonable documentation to support the Estimated Reletting Costs, and Tenant shall be required to provide Landlord with reasonable documentation to support the Estimated Future Rent ; or

c)         Landlord may relet the Leased Premises or any part thereof, with or without any furniture, trade fixtures or equipment that may be therein, as the agent of Tenant to any person for such Rent for such time and upon such terms as Landlord in Landlord's sole discretion shall determine.  Landlord may make repairs, alterations and additions in or to the Leased Premises and redecorate the same to the extent deemed by Landlord necessary or desirable, and Tenant shall, upon demand, pay the commercially reasonable cost thereof, together with any other expenses, such as (by way of illustration and not limitation) attorneys', brokerage and advertising fees and costs; or

 

d)         Tenant or its legal representatives will also pay on demand to Landlord as liquidated damages any deficiency between the Rent hereby reserved and/or agreed to be paid in the Lease and the net amount, if any, of the Rent and other sums collected on account of the Lease or leases of the Leased Premises for each month of the period which would otherwise have constituted the balance of the Lease Term.

In the event Landlord exercises any remedy against Tenant arising from an event of default under this Lease, Landlord shall attempt to mitigate damages by using commercially reasonable efforts to seek to relet the Leased Premises.

29.        WAIVER OF LANDLORD’S LIEN .  Landlord hereby waives any contractual, statutory or other Landlord’s lien on Tenant’s furniture, fixtures, goods and chattels of Tenant which shall or may be brought or put on or into said Leased Premises.

30.        WAIVER OF DEFAULT .  Failure of Landlord to declare any default immediately upon occurrence thereof, or delay in taking any action in connection therewith, shall not waive such default, but Landlord shall have the right to declare any such default at any time and take such action as may be lawful or authorized hereunder, in law and/or in equity.  No waiver by Landlord of a default by Tenant shall be implied, and no express waiver by Landlord shall affect any default other than the default specified in such waiver and that only for the time and extension therein stated.  No waiver of any term, provision, condition or covenant of this Lease by Landlord shall be deemed to imply or constitute a further waiver by Landlord of any other term, provision, condition or covenant of this Lease.

Payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than the Rent or other charges herein stipulated may be, at Landlord's sole option, deemed to be on account of the earliest due stipulated Rent or other charges, or deemed to be on account of Rent owing for the current period only, notwithstanding any instructions by or on behalf of Tenant to the contrary, which instructions shall be null and void, and no endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check payment as Rent or other charges shall be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and

23


 

 

Landlord shall accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord's right to recover the balance of such Rent or other charges or pursue any other remedy in this Lease or in law or in equity against Tenant.

 

31.        SELF-HELP .  If Tenant defaults in the making of any payment or in the doing of any act under this Lease required to be made or done by Tenant, then Landlord may, but shall not be required to, make such payment or do such act, and charge the amount of the expense thereof, if made or done by Landlord, with interest thereon at the Default Rate, together with an administrative charge equal to ten percent (10%) of such expense plus Landlord’s reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred by Landlord in recovering such amount from Tenant.  Such payment and interest shall constitute Rent hereunder due and payable within five (5) days after Landlord’s demand therefor.  If Landlord defaults in the doing of any act under this Lease required to be made or done by Landlord, then Tenant may, but shall not be required to, do such act, and recover from Landlord the amount of the expense thereof, if done by Tenant, with interest thereon at the Default Rate, together with an administrative charge equal to ten percent (10%) of such expense plus Tenant’s reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred in recovering such amount from Landlord.

32.        NON-PERFORMANCE BY LANDLORD .

a)         In the event of any claim by Tenant that Landlord has defaulted under this Lease, Tenant shall, prior to taking any action, deliver a notice to Landlord, specifying the nature of such default, and thereafter Landlord shall have fifteen (15) days, or such longer period as may be reasonable, provided that Landlord has commenced such cure within fifteen (15) days and diligently pursues same to completion, to cure any such default for which Landlord is liable.

b)         In the event of a default by Landlord of its obligations under this Lease which default is not cured within the applicable grace period (as same may be extended pursuant to the preceding paragraph), Tenant shall have the right to sue Landlord for damages directly resulting from such default, or if Landlord has not commenced to cure such default within fifteen (15) days after receipt of Tenant’s default notice, upon Landlord’s failure to commence cure and diligently pursue same to completion within a second fifteen (15) day period after receipt of written notice of Tenant’s intent to terminate, terminate this Lease.  Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein to the contrary, Landlord's liability hereunder, in the event of any uncured default by Landlord, shall be limited to Landlord's equity interest in the Building, it being understood that no other assets of Landlord shall be subject to any judgment against Landlord hereunder.

33.        ATTORNEYS' FEES .  In the event of any controversy arising under or relating to the interpretation or implementation of this Lease or any breach thereof, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover from the other party its reasonable attorneys' fees and all expenses and costs incurred pertaining thereto (including costs and fees relating to any appeal and any other costs of collection), and in enforcement of any remedy.

34.        RIGHT OF ENTRY .  Landlord, or any of its agents, shall have the right at reasonable and mutually agreeable times, but with at least twenty-four (24) hours advance written notice to Tenant, to enter the Leased Premises to examine the same or to make such repairs, additions or alterations as may be deemed necessary for the safety, comfort, or preservation thereof, or of the Building, or to show the same to prospective lenders or purchasers.  Landlord

24


 

 

may also exhibit said Leased Premises to prospective tenants at any time within two hundred seventy (270) days before the expiration of the Lease Term.  Said right of entry shall likewise exist for the purpose of removing placards, signs, fixtures, alterations, or additions which do not conform to this Lease.  Tenant shall provide Landlord with information relating to any security system installed by Tenant within the Leased Premises such that Landlord may at all times freely exercise its rights under this Section.

35.        NOTICE .  Any notice given to Landlord as provided for in this Lease shall be in writing and shall be sent to Landlord by certified United States mail, postage paid, return receipt requested, by hand delivery, overnight delivery by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service (e.g., Federal Express) addressed to Landlord at Landlord's address set forth above.  Any notice to be given Tenant under the terms of this Lease, unless otherwise stated herein, shall be in writing and shall be sent by certified United States mail, postage paid, return receipt requested or by facsimile transmission or hand delivered to Tenant at the Leased Premises, with a copy to Troutman Sanders LLP, 1001 Haxall Point, 15 th Floor, Richmond, VA 23219, Attn: Carl H. Bivens.  Either party, from time to time, by such notice, may specify another address to which subsequent notice shall be sent.  If sent by certified mail, the notice shall be deemed effectively made when the receipt is signed or when the attempted initial delivery is refused, and if sent by personal delivery, or facsimile, the notice shall be effective when received.

36.        CONDITION OF LEASED PREMISES ON TERMINATION OF LEASE .  Tenant agrees to surrender to Landlord, at the end of the term of this Lease and/or upon any cancellation of this Lease, said Leased Premises in good, broom-clean  condition, ordinary wear and tear not caused by Tenant's negligence, excepted.  Where furnished by Tenant, all movable property, furniture and furnishings other than those affixed to the Leased Premises shall remain the property of Tenant (except in the case of a default by Tenant).  Tenant shall remove all such property prior to the date Tenant vacates the Leased Premises, and will promptly restore all damage caused in connection with any removal of such personal property.  In the event Tenant fails to do so, all such property shall be deemed abandoned by Tenant and Landlord shall have the right to deal with the same as Landlord sees fit, including, without limitation, disposing of or storing the same at Tenant’s expense. If Tenant, during the Lease Term, installs or causes to be installed fixtures (other than trade fixtures) or any tenant improvements, Landlord shall have the option of retaining the same or requiring Tenant to remove the same.  Should Landlord elect to cause Tenant to remove such items, the cost of removal of same, upon Landlord's election and notice to Tenant, shall be borne by Tenant.  Landlord has no obligation to compensate Tenant for any items which are required hereunder to remain on or with the Leased Premises.

37.        HOLDING OVER .  Tenant agrees that if Tenant does not surrender said Leased Premises to Landlord at the end of the Term of this Lease then Tenant will pay to Landlord, to the extent permitted by law, one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the amount of the Rent paid by Tenant for the last month of the Lease Term for each month or portion thereof that Tenant holds over.   If Tenant remains in occupancy of any portion of the Leased Premises after the expiration of the Term and does not surrender possession of the Leased Premises within thirty (30) days after Landlord notifies Tenant that Landlord has secured a signed lease agreement for the lease of any portion of the Leased Premises by a new tenant, Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for all direct and consequential damages that Landlord may suffer on account of Tenant's failure to so surrender to Landlord possession of the Leased Premises, and will indemnify and save Landlord harmless

25


 

 

from and against all claims made by any succeeding tenant of the Leased Premises against Landlord on account of such delay of Landlord in delivering possession of the Leased Premises to said succeeding tenant to the extent that such delay is occasioned by such failure of Tenant to so surrender the Leased Premises in accordance herewith.

No receipt of money by Landlord from Tenant after termination of this Lease or the service of any notice of commencement of any suit or final judgment for possession shall reinstate, continue or extend the Term of this Lease or affect any such notice, demand, suit or judgment, or otherwise limit or affect any other remedies available to Landlord hereunder.

38.        SURRENDER .  No act or thing done by Landlord or its agents during the Term of this Lease shall be deemed an acceptance of a surrender of the Leased Premises, and no agreement to accept a surrender of the Leased Premises shall be valid unless it be made in writing by a duly authorized officer or agent of Landlord.

39.        PERSONAL PROPERTY TAX .  Tenant shall be responsible for and shall pay before delinquency all municipal, county or state taxes assessed during the Term of this Lease against any personal property of any kind, owned by or placed in, upon or about the Leased Premises by Tenant.

40.        SIGNS .  Tenant shall have no right to place any signs, posters or plaques on the interior windows or glass doors of the Leased Premises without Landlord's prior written consent.  Tenant shall remove all Landlord signage on the Leased Premises prior to opening for business in the Leased Premises.  Tenant shall have the right to place signage in compliance with Landlord’s Signage Criteria for Office Signage District as set forth on Exhibit “E” .  All signs shall be installed at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and in compliance with all applicable laws, ordinances and regulations, and the County of Henrico, Virginia’s signage requirements.  Tenant is solely responsible for satisfying the County of Henrico signage requirements with respect to its exterior signage.  Tenant’s signage shall be installed by Tenant within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s opening for business in the Leased Premises.  Landlord shall have the right to prohibit any advertising by Tenant which, in Landlord’s opinion, tends to impair the reputation of Libbie Mill – Midtown or the Building or its desirability as a high quality mixed use community.  Landlord shall have the unrestricted right to change the Building's name or street address; provided, however, in connection with any such change, Landlord shall promptly reimburse Tenant for Tenant’s actual costs in re-signing, issuing new letterhead, issuing new business cards, and other such matters, with such reasonable actual costs not to exceed One Hundred Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($100,000.00) for each such change.  Any signs installed by Tenant without Landlord’s consent may be removed by Landlord at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

41.        TRIAL BY JURY .  It is mutually agreed by and between Landlord and Tenant that the respective parties hereto shall and they hereby do waive trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim brought by either of the parties hereto against the other on any matters arising out of or in any way connected with this Lease, the relationship of Landlord and Tenant, and Tenant's use or occupancy of the Leased Premises.

42.        INVALIDITY OF PROVISION .  If any term, provision, covenant or condition of this Lease or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall, to any extent, be invalid

26


 

 

or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease or the application of such term, provision, covenant or condition to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is held invalid or unenforceable shall not be affected thereby and each term, provision, covenant or condition of this Lease shall be valid and be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

43.        GOVERNING LAW .  This Lease shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia.

44.        TIME OF ESSENCE .  It is understood and agreed between the parties hereto that time is of the essence of all the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of this Lease.

45.        MISCELLANEOUS .  The terms “Landlord” and “Tenant” as defined in this Lease shall include their respective heirs, successors, executors, administrators, personal representatives and/or assigns wherever the context so requires or admits (but nothing in this Section shall constitute a consent by Landlord to any assignment or subletting by Tenant).  Whenever the context of this Lease admits or requires, words in the singular shall include the plural, words in the plural shall include the singular and pronouns of any gender shall include all other genders.  Paragraph and section headings contained in this Lease are solely for convenience and shall not affect its construction.  All references in this Lease to paragraphs, sections or exhibits refer to the respective parts of this Lease unless such reference expressly identifies another document.  All references in this Lease to the term “person” shall be deemed to include individuals, children, firms, associations, joint ventures, partnerships, estates, trusts, business trusts, syndicates, fiduciaries, corporations, and all other groups or combinations. This Lease shall be construed without regard to any presumption or rule requiring construction against the party who drafted the Lease.

46.        EFFECTIVE DATE .  Submission of this instrument for examination does not constitute an offer, right of first refusal, reservation of or option for the Leased Premises or any other space or premises in, on or about the Building.  This instrument becomes effective as a Lease upon execution and delivery by both Landlord and Tenant (the “ Effective Date ”).

47.        COUNTERPARTS .  This Lease may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute but one instrument.

48.        NO RECORDING .  Neither this Lease, any short form of this Lease nor any instrument which makes any reference to this Lease may be recorded by Tenant or Landlord in the Clerk’s Office for the Circuit Court for the County of Henrico, Virginia.  Any such recording shall constitute a default hereunder.

49.        INTENTIONALLY DELETED .

50.        AUTHORITY .  If Tenant signs as a corporation, execution hereof shall constitute a representation and warranty by Tenant that Tenant is a duly organized and existing corporation, that Tenant has been and is qualified to do business in the Commonwealth of Virginia and in good standing with the Commonwealth of Virginia, that the corporation has full right and authority to enter into this Lease, and that all persons signing on behalf of the corporation were authorized to do so by appropriate corporate action.  If Tenant signs as a partnership, trust, or other legal entity, execution hereof shall constitute a representation and warranty by Tenant that Tenant has complied

27


 

 

with all applicable laws, rules and governmental regulations relative to Tenant's right to do business in the Commonwealth of Virginia, that such entity has the full right and authority to enter into this Lease and that all persons signing on behalf of Tenant were authorized to do so by any and all necessary or appropriate partnership, trust, or other actions.  Execution hereof on behalf of Landlord shall constitute a representation and warranty by Landlord that Landlord has complied with all applicable laws, rules and governmental regulations relative to Landlord's right to do business in the Commonwealth of Virginia, that such entity has the full right and authority to enter into this Lease and that all persons signing on behalf of Landlord were authorized to do so by any and all necessary or appropriate limited liability company actions.

51.        BROKERAGE .  Landlord and Tenant each represent and warrant one to the other that except as set forth in Item 11 of the BLI Rider, neither of them has employed any broker in connection with the negotiations of the terms of this Lease or the execution thereof.  Landlord and Tenant hereby agree to indemnify and to hold each other harmless against any loss, expense, or liability with respect to any claims for commissions or brokerage fees arising from or out of any breach of the foregoing representation and warranty. Landlord agrees to pay the commissions due to the Tenant’s Broker (as defined in Item 11 of the BLI Rider) pursuant to a separate written agreement between Landlord and Tenant’s Broker.

52.        ENTIRE AGREEMENT .  This Lease contains the entire agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes all previous negotiations leading thereto, and it may be modified only by an agreement in writing executed and delivered by Landlord and Tenant.  Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Tenant has not relied upon any statement, representation, prior written or prior or contemporaneous oral promises, agreements or warranties except such as are expressed herein.  Any formally executed addendum to or modification of this Lease shall be expressly deemed incorporated by reference herein unless a contrary intention is clearly stated therein.

 

As of the date hereof, this Lease consists of thirty three (33) pages, plus the BLI Rider, the Option to Renew Rider, Exhibit “A” (PUP and PROFFERS), Exhibit “B” (“Prohibited Uses”), Exhibit “C” (Rules and Regulations), Exhibit “D” (Subordination, Non-Disturbance and Attornment Agreement), Exhibit “E” (“Landlord’s Signage Criteria”), Exhibit “F” (BOMA Calculations), Exhibit “G” (Notice of Delivery and Acceptance”), Exhibit “H” (Landlord’s Wiring Instructions), Exhibit “I” (Guaranty), Exhibit “J” (Janitorial Specifications), and Exhibit “K” (Landlord’s Work).  In addition, one or more Riders are attached.  In the event one or more Riders are attached hereto, the provisions thereof shall govern over any inconsistent provision in the body of this Lease.

53.        DEED OF LEASE .  This Lease is hereby deemed to be a deed of lease executed under seal.

 

54.        ENVIRONMENTAL HAZARDS . Landlord is not aware of any past or present release of any hazardous substances, hazardous materials, toxic substances or other similar or regulated substances, residues or wastes, pollutants, petroleum products and by-products (“Hazardous Materials”) at, on, under, or surrounding the Leased Premises and has not received any warning notices, notices of violation, administrative complaints, judicial complaints, or other formal or informal notices from any environmental or governmental agency alleging that the

28


 

 

presence of Hazardous Materials at, on, under, or surrounding the Leased Premises is in violation of, or gives rise to liability under, any applicable federal, state or local laws, statutes, ordinances, regulations or rulings relating to preservation or protection of human health and the environment and/or relating to the handling, treatment or disposal of Hazardous Materials waste, including, without limitation, related to the release or threatened release of Hazardous Materials (“Environmental Laws”).  Tenant represents, warrants, covenants and agrees that it shall not transport, dispose of, or store in, on or around the Leased Premises any Hazardous Materials. Tenant shall document its hazardous waste disposal, if any, and keep the same on file for five (5) years and to document the same by one of the following types of documentation: a hazardous waste manifest; a bill of lading from a bonded hazardous substance transporter showing shipment to a licensed hazardous waste facility; or a confirmation of receipt of materials from a recycler, a waste exchange operation, or other permitted hazardous waste management facility.  Tenant agrees not to generate hazardous effluents.  In the event of a breach of the provisions of this Section 54 by either party, the other party shall, in addition to all of its rights and remedies under this Lease and pursuant to law, require such party to remove any or all of such hazardous materials from the Leased Premises in the manner prescribed for such removal by all requirements of law.  Tenant agrees to allow reasonable access to facilities for monitoring of the above by Landlord, Henrico County, the Virginia Department of Environmental Quality or any other local, state or federal governmental authority to assure compliance with the above as well as any other conditions relating to the use of the subject property.

Landlord agrees to indemnify and hold Tenant harmless from and against any and all liabilities, claims, damages, and expenses whatsoever arising from or incident to (a) the material inaccuracy of Landlord’s disclosure or breach of Landlord’s representation related to Hazardous Materials, and (b) the presence of Hazardous Materials in and around the Leased Premises which have not been introduced by Tenant.  Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all liabilities, claims, damages, and expenses whatsoever arising from or incident to (x) the breach of Tenant’s covenants in this Lease related to Hazardous Materials, and (y) impairment of the environmental condition of the Leased Premises caused by Tenant’s operation on the Leased Premises.

The provisions of this Section 54 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease.

55.        EXCULPATION .  Notwithstanding any provision in this Lease to the contrary, Tenant agrees to look solely to Landlord’s then interest in the Building for recovery of any judgment from Landlord, it being understood and agreed by Tenant that Landlord (or its representatives, agents, partners, shareholders, directors, employees, fiduciaries and officers) shall never be personally liable for any such judgment or for the payment of any monetary obligation due Tenant under this Lease or otherwise.  If this Lease is executed on behalf of Landlord by any other party acting as agent for Landlord, then said other party shall be deemed to be acting as agent only and shall not in any event be held liable to Tenant for the fulfillment or nonfulfillment of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Lease or for any action or proceeding that may be taken by Landlord against Tenant or by Tenant against Landlord, including but not limited to, any such action arising out of the performance or nonperformance by Landlord’s agent of any act pursuant to Landlord’s direction.  Any waiver of Landlord’s liability hereunder, including, but not limited to any waiver of subrogation rights, shall apply with equal force and effect to such agent,

29


 

 

except when such liability arises out of the grossly negligent acts or omissions or willful misconduct of such agents.

56.        FORCE MAJEURE .  Whenever and to the extent that Landlord or Tenant shall be unable to fulfill, or shall be delayed or restricted in the fulfillment of any obligation, or the curing of a default, under any provision of this Lease, other than the payment of Rent, by reason of strike, lock-out, war or acts of military authority, rebellion or civil commotion, fire or explosion, flood, wind, water, earthquake, acts of God or other casualty or by reason of being unable to obtain any materials, goods, equipment, services, utilities or labor required to enable such party to fulfill such obligation or to cure such default or by reason of any statute or law or any regulation or order passed or made pursuant thereto or by reason of any order or direction of any administrator, controller, board or any governmental department or officer or other authority, or by reason of such party’s inability to obtain any permission or authority required thereby, or by reason of any other cause beyond such party’s control or not wholly or mainly within such party’s control, that delays the performance of any obligation under this Lease, despite such party’s commercially reasonable efforts to fulfill the obligation (“ Force Majeure ”), whether of the foregoing character or not, such party shall, so long as any such impediment exists, be relieved from the fulfillment of such obligation and the other party shall not be entitled to compensation for any damage, inconvenience, nuisance or discomfort thereby occasioned; provided however, that, if either party is to claim the occurrence of any event of Force Majeure, such party must give written notice to the other party of the occurrence of the event of Force Majeure within ten (10) days after such party has actual knowledge of occurrence of any such event of Force Majeure. If either party fails to deliver timely written notice of any such event of Force Majeure, such party shall not be entitled to any such relief from the fulfillment of such obligation. For the purposes of this section, “commercially reasonable efforts” means anticipating any potential Force Majeure event and addressing the effects of any such event (a) as it is occurring and (b) after it has occurred, to prevent or minimize any resulting delay to the greatest extent possible.

57.        SPECIAL BANKRUPTCY PROVISIONS .

a)         If Tenant assumes this Lease and proposes to assign the same pursuant to the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. 101 et seq. (the “ Bankruptcy Code ”), to any person or entity who shall have made a bona fide offer to accept an assignment of this Lease on terms acceptable to Tenant, then notice of such proposed assignment, setting forth (i) the name and address of such person, (ii) all of the terms and conditions of such offer, and (iii) the adequate assurance to be provided Landlord to assure such person's future performance under the Lease, including, without limitation, the assurance referred to in Section 365(b)(3) of the Bankruptcy Code, shall be given to Landlord by Tenant no later than twenty (20) days after receipt by Tenant, but in any event no later than ten (10) days prior to the date that Tenant shall make application to a court of competent jurisdiction for authority and approval to enter into such assignment and assumption, and Landlord shall thereupon have the prior right and option, to be exercised by notice to Tenant given at any time prior to the effective date of such proposed assignment, to accept an assignment of this Lease upon the same terms and conditions and for the same consideration, if any, as the bona fide offer made by such person, less any brokerage commissions which may be payable out of the consideration to be paid by such person the assignment of this Lease.

30


 

 

b)         Any person or entity to which this Lease is assigned pursuant to the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. 101 et seq., shall be deemed without further act or deed to have assumed all of the obligations arising under this Lease on and after the date of such assignment.  Any such assignee shall upon demand execute and deliver to Landlord an instrument confirming such assumption.

c)         Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, all amounts payable by Tenant to or on behalf of Landlord under this Lease, whether or not expressly denominated as rent, shall constitute rent for the purposes of Section 502(b)(7) of the Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. 502(b)(7).

58.        MOLD, MILDEW AND FUNGUS .  Tenant acknowledges that it is necessary for Tenant to provide appropriate climate control at the Leased Premises, keep the Leased Premises clean, and take other measures to retard and prevent mold and mildew from accumulating in the Leased Premises.  Tenant agrees to notify Landlord of any visible moisture accumulation on windows, walls and other surfaces as soon as reasonably possible, so that Landlord may arrange for its removal.  Tenant agrees not to block or cover any of the heating, ventilation or air-conditioning ducts in the Leased Premises.  Tenant shall run the air conditioning system in the Leased Premises to maintain the temperature in the Leased Premises at 78° F or less, to minimize humidity in the Leased Premises.  When Tenant receives knowledge of any of the following, Tenant agrees to promptly report to the Landlord: (i) any evidence of a water leak or excessive moisture in the Leased Premises, as well as in any storage room, garage or other common area; (ii) any evidence of mold or mildew-like growth that cannot be removed by simply applying a common household cleaner and wiping the area; and (iii) any inoperable doors or windows.  Landlord agrees to promptly repair any failure or malfunction in the heating, ventilation and air conditioning systems in the Leased Premises after notice thereof from Tenant.  Tenant shall be responsible for any damage to the Leased Premises and Tenant’s property as well as injury to the Tenant, its agents, employees, invitees, guests, licensees and customers resulting from Tenant’s failure to comply with the terms of this Section 58.

59.        USA PATRIOT ACT CERTIFICATION . Pursuant to Executive Order 13224, signed by President George W. Bush on September 24, 2001, each party hereby certifies that:

It is not acting, directly or indirectly, for or on behalf of any person, group, entity, or nation named by any Executive Order or the United States Treasury Department as a terrorist, "Specially Designated National and Blocked Person," or other banned or blocked person, entity, nation, or transaction pursuant to any law, order, rule, or regulation that is enforced or administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control; and it is not engaged in this transaction, directly or indirectly on behalf of, or instigating or facilitating this transaction directly or indirectly on behalf of, any such person, group, entity, or nation.

 

60.        CONFIDENTIALITY .  Landlord and Tenant agree that the terms and provisions of this Lease and any other information exchanged between the parties which is not generally known to the public shall be confidential, provided that nothing herein shall restrict or limit the parties’ from communicating with third parties such as lenders, attorneys, and shareholders to whom disclosure is necessary or required by law.  Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that it shall not be a breach of this confidentiality provision to announce the existence of this Lease

31


 

 

without disclosing the terms and provisions hereof.  Upon full execution of this Lease, Landlord and Tenant shall be permitted to issue public announcements regarding this Lease subject to reasonable approval from the other party of the contents of same.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

32


 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have signed, sealed and delivered this Lease on the day and year first above written.

 

 

LANDLORD:

 

 

 

LM RETAIL, LLC,

 

a Virginia limited liability company

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Wayne Chasen

 

Name:

Wayne Chasen

 

Title:

Co-Manager

 

 

 

TENANT:

 

LUMBER LIQUIDATORS SERVICES, LLC,

 

a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Martin D. Agard

 

Name:

Martin D. Agard

 

Title:

Chief Fianncial Officer

 

 

 

33


 

 

EXHIBIT “A”

PROVISIONAL USE PERMIT AND PROFFERS

(see attached)

 

 

 

A-1


 

 

 

 

 

NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_EXHIBIT10_PAGE_01.GIF

 

 

COMMONWEALTH OF VIRGINIA County of HENRico John A. Vithoulkas County Manager AUG 20 2013 August 18, 2015 Midtown Land Partners, LLC c/o Wayne Chasen Gumenick Properties 4901libbie Mill East Boulevard Suite 200 Richmond, VA 29230 Re: Provisional Use Permit PUP2015-00006 Dear Sirs: The Board of Supervisors at its meeting on August 11, 2015, approved your request for a Provisional Use Permit under Sections 24-32.1(aa), 24-34{p), and 24-122.1 of Chapter 24 of the County Code to amend conditions of PUP2014-00014 for the mixed­ use development on Parcels 771-740-9118, 772-740-0431,-1137,-1743,-2229,-2836, -4023, 773-739-6286, -8155, 773-740-5043, -8899, -9498, 773-741-2637, -3132, -3726, -4222, -5414, -so11, -6soa, -7505, -s102, n4-739-4371, -5043, -5750, 774-740-oose, -0894, -1592,-2190, -2403, -2888, -3584,-4182, -4708iocated on the east line of Libbie Avenue approximately 310' north of W. Broad Street (U.S. Route 250) to its intersection with N. Crestwood Avenue, then along the east line of Spencer Road to the south line of Bethlehem Road and the west line of Staples Mill Road (U.S. Route 33), subject to the following conditions: 1. Height Limitations. Height limitations shall be as follows, unless otherwise permitted during the Plan of Development for such building; • • • One. building may be up to a maximum of 250 feet in height; Two buildings may be up to a maximum of 175 feet in height; and The remainder of all buildings, other than townhouses or two-over-two stacked condominiums, may be up to a maximum of 100 feet in height unless further restricted by proffered condition 2. Floor Area Limitations. The maximum square footage of any use other than an office building, parking garage, hotel or multi-unit residential use shall not exceed 25,000 square feet in floor area, except that: • A fitness center/health club may be permitted up to 60,000 square feet of floor area: (804) 601-4206 PARHAM & HUNGARY SPRING ROADS I P.O. BOX 90n5/ HENRICO, VIRGJNIA2327:H>n5 FAX (804) 501-4162 A-2

 

 

 


 

NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_EXHIBIT10_PAGE_02.GIF

Midtown Land Partners, LLC August 18,2015 Page 2 •A grocery store and/or gourmet food store shall each be permitted up to 65,000 square feet of floor area; and • A public library may be permitted up to 65,000 square feet of floor area. 3. Vendor Areas. Areas of the Property may be designated on the Master Plan, as may be revised from time to time, or a Plan of Development, for the preparation of food or beverages or the sale or display of merchandise conducted in an open area or structure by one or more individual vendors operating from stalls, stands, carts, vehicles or other spaces which are rented or otherwise made available to such vendors. Such activities may include a market, sale of merchandise as part of a permitted festival or other similar special event, or the outdoor display or sale by a single food or beverage vendor, operated as an incidental part of retail activity regularly conducted from within a permanent building on the premises. Clearance areas next to outdoor vending areas shall not be reduced to less than four (4) feet, except to accommodate a permitted festival or other similar special event. Convenience trash receptacles shall be provided for each block that contains an outdoor vending area. 4. Drive-Through Service. Drive-through service windows for specialty coffee, specialty beverage or pastry, banks, drug stores, and dry cleaner uses shall be the only drive through services permitted on-site. 5. Outdoor Dining. Outdoor dining areas shall be designated on an approved Plan of Development and shall not reduce the adjacent sidewalk width to less than five (5) feet, unless otherwise approved by the Director of Planning. 6. Emergency Communication Systems. This condition shall apply to every new building and any subterranean parking or storage area except the following: • • • Above grade single-story buildings of less than 20,000 square feet; Elevators; and Stairwells. All new buildings shall have approved radio coverage for emergency responders within the building based upon the County's existing public safety communication systems coverage levels at the exterior of the building. This shall not require improvement of the existing public safety communication systems. Buildings and structures that cannot be constructed to provide the minimum coverage specifications shall be equipped with an amplification system or an active device that complies with the following criteria or any other system approved in writing by the Henrico County Communications Systems Manager. The owner of any building or structure to which this condition applies shall be responsible for all costs including design, purchase, installation, periodic testing and maintenance associated with the in-building solution. A-3

 

 

 


 

NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_EXHIBIT10_PAGE_03.GIF

Midtown Land Partners, LLC August 18,2015 Page3 Buildings and structures which cannot support the required level of radio coverage shall be equipped with a radiating cable system, a distributed antenna system with Federal Communications Commission (FCC)-certified signal boosters. or other system approved by the County of Henrico Communications Systems Manager, in order to achieve the required adequate radio coverage. Amplification systems capable of operating on frequencies licensed to any public safety agency by the FCC shall not be installed without prior coordination and approval of the Henrico County Communications Systems Manager. The in­ building solution shall be capable of modification or expansion in the event frequency changes are required by the FCC or additional frequencies are made available by the FCC. The emergency responder radio coverage system installation and components shall also comply with all applicable federal regulations including, but not limited to, FCC 47 CFR Part 90.219. All new in-building solutions installed must be registered with the FCC per the public notice OA 14-15 January 7, 2014. Fire Protection-structured Parking. A 3" standpipe for fire protection shall be provided within all structured parking at approximately 200' intervals. The exact location of these improvements will be determined by the Division of Fire during Plan of Development review. 7. 8. Fire Protection. All structures, including parking structures, other than open, standalone parking garages, shall be fully sprinkled for fire protection. 9. Crime Prevention. Prior to occupancy of any structure containing commercial or office uses, the applicant and the Crime Prevention Unit of the Division of Police shall conduct a security survey of the property. The applicant shall implement mutually agreed upon security recommendations. 10. Proffered Conditions. All proffered conditions accepted with case REZ2015-00018 shall be made a part of this Provisional Use Permit. 11. Separation Between Townhouse Buildings. Any two rows of townhouse buildings shall be separated by a distance of not less than five (5) feet. 12. Parking Plan. The applicant shall provide a minimum of 3,958 park]ng spaces on the property In a manner consistent with that described in the Libbie Mill Shared Parking Study dated August 11, 2014 (see case file), prepared by Walter P. Moore to the extent that the densities reflected therein are reached. Shared parking Information, including updates to the parking study demonstrating the parking rates are meeting the needs of approved development on the property, shall be provided with each Plan of Development and Subdivision or as requested by the Director of Planning. Each Plan of Development and A-4

 

 

 


 

NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_EXHIBIT10_PAGE_04.GIF

Midtown Land Partners, LLC August 18, 2015 Page4 Subdivision submitted for the property shall also include a tabulation of all parking required per the parking study. Each Plan of Development and Subdivision submitted shall identify the location and means of creating additional parking that could accommodate the difference between the reduced parking standard approved by this permit and the standards contained in Section 24- 34(m) of the Henrico County Code. 13.Signage Plan. Signage provided throughout the development shall be consistent with the Libbie Mill Signage Guidelines dated June 2014 (see case file), unless otherwise approved by the Director of Planning. 14.Parking Garages. Parking garages shall be allowed with no associated ground floor retail uses/useable floor space for residential or nonresidential uses along any fa9ade facing a street. Such parking garages shall be predominately finished with masonry material similar to other buildings within the development, unless otherwise approved by the Planning Commission through the Plan of Development process.15.Commercial/OfficeSquareFootage.Commercialandofficesquarefootage shall be allowed to be less than 25 percent of the total building square footage of the UMU district, but in no case less than 10 percent. 16. Multifamily Residential Percentage. The number of for-lease multifamily dwelling units shall be allowed to exceed 30 percent of the total dwelling units of the UMU district, but in no case shall exceed 1,096 units. The Planning Department has been advised of the action of the Board of Supervisors and requested to revise its records. Sincerely, Logo

 

 

 


 

NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_EXHIBIT10_PAGE_05.GIF

COMMONWEALTHOF VIRGINIA COUNTYOF HENRICO John A. Vithoulkas County Manager August 18, 2015 AUG 20 2015 Midtown Land Partners, LLC c/o Wayne Chasen Gumenick Properties 4901 Libbie Mill East Boulevard Suite 200 Richmond, VA 29230 Re: Rezoning Case REZ2015-00018 Dear Sirs: The Board of Supervisors, at its meeting on August 11, 2015, approved your request to amend proffered conditions accepted with Rezoning Case C-SC-07 on Parcels 771-740- 9118, 772-740-0431, -1137, -1743, -2229, -2836, -4023, 773-739-6286, -8155, 773-740-5043, -8899, -9498, 773-741-2637, -3132, -3726, -4222, -5414, -6011, -6808, -7505, -8102, 774-739-4371, -5043, -5750, 774-740-0096, -0894, -1592, -2190, -2403, -2888, -3584, -4182, -4708 located on the east line of Libbie Avenue approximately 31O' north of W. Broad Street (U.S. Route 250) to its Intersection with N. Crestwood Avenue, then along the east line of Spencer Road to the south line of Bethlehem Road and the west line of Staples Mill Road (U.S. Route 33). The Board of Supervisors accepted the following proffered conditions, dated July 9, 2015, which further regulates the above described property in addition to all applicable provisions of Chapter 24, Code of Henrico (Zoning Ordinance:) APPLICABLE TO ALL 1. Pattern Book. The Property shall be developed in general conformance with the illustrations and information set forth In the "Libbie Mill Midtown Pattern Book" (the "Pattern Book") filed herewith (see case file), unless otherwise requested and specifically approved by the Planning Commission at the time of Plan of Development, which illustrations and information are conceptual in nature and may vary in detail. 2.StormWaterManagement Facilities, Any above-ground wet stormwater management facilities located on the Property shall be designed and utilized as a water feature amenity and/or designed and landscaped to make it an integral part of the development and shall be aerated. (804)501-4208 PARHAM & HUNGARY SPAIIIG ROADS / P.O. BOX 907751HENAJCO, VIAGINIA2775 FAX (804)501-4162 with the illustrations and information set forth in the "Libbie Mill Midtown Pattern Book" (the "Pattern Book") filed herewith (see case file), unless otherwise requested and specifically approved by the Planning Commission at the time of Plan of Development, which illustrations and information are conceptual in nature and may vary in detail. 2. Storm Water Management Facilities. Any above-ground wet stormwater management facilities located on the Property shall be designed and utilized as a water feature amenity and/or designed and landscaped to make it an integral part of the development and shall be aerated. (804) 501-4208 PARHAM & HUNGARY SPRING ROADS I P.O.BOX 90775 / HENRJCO, VIAGINIA23273-0775 FAX (804) 501-4182 A-6

 

 

 


 

NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_EXHIBIT10_PAGE_06.GIF

Midtown Land Partners, LLC August 18, 2015 Page2 3. Overall Density. there shall be no more than 2,090 residential units developed on the Property, of which no more than 1,096 may be rental units. In order to meet changing market demands, but subject to the foregoing limits, the Owner reserves the right to adjust upward (other than the number of rental units) and/or downward, the number of each type of unit. The Owner shall maintain a cumulative record of the number and types of units being developed and provide such record to the County with each Plan of Development for residential units. · 4. Road Certification. Prior to the issuance of the first permanent certificate of occupancy in a given phase of development, the Owner shall provide the Planning Department with certification from a licensed engineering firm that the roadways within that phase of development were constructed according to the approved Plan · of Development and in compliance with Henrico County road design standards and specifications, to include proper compaction of the sub-base soils, utility trenches, base stone and asphalt surface, but excluding road widths and turning radii. 5. Pedestrian Access. A pedestrian access system shall be provided connecting the major project areas of the development. 6. Restrictive Covenants/Homeowners' Association. A document shall be recorded in the Clerk's Office of the Circuit Court of Henrico County, Virginia setting forth controls on the development and maintenance of such portions of the Property. In addition, there shall be an Owners' Association(s) that shall be responsible for the enforcement of the restrictive covenants, including, but not limited to, maintenance of the common areas and limitations on the parking and storage of boats, RVs, campers and trailers. 7 Road Improvements. The improvements outlined in the letter of Monte Lewis, P.E. to Tim Foster, Henrico County Public Works, dated January 3, 2007, shall be made by the developer of the Property as may be required by the Director of Public Works. 8. Curb and Gutter. Curb and gutter shall be used on all streets and shall be designed to meet the current County standard for either "roll top" curb and gutter which shall measure not less than three (3) feet from edge of pavement to back of curb, or six (6) inch standard curb and gutter. Burning on Site. There shall be no burning of construction debris, materials or vegetation on the Property, except to provide warmth to workmen using drums not exceeding fifty-five (55) gallons. 9. 10. Satellite Dishes. Satellite dishes larger than that permitted by Federal law without restriction shall be prohibited on the Property. 11. All Retail Uses. All retail uses (excluding health clubs) shall be open to the public only between the hours of 5:00 a.m. and 12:00 midnight Sunday through Wednesday and 5:00a. m. and 1:00 a.m. Thursday, Friday, and Saturday. A-7

 

 

 


 

NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_EXHIBIT10_PAGE_07.GIF

Midtown Land Partners, LLC August 18, 2015 Page 3 12. Severance. The unenforceability, elimination, revision or amendment of any proffer set forth herein, in whole or In part, shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the other proffers or the unaffected part of any such proffer. 13. Parking Garages. No parking garages (other than individual garages serving individual units) shall be adjacent to Bethlehem Road and Spencer Road within the residential neighborhoods areas as shown on the Conceptual / Master Plan (see case file). 14. Building Height. The height of buildings within the "residential and/or commercial" area at the comer of Libbie Avenue and North Crestwood Avenue shall be limited to a maximum of sixty (60) feet. The height of structures within the "residential and/or commercial" area north of Libbie Lake North Street and east of Libbie Lake East Street shall be limited to a maximum of fifty (50) feet. APPLICABLE TO APARTMENT (RENTAU DEVELOPMENT AND MULTIFAMILY CFOR SALE) CONDOMINIUMS 15. Square Footage. Studio units shall be a minimum of four hundred fifty (450) square feet of finished floor area in size, one bedroom units shall be a minimum of five hundred (500) square feet of finished floor area in size, two bedroom units shall be a minimum of eight hundred (BOO) square feet of finished floor area in size, and three bedroom units shall be a minimum of one thousand one hundred (1,100) square feet of finished floor area in size. The number of studio units shall be limited to no more than twenty percent (20%) of all units. Architecture. Buildings shall be in general conformance with the architectural themes displayed in the Pattern Book (see case file), which illustrations and information are conceptual in nature and may vary in detail. 16. 17. Exterior Materials. Buildings shall have exposed exterior front, rear and side walls (above finished grade) primarily of brick, glass, split face block, architectural precast concrete, cementitious or composite-type siding, stone, marble or granite, or a combination of the foregoing or other material(s) of similar quality. No building shall be covered with or have exposed to view any unadorned or unfinished concrete block. Soffit and exterior ceiling materials shall be constructed using non-combustible material. 1B. Sound Suppression. Interior dwelling unit separation walls between units, floor/ceiling assemblies between units, and/or floor/ceiling assemblies between office/commercial and residential units In buildings shall be designed to have a minimum sound transmission coefficient rating of 54 as evidenced by a cross­ sectional detail, reviewed and approved by a certified architect or engineer as to the approved assembly accomplishing the sound coefficient rating, which shall be included in the building permit application. A-8

 

 

 


 

NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_EXHIBIT10_PAGE_08.GIF

Midtown Land Partners, LLC August 18, 2015 Page4 APPLICABLE TO ALL TOWNHOMES (FOR SALE) AND APPLICABLE TO ALL STACKED TOWNHOME-STYLE (FOR SALE) CONDOMINIUMS (''TOWNHOMES") 19. Exterior Materials. Townhomes shall have exposed exterior front, rear and side walls (above finished grade) primarily of brick, glass, split face block, architectural precast concrete, cementitious or composite--type siding, stone, or a combination of the foregoing or other material(s) of similar quality. No building shall be covered with or have exposed to view any unadorned or unfinished concrete block. Soffit and exterior ceiling materials shall be constructed using non-combustible material. 20. Building Height. Townhomes shall not exceed fifty (50) feet in height as measured consistent with the definition of "building height" as set forth in the Henrico County Zoning Ordinance. 21. Sound Suppression. Interior dwelling unit separation walls between units in Townhomes shall be designed to have a minimum sound transmission coefficient rating of 54 as evidenced by a cross-sectional detail, reviewed and approved by a certified architect or engineer as to the approved assembly accomplishing the sound coefficient rating, which shall be included in the building permit application. 22. Fences. Any fences greater than forty-two (42) inches in height shall be constructed of vinyl, finished masonry or constructed with a combination of masonry piers and aluminum, metal or cast iron pickets. No wooden stockade­ type fences or chain link fences shall be permitted. 23. Limitation on Development. Areas labeled "residential neighborhoods" as shown on the Conceptual Master Plan (see case file) shall only be developed for Townhomes. APPLICABLE TO TOWNHOMES (FOR SALE) 24. Townhome Type A. a. Square Footage. Units shall be a minimum of one thousand two hundred (1,200) square feet of finished floor area in size. b. Architecture. Townhome A shall be in general conformance with the architectural themes displayed in the Pattern Book (see case tile), which illustrations and information are conceptual in nature and may vary in detail. 25. Townhome Type B. - Square Footage. Units shall be a minimum of one thousand five hundred (1,500) square feet of finished floor area in size. A-9

 

 

 


 

NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_EXHIBIT10_PAGE_09.GIF

Midtown Land Partners, LIC August 18, 2015 Page 5 b. Architecture. Townhome B shall be in general conformance with the architectural themes displayed in the Pattern Book (see case file), which illustrations and information are conceptual in nature and may vary in detail. 26. Townhome Type C. a. Square Footage. Units shall be a minimum of one thousand eight hundred (1,800) square feet of finished floor area in size. b. Architecture. Townhome C shall be in general conformance with the architectural themes displayed in the Pattern Book (see case file), which illustrations and information are conceptual in nature and may vary in detail. 27. Townhome Type D. a. Square Footage. Units shall be a minimum of two thousand (2,000) square feet of finished floor area in size. b. Architecture. Townhome D shall be in general conformance with the architectural themes displayed in the Pattern Book (see case file), which illustrations and information are conceptual in nature and may vary in detail. APPLICABLETO STACKED TOWNHOME-STYLE (FOR SALE) CONDOMINIUMS (TYPE El 28. Square Footage. Units shall be a minimum of one thousand two hundred (1,200) square feet of finished floor area In size. 29. Architecture. Type E units shall be in general conformance with the architectural themes displayed In the Pattern Book (see case file), which illustrations and information are conceptual in nature and may vary in detail. APPLICABLE TO COMMUNITY BUILDING 30. Amenities. Prior to the issuance of three hundred (300) certificates of occupancy for owner-occupied residences, a Community Building for use by homeowners shall be provided and include, at a minimum, a business center, meeting space and a swimming pool. 31. Square Footage. The Community Building shall have a minimum of five thousand (5,000) square feet of finished floor area. 32. Architecture. The Community Building shall be in general conformance with the architectural themes displayed in the Pattern Book (see case fire), which illustrations and information are conceptual in nature and may vary in detail. A-10

 

 

 


 

NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_EXHIBIT10_PAGE_10.GIF

Midtown Land Partners, LLC August 18, 2015 Page 6 33. Exterior Materials. The Community Building shall have exposed exterior front, rear and side walls (above finished grade) primarily of brick, glass, architectural precast concrete, cementitious or composite-type siding, stone, or a combination of the foregoing or other materlal(s) of similar quality. No building shall be covered with or have exposed to view any unadorned or unfinished concrete block. Soffit and exterior ceiling materials shall be constructed using non-combustible material. APPLICABLE TO COMMERCIAL/OFFICE DEVELOPMENT 34. Prohibited Uses. The following uses shall be prohibited on the Property: a. b. automotive filling and service stations including towing service; billiard, bagatelle, video game or a bingo parlor, unless accessory to a permitted use; flea markets or antique auctions: billboards; recycling facilities; funeral homes, mortuaries, crematories and/or undertaking establishments; dance halls; truck stops; gun shop, sales and repair; sign painting shops; theaters; communication towers: general hospitals, sanitoriums and charitable institutions for human care; adult businesses as defined by Section 24-3 of the Henrico County Code; establishments whose primary business is check cashing and/or the making of payday loans as defined and regulated by Sections 6.1-432 et seq. and 6.1-444 et seq. of the Code of Virginia (the foregoing shall not preclude banks, savings and loans or similar financial institutions that are not regulated by the foregoing Virginia Code sections); restaurants with drive-thru windows, not to exclude, however, restaurants with dedicated parking spaces for the pick-up of carry-out food nor restaurants whose primary business is the sale of specialty coffees or other non-alcoholic beverages or pastry; car title loan operations; fuel pumps associated with permitted uses; and motels or motor lodges. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. I. m. n. o. p. q. r. s. 35. Architecture. The buildings st1all be in general conformance with the architectural themes displayed In the Pattern Book (see case file), which illustrations and information are conceptual in nature and may vary in detail. A-11

 

 

 


 

NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_EXHIBIT10_PAGE_11.GIF

Midtown Land Partners, LLC August 18,2015 Page7 36. Exterior Materials. The buildings shall have exposed exterior front, rear and side walls (above finished grade) primarily of brick, glass, split face block, architectural precast concrete, cementitious or composite-type siding, stone, marble or granite, or a combination of the foregoing or other material(s) of similar quality. No building shall be covered with or have exposed to view any unadorned or unfinished concrete block. Soffit and exterior ceiling materials shall be constructed using non-combustible material. 37. Outdoor Music. Outdoor music shall not be permitted on the Property after 11:00 p.m. 38. Restaurant Ventilation. The developer shall install an adequate restaurant ventilating and exhaust system to minimize smoke, odors, and grease vapors. The plans and specifications shall be included with the building permit application for review and approval. If, in the opinion of the County, the type system provided is not effective, the Planning Commission retains the rights to review and direct the type of system to be used. The Planning Department has been advised of the action of the Board of Supervisors and will revise its records. Sincerely, LOGO John A Vithoulkas.­ County Manager pc: LM Retail, LLC LM Office/Retail A, LLC County of Henrico, Virginia James W. Theobald, Esquire Director, Real Estate Assessment A-12

 

 

 


 

 

EXHIBIT “B”

PROHIBITED USES

 

The following uses shall be prohibited on the Leased Premises:

 

1.   Automotive filing and service stations including towing service;

2.   Billiard, bagatelle, video game or a bingo parlor, unless accessory to a permitted use;

3.   Flea markets or antique auctions;

4.   Billboards;

5.   Recycling facilities;

6.   Funeral homes, mortuaries, crematories and/or undertaking establishments;

7.   Dance halls;

8.   Truck stops;

9.   Gun shop, sales and repair;

10. Sign painting shops;

11. Theatres;

12. Communication towers;

13. General hospitals, sanitariums and charitable institutions for human care;

14. Adult businesses as defined by Section 24-3 of the Henrico County Code;

15. Establishments whose primary business is check cashing and/or the making of payday loans and/or the making of car title loans as defined and regulated by Sections 6.2-1800 et seq. and 6.2-2200 et seq. of the Code of Virginia (the foregoing shall not preclude banks, savings and loans or similar financial institutions that are not regulated by the foregoing Virginia Code sections);

16. Restaurants with drive-thru windows, not to exclude, however, restaurants with dedicated parking spaces for the pick-up of carry-out food nor restaurants whose primary business is the sale of specialty coffees or other non-alcoholic beverages or pastry;

17. Fuel pumps associated with permitted uses;

18. Motels or motor lodges;

19. Sleeping or lodging, to include apartments;

20. Any business or use that emits outside of its premises offensive fumes, dust or vapors or objectionable sounds or unreasonably creates fire, explosive or other hazard;

21. Any public or private legal nuisance;

22. A church or other house of worship;

23. A “junkyard”; a so-called “flea market”; a store promoting itself as conducting sales of closeout, bankruptcy, fire or damaged office merchandise (excluding office space used in connection with and ancillary to, a permitted retail use hereunder);

24. A convenience store, a fuel dispensing facility or a drive through Dunkin Donuts store or any combination of such uses; for purposes of this provision, the term “convenience food store” means any store generally recognized by the retail food industry as being a convenience food store, including but not limited to, the type of store operated by Wawa, Sheetz, 7-Eleven, Turkey Hill, Hess, QuikCheck, Royal Farms, Circle K, Exxon-Mobil (On the Run), Race Trac, Gate or Hess Express; for purposes of this provision, the term “fuel dispensing facility” means a fuel service station, including a self-service station; for purposes of this provision, the term “drive through Dunkin Donuts store” means a store

B-1


 

 

with a drive through lane for quick pick up primarily engaged in the sale of donuts and operated by Dunkin Donuts;  and

25. Within the building located at 4901 Libbie Mill Boulevard in Libbie Mill Midtown, a bank, bank branch (whether or not such bank accepts deposits), lending institution, ATM provider, savings and loan, credit union or similar type financial institution, or mortgage company.

26. An operation whose primary business is boxing, mixed martial arts, kick box training or kick box fitness courses.

27. Within the buildings 4900 Libbie Mill East Boulevard, 4901 Libbie Mill East Boulevard, 5001 Libbie Mill East Boulevard and 4901 Bakers Mill Lane, a restaurant that sells “breakfast and/or brunch items” (as defined below) (the “Restricted Use”).  The foregoing restriction shall not apply to (i) a smoothie and/or juice shop or (ii) a coffee shop or (iii) a bakery/donut/pastry shop or (iv) a restaurant that remains open for business after 3:00 pm or (v) a restaurant that has less than 2,000 rentable square feet.  The Restricted Use shall not be deemed to prohibit the sale of breakfast and/or brunch items as an incidental part of an occupant’s business.  As used herein, incidental sales shall mean that the sale of breakfast and/or brunch items during Crafted’s hours of operation on any one day shall not constitute more than twenty percent (20%) of such occupant’s total gross sales made on such day during Crafted’s hours of operation from such occupant’s premises.  By way of example, if such occupant’s total gross sales on Saturday during Crafted’s hours of operation is $5,000 and such occupant’s gross sales from the sale of breakfast and/or brunch items during Crafted’s hours of operation on Saturday exceeds $1,000, the sale of such breakfast and/or brunch items shall not be deemed to be an incidental part of such occupant’s business.  As used herein, “breakfast and/or brunch items” shall include, but not be limited to, eggs (whether served separately or as a primary ingredient in dishes such as crepes (other than as a dessert item, eggs benedict, skillets and burritos), pancakes of any type, omelets of any type and waffles of any type.    The Restricted Use shall not apply to an existing tenant with the existing right as of the date of this Lease under such tenant’s existing lease to serve “breakfast and/or brunch items” for special occasion brunches (i.e., Mother’s Day, Father’s Day, etc.).

 

 

B-2


 

 

EXHIBIT “C”

 

RULES AND REGULATIONS

1.         Tenant shall not carry on, conduct, permit, allow in or from the Leased Premises any business other than that specifically provided for herein as Tenant's permitted use set forth in Section 7 of the BLI Rider, without prior written consent of Landlord.

 

2.         The water and wash closets and urinals shall not be used for any other purpose than the purpose for which they were respectively constructed, and the expense of any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from violations of this rule shall be borne by Tenant or tenants, who, or whose clerks, agents, servants or licenses shall have cause it.

 

3.         Tenant shall not make or permit any noises in the Building in violation of applicable law.

 

4.         Tenant must, upon the termination of this Lease, leave the windows and doors in the Leased Premises in like condition as of the date the Lease, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and must then surrender all keys to Landlord.

 

5.         Intentionally deleted.

 

6.         Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done within the Leased Premises, or bring anything therein which shall in any way increase the rate of fire insurance on the Building, or on the property kept therein, or obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants, or in any way injure or annoy them or those having business with them, or conflict with the regulations of the fire department, or the fire laws, or with any insurance policy upon the Building or part thereof, or with any rules or ordinances established by the Board of Health or other governmental authority.  Tenant shall not use any other method of heating than that supplied by Landlord.

 

7.         Tenant will ensure each day that the windows and doors are closed and securely locked before leaving the Leased Premises.

 

8.         Landlord shall have power to prescribe the weight and position of safes, which shall, if considered necessary by Landlord, stand on two-inch thick plank strips to distribute the weight.  All damage done to the Building by taking in or putting out a safe or any other article of Tenant's office equipment, or due to its being on the Leased Premises, shall be repaired at the sole cost and expense of Tenant.

 

9.         If Tenant desires to introduce electrical signaling equipment, telegraphic, telephonic or other wires and instruments, Landlord will direct the electricians as to where and how the same are to be placed, and without such directions no placing, boring or cutting for wires will be permitted.  Landlord shall in all cases retain the right to require the placing and using of such electrical protecting devices to prevent the transmission of excessive currents of electricity into or through the Building, and to require the changing of wires and of their placing and arrangement as Landlord may deem necessary, and further to require compliance on the part of all using or seeking access to such wires and such rules as Landlord may establish relating thereto, and in the event of

C-1


 

 

non-compliance with the requirements and rules Landlord shall have the right to immediately cut and prevent the use of such wires.

 

10.       No room or rooms shall be occupied or used as sleeping or lodging apartments at any time, nor shall Tenant sublet any part of said premises, or permit any other person to have or use desk space therein without the prior written consent of Landlord, and in the event Landlord agrees thereto, Tenant shall, at the option of Landlord.

 

11.       Tenant shall not cause unnecessary labor by reason of carelessness and indifference to the preservation of good order and cleanliness in the Leased Premises and in the Building.

 

12.       Nothing shall be thrown by Tenant, or Tenant's employees, invitees or licensees, out of the windows or doors of the Leased Premises.  Nothing shall be placed on the outside of the Building, or the windows, window-sills or projections without Landlord’s prior written consent, not to be unreasonably withheld.

 

13.       Landlord shall have the right to prohibit any advertising by Tenant which in Landlord's opinion may impair the reputation of the Building; and upon written notice from Landlord, Tenant shall refrain from or discontinue such advertising.

 

14.       Tenant shall promptly, and at its sole cost and expense, execute and comply with all laws, rules, orders, ordinances and regulations of the city, county, state or federal government, and of any department or bureau of any of them, and of any other governmental authority having jurisdiction over the Leased Premises or affecting Tenant's occupancy of the Leased Premises or Tenant's business conducted thereon.

 

15.       Landlord shall, in no case, be liable in damages for the admission or exclusion of any person from the Building.  In case of invasion, mob riot, public excitement or other commotion, Landlord reserves all rights to prevent access to the Building during the continuance of the same by closing the doors or otherwise for the safety of all tenants and protection of property in the Building.

 

16.       Tenant shall comply with reasonable parking rules and regulations as may be posted and distributed from time to time.  Tenant shall furnish Landlord with an accurate accounting of the number of employees or others regularly occupying the Leased Premises no more frequently than bi-annually, within ten (10) business days after Landlord’s verbal and/or written request.  Tenant agrees that if any automobile or other vehicle owned by Tenant or any of its contractors, employees, subtenants, licensees and their employees, at any time is parked anywhere other than in the areas designated by Landlord for employee parking, Landlord has the right to remove or cause to be removed the vehicle to such location as determined by Landlord (and any costs of the removal and retrieval of same shall be paid by such violator) or to place a "boot" on such vehicle rendering the vehicle immobile until payment of such fines by such violator as may be established by Landlord from time to time for removal of same (currently, One Hundred and No/100 Dollars ($100.00) for each removal).

 

C-2


 

 

17.       Canvassing, soliciting and peddling in the Common Areas are prohibited.  Tenant shall not distribute brochures or other material in the Common Areas nor take any action, which in the sole and exclusive judgment of Landlord would constitute a nuisance, or would disturb, endanger, or interfere with the rights of other persons to use the Common Areas, or would tend to injure the reputation of the Building.

 

18.       Except for service animals, no animals shall be brought into or kept in or about or boarded overnight in the Building.

 

20.       Landlord has the right to evacuate the Building in the event of an emergency or catastrophe.

 

21.       All deliveries shall be made via the loading dock, service elevators, and rear entry to the Leased Premises during normal business hours.  Landlord's written approval shall be obtained for any delivery after normal business hours.  No obstructions, goods or delivery vehicles shall be left unattended outside of the Leased Premises.

 

22.       Smoking is not permitted in the Building at any time.

 

23.       Tenant will not locate, and/or temporarily store trash, inventory, linen hampers, kegs, cartridges, plastic "milk crates" or other items anywhere in the Common Areas.

 

26.       Landlord may require Tenant, at Tenant's sole cost and expense to contract for termite and pest extermination services for the Leased Premises which shall be rendered no less frequently than monthly and to deliver to Landlord a certificate evidencing such services.

 

 

C-3


 

 

EXHIBIT “D”

 

SUBORDINATION, NON-DISTURBANCE AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT

 

Prepared by:

Andrea J. Harlow

Williams Mullen, A Professional Corporation

Williams Mullen Center

200 South 10 th Street, Suite 1600

Richmond, VA  23219

 

Tax Map No. _______________________

 

SUBORDINATION, NON-DISTURBANCE AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS SUBORDINATION, NON-DISTURBANCE AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT , made as of ___________________ __, 20____ by and between {NAME OF TENANT} ,   {a [_______] corporation/limited liability company} , in its capacity as Lessee (hereinafter referred to as “ Lessee ”), and {NAME OF LENDER} , in its capacity as Lender (hereinafter referred to as “ Lender ”).

 

RECITALS:

 

1.         Lender is now the beneficiary of that certain Credit Line Deed of Trust, Assignment of Leases and Rents and Security Agreement, dated as of _____________ __, 20___, securing the principal amount of {AMOUNT SECURED IN WORDS} DOLLARS ( {AMOUNT SECURED IN NUMBERS} ) (as modified, amended, substituted, replaced and/or restated from time to time, as the “ Security Instrument ”) encumbering the property more particularly described in the Security Instrument.  The Security Instrument is recorded in the Clerk’s Office of the Circuit Court of the {City/County} of {Jurisdiction} , Virginia.

 

2.         Lessee is the holder of a Lease [use exact name of lease] (hereinafter referred to as the “ Lease ”), dated as of _______________, 20____ by and between {NAME OF BORROWER/GRANTOR} ,   {a [_______] corporation/limited liability company} (hereinafter referred to as “ Lessor ”), as Lessor, and the Lessee, demising for a term of years, certain premises more particularly described in the Lease and commonly known as _____________________ located at __________________ (the “ Premises ”).

 

3.         Lessee and Lender desire to confirm their understanding with respect to the Lease and the Security Instrument;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of One Dollar ($1.00) and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Lender and Lessee hereby agree and covenant as follows:

 

FIRST:  The Lease shall be subordinate to the Security Instrument and to all renewals, modifications or extensions thereof.

 

D-1


 

 

SECOND:  So long as Lessee is not in default (beyond any period given Lessee to cure such default, if any) in the payment of rent or additional rent or in the performance of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of the Lease on Lessee's part to be performed, Lessee's possession of the premises described in the Lease and Lessee's rights and privileges under the Lease, or any extensions or renewals thereof which may be effected in accordance with any option therefor in the Lease, shall not be diminished or interfered with by Lender and Lessee's occupancy of said premises shall not be disturbed by Lender for any reason whatsoever during the term of the lease or any extensions or renewals thereof.

 

THIRD:  If the interests of Lessor shall be transferred to and owned by Lender by reason of foreclosure or other proceedings brought by it or by any other manner, and Lender succeeds to the interest of the Lessor under the Lease, Lessee shall be bound to Lender under all of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease for the balance of the term thereof remaining and any extensions or renewals thereof which may be effected in accordance with any option thereof in the Lease, with the same force and effect as if Lender were the Lessor under the Lease, and Lessee does hereby attorn to Lender as its Lessor, said attornment to be effective and self-operative without the execution of any further instruments on the part of either of the parties hereto immediately upon Lender succeeding to the interest of the Lessor under the Lease; provided, however, that Lessee shall be under no obligation to pay rent to Lender, as Lessor, pursuant to this Agreement until Lessee receives written notice from Lender that it has succeeded to the interest of Lessor under the Lease. The respective rights and obligations of Lessee and Lender upon said attornment, to the extent of the then remaining balance of the term of the Lease and any such extensions and renewals, shall be and are the same as now set forth therein; it being the intention of the parties hereto for this purpose to incorporate the Lease in this Agreement by reference with the same force and effect as if set forth at length herein.

 

FOURTH:  Lessee certifies that (a) the Lease is presently in full force and effect; (b) no rent under the Lease has been paid more than thirty (30) days in advance of its due date, except none; (c) that Lessee, as of this date, has no charge, lien or claim of offset under the Lease, or otherwise, against the rents or other amounts due or to become due thereunder, except {________________________________} (if none, then “NONE”); (d) the Lessee is the owner of the “Tenant's” or “Lessee's” interest in the Lease and has not transferred or assigned the Lease or sublet the Premises demised thereby; (e) to the best knowledge of the Lessee, neither the Lessee nor the Lessor is in any way in default under the Lease; (f) the lease term begins on {LEASE COMMENCEMENT DATE} ; (g) the fixed minimum annual rent being paid is as set forth in Section {______} of the Lease; and (h) no actions, whether voluntary or otherwise, are pending against the Lessee under the bankruptcy or insolvency laws of the United States or any state thereof.

 

FIFTH:  If Lender shall succeed to the interest of Lessor under the Lease, Lender shall be bound to Lessee under all terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease, and Lessee shall, from and after Lender's succession to the interest of Lessor under the Lease, have the same remedies against Lender for the breach of an agreement contained in the Lease that Lessee might have had under the Lease against Lessor if Lender had not succeeded to the interest of Lessor; provided further, however, that Lender shall not be:

 

D-2


 

 

(a)        liable for any act or omission of any prior landlord (including the Lessor);

 

(b)        subject to any offsets or defenses which the Lessee might have against any prior landlord (including the Lessor);

 

(c)        liable for the return of any security deposits not delivered to Lender;

 

(d)        bound by any rent or additional rent which Lessee might have paid for more than the current month to any prior landlord (including Lessor); or

 

(e)        bound by any amendment or modification of the Lease that amends or modifies the financial terms or the length of the term under the Lease made without Lender’s consent.

 

Nothing contained in subsections (a) or (b) above shall relieve Lender from any obligation to cure any repair or maintenance default under the Lease with respect to the Premises by any prior landlord under the Lease (including Lessor) which is continuing when Lender succeeds to Lessor’s interest under the Lease (but in no event shall Lender be responsible for any consequential damages as a result of any such breach by any prior landlord), provided that (i) Lessee is not in default (beyond any period given Lessee to cure such default, if any) in the payment of rent or additional rent or in the performance of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of the Lease on Lessee's part to be performed , (ii) prior landlord’s act or omission constitutes a default under the Lease, (iii) Lessee has provided to Lender notice of, and the opportunity to cure, such default in accordance with Section Seventh of this Agreement, (iv) subject to the following sentence, such default continues to exist beyond applicable cure periods as of the date the Lender takes possession of the Premises, and (v) subject to the following sentence, Lender's obligation to cure such default shall be limited solely to performing the repair or maintenance obligation as required pursuant to the terms of the Lease (and in no event shall Lender have any other liability or obligation with respect to such default).  Notwithstanding clause (iv) and clause (v) in the preceding sentence, to the extent the Lease provides Lessee with the remedy of self-help with respect to a repair or maintenance default by landlord under the Lease, and Lessee exercises such remedy (whether once or more than once) prior to the date Lender takes possession of the Premises, and provided that clauses (i) through (iii) of the preceding sentence shall have been satisfied, and provided further that Lessee: (x) gives notice to Lender that it has exercised, or elected to exercise, such self-help remedy, (y) delivers to Lender a detailed statement of all expenses to be reimbursed pursuant to the Lease incurred in exercising such remedy (the “ Self Help Costs ”), together with copies of invoices and other supporting documents as Lender may reasonably request, and (z) diligently pursues such self-help remedy in a reasonable and prudent manner, then Lender’s obligation to cure such default(s) (whether one or more in number) after Lender takes possession of the Premises shall be limited solely to the reimbursement of the Self Help Costs in an amount not to exceed the lesser of : (A) the actual amount of hard costs (to the express exclusion of soft costs, such as administrative fees, legal and other professional fees, insurance and interest) incurred by Lessee in prosecuting such cure(s) (whether one or more in number); or (B) $250,000 in the aggregate for all such default(s), in either case reduced by (C) all amounts previously paid, credited or otherwise reimbursed by any prior landlord under the Lease (including Lessor) in respect of such Self Help Costs. No default by Lessor under the Lease shall exist or shall be deemed to exist if such default is not susceptible of being cured by Lender.

 

D-3


 

 

SIXTH:  The Lease now is, and shall at all times continue to be, subordinate in each and every respect, to the Security Instrument and to any and all renewals, modifications and extensions thereof, but any and all such renewals, modifications and extensions shall nevertheless be subject to and entitled to the benefits of the terms of this Agreement.

 

SEVENTH:  Lessee will deliver to Lender, by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, a copy of any notice of default sent to Lessor which would entitle Lessee to cancel the Lease or abate the rent payable thereunder, and agrees that notwithstanding any provision of the Lease, Lender shall have the right, but not the obligation, to cure such default on behalf of Lessor within the time period provided to Lessor under the Lease.  The address of the Lender is 1051 East Cary Street, Suite 1200, Richmond, Virginia 23219, Attention:  Legal Division, with a copy to {NAME AND ADDRESS OF LOAN OFFICER} .

 

EIGHTH:  This Agreement and the Lease may not be modified except by an agreement in writing signed by the parties hereto.

 

NINTH:  This Agreement may be recorded by either party at the cost of the recording party.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

 

D-4


 

 

SUBORDINATION, NON-DISTURBANCE AND

ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT

(signature page)

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have hereunto caused this Agreement to be duly executed under seal as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

LENDER:

 

 

 

 

 

{NAME OF LENDER},

 

 

{a [_______] corporation/limited liability

 

 

company}, in its capacity as Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

(SEAL)

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

Commonwealth of Virginia

City/County of _________________

 

I certify that before me appeared this day, __________________________, a person known to me, who after being sworn said he/she is ___________________________ of {NAME OF LENDER} , and is duly authorized to act on behalf of said {corporation/limited liability company} , that the seal affixed to the foregoing instrument is the seal of said {corporation/limited liability company} and that said instrument was signed and sealed by him/her on behalf of said {corporation/limited liability company} , and being informed of the contents thereof, acknowledged execution of the foregoing instrument on behalf of said {corporation/limited liability company} .

 

Witness my hand and official seal, this _____ day of _______________, 20______.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notary Public

 

 

 

 

 

(Printed Name of Notary)

 

 

 

My Commission Expires: _______________________

 

Registration Number: ________________________

 

Notary Seal (must be clear, legible and photographically reproducible)

 

D-5


 

 

SUBORDINATION, NON-DISTURBANCE AND

ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT

(signature page)

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have hereunto caused this Agreement to be duly executed under seal as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

LESSEE :

 

 

 

 

 

{NAME OF TENANT},

 

 

{a [_______] corporation/limited liability

 

 

company}, in its capacity as Lessee

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

(SEAL)

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

Commonwealth of Virginia

City/County of _________________

 

I certify that before me appeared this day, __________________________, a person known to me, who after being sworn said he/she is ___________________________ of {NAME OF TENANT} , and is duly authorized to act on behalf of said {corporation/limited liability company} , that the seal affixed to the foregoing instrument is the seal of said {corporation/limited liability company} and that said instrument was signed and sealed by him/her on behalf of said {corporation/limited liability company} , and being informed of the contents thereof, acknowledged execution of the foregoing instrument on behalf of said {corporation/limited liability company} .

 

 

 

 

Witness my hand and official seal, this _____ day of _______________, 20_____.

 

 

 

 

 

Notary Public

 

 

 

 

 

(Printed Name of Notary)

 

 

 

My Commission Expires: _______________________

 

Registration Number: __________________________

 

Notary Seal (must be clear, legible and photographically reproducible)

 

 

D-6


 

 

EXHIBIT “E”

 

LANDLORD’S SIGNAGE CRITERIA

(see attached)

 

 

 

 

E-1


 

 

NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_EXHIBIT10_PAGE_12.GIF

6 LIBBIE MILL MIDTOWN SIGNAGE GUIDELINES SEPTEMBER 21, 2015 (REVISED JUNE 7, 2076) SIGNAGE GUIDELINES PREFACE 3 SIGNAGE DEFINITIONS 19 protean 3 Lanent signage 20 (fisted overview 4 place marker 3g 23 categories overview 5 identification Signege.2, SIGNAGE CATEGORIES 7 anchor torrent 29 matrix 3 Information signage 53  signage overview 10 wayfinding signage 56 locution marker overview II SIGNAGE DETAILS  37 wayfinding overview 12 APPENDIX SIGNAGE DISTRICTS 13 storefront 14 office 15 -standing small 17 tree-st3 riding large 18

 

 

 


 

NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_EXHIBIT10_PAGE_13.GIF

SIGNAGE GUIDELINESPREFACE PREFACE Libbie Pill is emerging from an 80 acre intill site with a vibrant new community that pays homage to the past with its scale, walkability, and architecture. The multi-use site Is complete with apartments, homes, restaurants, shops, offices, a state-of-the-art public library and activity-packed green spaces. Libbie Mill may be a now place. bat it draws on historic Central Virginia for inspiration. Ultimately. it strives to create a place as authentic and archteh. rally rich as the legacy of the capitol city TIW intent of these guidelines is to ensure that the signage throughout Libber Mill - Midtown is of an appropriate sea End scale to its location on the individual buildings and creates a pleasant and harmonious environment. All signage should be simple. wall-designed. and communicate clearly with shoppers. These guidelines also create an order to avoid eel& clutter in the area by requiring consistency in tic Placement and arrangement of various types of Signage, A sign typically serves two functions: first M attract attention, and second, to convey information. All signs should be developed within the overall context of the building and the wend community to Reenter' the diameter of Libbie Mill – Midtown When preparing a signage package: - Consider the bulming as part of an overall sign program Coordinate the overall facade composition, Including ornamental details and signs. - All signs should he in proportion to the building. so that they do not dominate the appearance. (Please refer to guideless and air limits within this document) - Develops [nester sign plan for the ensure building front to guide individual sign design decisions'. I to signer guidelines specified here are meant to supplement the signage guidance of Henna} County, as specified by the Henrici Code of Ordinances. Chapter 24, Article V I - Urban Mixed-Use District, Section P GENERAL NOTES 1. All tenant signs, including nonconforming signs, mast he removed at the termination of a Inaso and the. surfaces to which the signs were attached shall he repaired and repainted to the satisfaction of the landlord. 2.All signs must be constructed, installed, and maintained in fully operational, as-new condition. All current building and electrical coded must govern the construction of each sign. 3.All signs and sign support shall he maintained in a clean and safe condition 4.I hp tenant shall keep the display area of all signs neat always and shall Parrott any fading, chipping peeling, or flaking paint or plastic and mechanical or structural defect. .5 Sign: that are not properly maintained must be removed within 3C days or receipt of a written nonce from the landlord 6. All sign designs, locations, and quantities are at the sole discretion of the landlord and are abject to their review and approval. /. Guidelines are subject to change' it or without notice. NONCONFORMING SIGNS 1. Tenants may submit nonreforming signs for County approval subject to review one case by case basis prior tic fabrication. 2I he County reserves Me right to rewire removal of nonconforming sign upon .40 days written notice. Sews that are not orogeny mairrtairierimust be remover., within 30 dives of receipt of written notice from the Antall...U. Due to the diverse range of uses within dibble Mill - Midtown, it is necessary to maintain a hierarchy system for the signage within the development. The signs are divided into districts and categories. The 6 districts are shown below, based on tenant type and/or location. OFFICE Office spaces. in a range of sizes above retail personal services. and restaurant establishments for local shopping and ding. Daiwa designation includes any Leer On upper flee., regardless of business ten. FREE-STANDING SMALL Multi-family residential will he Emmert on the building facade. Stanchions retain stores, personal services. and restaurant establishments that are less than 5000 IF MULTI-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL

 

 

 


 

NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_EXHIBIT10_PAGE_14.GIF

SIGNAGE GUIDELINESPREFACE CATEGORIES OVERVIEW Within etch district the signs are divided into S categories based on the Mee they anew Blinky, Signs allowed very per build ISO type (see Sandawe matrix) MONUMENT Free-stanching sign marking Me community name (Libloie Mill -Midtown) or tenant names. Intrabank aped term vehicular legibility LOCATION MARKERS Free-standing sign marking Me community name (Libbie Mill - Midtown). Tcp1Cally used at minor entrances, information is sized for vehicular and Pedestrian legalist IDENTIFICATIONINFORMATION Building-Mounted Sign dispelling tenant name. Information is that for Building-mounted or freestanding sign displaying tenant Information (burs, Pedestrian end Vehicular Legibility Sale=. me) Information is sized for pedestrian legibility WAYPIN DING Greenstein signee snowing carbons various locations (tenants, amenities, eta) within the progeny. Information is sized Er pedestrian and vehicular tegitilityGtae-stanclIng signs displaying veblcuter. (speed limit, etc J Inrormation is sired to, Temporary free. displaying name of  coming attraction, props./ name. or team. information is sized far vehicular legibility.

 

 

 


 

NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_EXHIBIT10_PAGE_15.GIF

SIGNAGE CATEGORIES SIGNAGE CATEGORIESSIGNAGE GUIDELINES SIGNAGE MATRIX Libbie Mill -! indrawn is a diverse community with a wide range of uses Conveying information to parents in a simple. tasteful, and effective mariner req. Pires a cohesive signage strategy that maintains the architectural integrity of Libbie Kill - Midtown. Within the guidelines. signage options have been divided kite districts (based on tenant type and/or location) and categories (based on the type of information they convoy). The matrix on the optative page permeants end Overview of the allowable sign typos within each district and Category. Further details and dimensions leer each sign type can he found Losing the chart below. MONUMENT ®cM1inr r333uni,11r.P. PI C. arch., toran,pcnum3s73i,p 22 LOCATION MARKERS p pp, son IDENTIFICATION 0 bale p in 55  O P pained sins Q nom. xp @ light Fele banner 28 INFORMATION p p 013. 1135p 1,5 11,r.35

 

 

 


 

NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_EXHIBIT10_PAGE_16.GIF

 

SIGNAGE GUIDELINESSIGNAGE CATEGORIES SJGNAGE MATRIX SIGNAGE CAIEGO/tit-9 MONUMENT LOCATION MARKERSIDENTIFICATIONINFORMATIONWAYFINDING STOREFRONT Codalira ESAP,UM On,. IT SK SWESS TYPE, gm„ rise. lbs.. nether iron. on  0.l•, 110°,50'FPF, F,.• OFFICEMULTI-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL if tone nor-mat O.. seiliParna51111

FREE-STANDING SMALL (<5000 SF)SI tenet me-mort..etr, r-or--It.110,TiTEffarai

FREE-STANDING LARGE (>5000 SF)·SIM COMMUNITY·,144.110.1.1•110 SIGNAGE CATEGORIESSIGNAGE GUIDELINES

 

 

 


 

NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_EXHIBIT10_PAGE_17.GIF

SIGNAGE GUIDELINES SIGNAGE CATEGORIES LOCATION MARKER OVERVIEW LOGO

 

 

 


 

NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_EXHIBIT10_PAGE_18.GIF

SIGNAGE DISTRICTS SIGNAGE DISTRICTS SIGNAGE GUIDELINES LOGO

 

 

 


 

NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_EXHIBIT10_PAGE_19.GIF

SIGNAGE DISTRICTS SIGNAGE DISTRICTS SIGNAGE GUIDELINES Office LOGO

 

 

 


 

NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_EXHIBIT10_PAGE_20.GIF

SIGNAGE DISTRICTS SIGNAGE DISTRICTS SIGNAGE GUIDELINES LOGO

 

 

 


 

NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_EXHIBIT10_PAGE_21.GIF

SIGNAGE DEFINITIONS SIGNAGE DEFINITIONS SIGNAGE GUIDELINES

 

 

 


 

NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_EXHIBIT10_PAGE_22.GIF

SIGNAGE DEFINITIONS SIGNAGE DEFINITIONS SIGNAGE GUIDELINES LOGO

 

 

 


 

NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_EXHIBIT10_PAGE_23.GIF

Blade sign Double-soled flat panel with words or graphics. affixed or adhered. which is suspended from or supported on a bracket attached perpendicular to the building fax °meth sign aligned per storefront ·Must not perfect more two Wm face of building. must not exceed 8 Sr·Shall be mounted so that the bottom or the sign no supporting element, is no longer than B above finished floor - May pontapn focused myna) igniting ·The sum: Wing element or [regret arm. snail be fabricated fern dealraVve metal and witted mace Sign deg, "ducting comm. snail be Commutable with the overall design quality of the toting Apo. *stmts. storefront. free-standing small O Fonda Coro.) sign Debian gong nonrental signs mounted on a building's fascia or eaves. Gobelins II Ise an o the onmarY valve for the tenant. the eon may be instated Interning illuminated Werth. routed an wawa field are oermuubte when the Bice) snare ignited to no more 25% of the tow beict area Signs must be mounted w.rn or above fascia (corn.) and may not %wed (high sigh awl W in Wight - Sign letters may not exceed 8-high with lint capital letters not to exceed 1St high ·NO more than two (2) .gns car wilding Pod.. aster-is: StOrehrt multistate residential. free.stand.ng anal) Awning sign Align printed, painted. or applied directly to the eat surface of a non-rigid material and supported by an eight-gage framework - 0. (1)0er bulking frontage. such building must not ago were a oroiectog sign %me -A mermen of two names. emblem...Moos_ or mscrgtions shall be permitted on each awning Must not exceed 25% of acimog surface. -Awnings Shall rat hang below. -e above flashed floor - Awnings shall not project beyond 6' from the fax of the wilding. - Sign ding, ncng cams, she be =moat tie with the overall design quality of the building - Awning nets may be delaminated by remote accessory Witting Only Light fixtures may be located above the awning only and must be fully integrated wits Be building facade. Awnings are not permitted to be enclosed on Ile underside and internally illuminated in such a manner that the awning functions as a can sign. Amicable damns. - storefront free-standing small freestanding large

 

 

 


 

NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_EXHIBIT10_PAGE_24.GIF

Transom sign Mum two• dimensional sign mounted across the top of a door glass above a door, of widow parallel to the building façade - Must be applied to solid walls where the plaque would be no more than 4090 of the rectangular wall area to which it is spoiled. - One 0 attached sign Slowed per building face (transom sign or wall-mounted letters, but not both). Signs shall not act 12 SE - Individual letters not to exmed10- in height - May be illuminated by remote accessory lighting only Light fixtures may be located above the sign only and must be fully integrated with the building façade Applicable dissents - storefront. office, free-Massing Small Window sron Dem. Any sign. emblem, logo, or graphic which rs affixed to the storefront glazing or suspended within 4 -0- of the frost lane of the storefront GuiClene - Window sign may display tile stone name and logo only ·Total Signage area net L04eed 20 Square feet. ·Sane eSig, including CVOs, Sham Compatible with the overall design quality of the building. Aoc,03bie cell tins. ·storefront office. free-standing small free-standing large 0 Glazed door sign Dennkeon Any semi-transparent son. emblem. logo. or graphic which a affixed to the storefront glazing. - Signs may display the store name and logo only. - Total sgnage area not to exceed 20 square feet. - Sign design. including colors, shall be compatible with the overall design quality of the building. ApploCad e drnIncts. - storefront small. office free-scantling small. free-standing large SIGNAGE DEFINITIONSSIGNAGE GUIDELINES IDENTIFICATION SIGNS O Directory Sign Oefirarcn A non-adverting sign, attached to interior ground-floor lobby way that lists a buildings occupants and their 10CatiOns 4r • me sign to De 'Mated in lobby ate, Sign despond. clouding cams. shaii be monostable with the overall design quality of the building. Goodwood to be wood. Border to be painted black. AVM. manna -office CP155f1 P(Append Krause Rex I Me lab by SNICO Name plates to be promded by tenant. Plaque to be provided by landlord. 0 Mounted Signboards Two-dimensional signs mounted to a solid wall ·The plague shall be no more than 40% Mow rectangular tell area to ouch it 15 applied - Not to exceed12 SF. !Amid.' letters not to exceed IC, in height. -. May be externs, ruminated Light fixtures may be located above the SMI 01-6 and must be fully integrated vats We are sodding laDade A.0014301< cksterers - Storefronts. office. multifamily residential. free-standing small 0 Pin-mounted letters Letters mounted directly towel) surface of bolding facade with noon back • fin length not to avceed r (from fax of building to back of letter) - One (0 &tamed moss allowed per building face (transom sign or wall-mounted letters, but not both). - NO more than 20 SF Per 40' Of Street frontage feat 2 101 No more than taso (2) sons Der budding ·Letters to be no more than IT tail • Cotton for rear illuminated letters. A lame, wa mien par Wein. Lam ...zr_I.' f:  20- storefront. office, multi-family residential, free-standing small E-14

 

 

 


 

NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_EXHIBIT10_PAGE_25.GIF

SIGNAGE GUIDELINESSIGNAGE DEFINITIONS IDENTIFICATION SIGNS

·Building address sign Del. ea Tenant numeric address Geithner’s"--4913 1 lintel see not Wanted 20 SF ·Height of letters nor to exceed It (font to be Gotham Book Gotham Bold. CoryI protectory fullbring to 61%) Plague to be tooled bronze (5/16') into sand textured background painted black Intracule, letter. and 109010 tre ',fled ·robe mounted to budding facade Locator and quantity to be determined by the fire marshal! Ecolabels der.* -storefront. once multi-family residential free-standing small free-standing large lb. be Provided by landlord. Hera. P(Alapendo0 1 2 2 2 Face-lit internally-illuminated channel letters ousts InNrrolly-numinaNd letters mounted directly to wall surface pf binding facade with no sign back - Total size not to exceed 130 SF - Height of letters not to exceed 3T. - Lane, to the flush-mounted channel - Wean of channel letter not to exceed 5" (from face of letter to face of wall) Apiole charm-1r - I resentencing large (anchor tenant only) ·Painted Sign esnnisom Any sign. emblem, logo. or graphic painted on building facade. seemed. Total size not to exceed 100 SF Asa scabaaa ids -free-standing large. morn-family reddish, MORTON'S NTE A K H Oki SIL SIGNAGE DEFINITIONSSIGNAGE GUIDELINES IDENTIFICATION SIGNS Name plate accession Pleat* lab laying tenant name and logo mg J GuratMeesRelict to Waged approval acts? see not to exceed 5 SF Hight of letters not to exceed 12' -Plaque to be tooled bronze (5/16, with sand textured background painted black. Border...ten and logo to be raised -To be mounted to ovid.ng Nude Location and quantity to be determined by the fire Marshall rationale [ferrets ·Odka.multi family in residential·(Appendix) Light dole banner oe.(bir &aches monied ark-screened. or digitally printed on banner fabric Double-sided graphics to convey commonly brand and/or seasonal events We• land clearance greater than IN Banner see to be 2.4" maximum width. 60" man mum length aboscaorecE/Acts contumely TOO, Melded by landlord. c(Aromatases)I per tenant to be provided by landlord. 28

 

 

 


 

NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_EXHIBIT10_PAGE_26.GIF

LOGO SIGNAGE GUIDELINES SIGNAGE DEFINITIONS IDENTIFICATION SIGNS (ANCHOR TENANT)

 

 

 


 

NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_EXHIBIT10_PAGE_27.GIF

LOGO SIGNAGE GUIDELINES SIGNAGE DEFINITIONS IDENTIFICATION SIGNS (ANCHOR TENANT)

 

 

 


 

NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_EXHIBIT10_PAGE_28.GIF

LOGO SIGNAGE GUIDELINES SIGNAGE DEFINITIONS IDENTIFICATION SIGNS (ANCHOR TENANT) 0 Sandwich ■ Small free-standing signs teat are placed outside daily. typically positioned perpendicular to pedestrian traffic of one son per tenant To be aligned with tenant storefront and off of.·Sign not to exceed 9 Sr·Must be kept. inside atter business hours·One per tenant. I por *none Orifical ·storefront mullb-famly residential. free-standing small, freestanding large 0 Café umbrella sign cedwb Crannies Panted s... screened, v digitally printed on umoenia fabrics Guidelines. llmOnella [Pons and logos are entitled so long as they are In good taste and do not detract from the averaliappearance on line area. - Logos are hauled to tenant name and logo Size to bedel...mined by landlord. - Umbrellas should ae consistent in genetic clearance. Amite. davdeis. ·store root mi. rlit..family residential. freestanding small, freestanding large Hours of operation Graphics. (vinyl decals, band-painted. etc.) applied to door or windows. glass two. Inchwide otters preferredI01g, MONDAY-SAWN 10-6 ·Single color preened ·Sign snail cover no more than2 SF ·ON ·One per tenant.  F-t$ Anconei e Rita - store rant multi-family residential, freestanding small, free-standing large

 

 

 

 

 


 

NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_EXHIBIT10_PAGE_29.GIF

SIG NAG E GUIDELINESSIGNAGE DEFINITIONS INFORMATION SIGNS Easel signs otavite Small free-gamin° ars on easels that are placed outside Pap, (vocally positioned outs. * budding. Entrance raw - Memmum al one age per tenant to be aligned oath tenant storefront and off of pedestrian oaths - S.pn not to exceed 9 SF - must be kept made after outness hours APO. CliStria·SIWOOni. mol..Land residence greensand in small, free-standing large Station SVCS Seem free-stern: mg sr mounts on pole that is placed outside, typically positioned outside Pudding entrance or around overseen area - Maximum of one den Ma tent_ To be aligned with tenant storefront and off of pedestrian oaths - Face of sign to be ramp 2 SF - Total fidelity of sell to be 40- maximum xam astray. - storefront multi-fern ly residential, freestanding small Menu Geneon Temporary menu boards or permanent wall-mounted display cases used for displaying menu Items are MaernuM 01onesign per tenant to be append wan tenant storefront and off of pedestrian paths - May be displayed outside the front door and be a mainmurn of SF·Portable boards must to kept cede after Duress now, Apneas. canes - storefront. free-standing small. free-standing lar

 

 

 


 

NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_EXHIBIT10_PAGE_30.GIF

SIGNAGE DETAILSSIGNAGE GUIDELINES GENERAL NOTES COLOR PALETTE O Thy in or pa veto (9 ELLIScoars) rolIonth too anymore ;rand standalone 2) ;Lint’s (P) and owed, Coal (P0 oilers Hood be roached to the PVS um, PI • wIOI P775 6190 (Dora Rise) P2 -match PVS 111E (Mrs. Groh P3 KAUAI PMS 506C (BL,Kndy) P1 match Ws 37C (Tea ) PS-mom PMS 'SSC (Grano* P6 mato.' PPG 370C (Green) P7 match PVS 4I3C O_Itot Geo P984 PC9 IsHolier3 PMS b ea< C 3) Recommended Fleck Visy (V) CV u, v1 Avery MnIestc 9Ln (SC-900425n7 In -Mtn PMS 51/117 (Dora e) V2 Avery (SC-900-904LO) to -. Loh PoS 444C (JulLcGrey) v3 Avery &round, / (SC-900-470-0) 1u -7ale. PMS 506C (Byousdy) vl Avery TOO (SCL900.7200) Co match 7vS 327C MOO Vs Avery 13LigoL OLencie (SC-900-390-0) to mach .7757729C (OLo 'dal V6 Asny Grua Gees (SC-900-)/2-0)W seta I PMS 3/0C (Gees) v7 Avery Pa ,OySteL (SC-900420LO) to match PVS 4I3C sole...L.) VS Ave, WIL le (SC-90041-W IraLc Coaoce Boo a Wilke V9 Ave, Slec4 (SC-900- no-a) La-LvS sok C VDAvery Hioli vis 7,11LY fM eat ve White 0-, 200-101.17) SIGN MOUNTING HEIGHT REQUIREMENTS 1)Th) mnit on of tha rigs salmi n padmf an Lia at D^ a n TEXT AND GRAPHICS I) All types Dothan- Mad Lan FL, Lam LMITYMVII in .305 ICY ceoy toting 2) 747 Le VAAUP I ea. slime Van available from Um des WWI (Toe 1717 )

 

 

 

 

 


 

NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_EXHIBIT10_PAGE_31.GIF

N., is only040 14044. STOCK SIGN POLES. BASES. a FINIALS, sassiness’s.). end Fusuma N}no a4. An. FIN are to Asa/al.'s NIE.'s: von. scansion Fenton of nudes’ Fla Lowe ‘, ethos Nee Flee! 000) ge0014101.we 10 Sepoy Apolonia Cole less repass I) Al JUNI 578 calls taws as sus. OPPTC vs. OM' So-on 3414 con.40 siva... East akin-Alum with a sen.Fglo1 tNek sostaer coat INF (OPP, 5) Al FAN 000 pole finials seta be stock OPTIC RAI Finial ICEPsC SIN CUSTOM SIGN FACE PANELS n eiN.,. ne alp Was Ise cusIssFurNO SAYE WC. Felt are Foolable Form means own cano30% Ns cozy MN. ns 2) Al sweet shpn stasis Cl em ed Esioa assts.% sang Ease 31. AN SIAM sign Deals AAA 010100$ on AN. RICO 4) All 51FetI no Finds Fe fetwisswe Aern1/4"....fx. 5)AN son (nine's AA. Awste0Ielcis Nth Apo.e0 cut vinyl 5040051 Otago Fay. as memo cs., AFA 7) street. rargra.01, CUSTOM SIGN FACE PANEL FRAMES & BRACKETS is„ ltan00100 auxmmiadlolae 0105 a s..d.g less black hr.h 2) Al 111.1111,05arnesareInarn Ve. aluminum. 3)A. listen. at ANA. % Neel 41 Es. Apn Fyn. we maul, to SNUFF FAN PSI an1.1001111 5) I 90, "van 111h a sem. orm nsh Tse NE sus. sign s ham k ass, mesmes sales the sworn al 1.40 60811011111x11110tw°, self-pallet to was. Sum GRAPHIC STANDARDS I) eu1101111 sign lace panels ease mi. (010. 1 vesicles me: Wiles 2)5s. Ames see sera saga case Mims the typo! WWI (le 'BLVD.) is set ki Nos Tea SEE be condensed 30%Ar coos (NNE 31 The co MIEN a me was none Is 3. V2s Te cap MOS of INS en lose 13J.VVI 21/2. CUSTOM SIGN FACE PANELS n .5.11.1115^ FFIFIF, EFFN Past. W..' (.1 a. +0.401. for, the MINA!. 2) 11.11reat 11510 panels are Insert. kith a custom penal frame Courtesy of The 1787 Design ensue Inc NMI FAN sign pansig ham WU.. FA too SNIFs a) Alnet 111n pals II Fat.cama from ak4m0111 51 ALSIF<II Siirn Ode In,. aTe flock OPP% 081681OFFTC SS) COLOR PALETTE meows, .1. N wit won) iheAscson.0 Nano, s0140ENS cog. P2 - Hewn Inss 4100 <Desk Get) PS - OP•ON1349N Wite TI pecontmenpw 10.10~ 0/).80, 03 -AvNyEhoguAdy.ISC.900.470.0)11101cANFE 5C6C (Burgundy) - Army Teal (5E403.720.0). macs ENE 3210 (sell VS - A0,80171108apO(SC.900.300.0)10maton MK IS9C (00re.) 06 Airy WON wet  Mn 110E (GAFF) - 0,1200-100.R) 41

 

 

 


 

NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_EXHIBIT10_PAGE_32.GIF

SCAM11/7.1,"3) Al an iota 5181,1,5s1W. 4) Street &cep frames art 10 IIE saw 0011 nob us. single 90theadeet moults %Arta se. gloss end meter mat finial S) The too strew IS bel. 00111020 of the finial slMwmtsgnframez are mounted at 9D° f ram one another on two 100012. and P202.2•2 10 stn0etFRONT ELEVATION

 

 

 


 

NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_EXHIBIT10_PAGE_33.GIF

SIGN LOCATIONSI/ See AL.*** Maps for (SHEET 3 05) GRAPHICS STANDARDS R No m000100.10Y0 (0) 4intIn111016 are to appear on this sign race bland top *onion el Ho sign lane Rol white painted vela with 01,00 get deco BRA,. w FA so pray painted 6d. with applied opaque .no .01,0 14/7 Pace tort*, Is Of GA 5) As* mute II* way 0000.0 6 0001420 01016) M.0. e0 00005 01110 alp, Panels be pa P. black The tut. peents ae Pswi.0 Dip. net am ay. from the designer E0 Al loot is Getila T. The is condensed * RI an set BA cam DIU 10)01swn end desi million names seem be? AAA centered

 

 

 


 

NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_EXHIBIT10_PAGE_34.GIF

VEHICULAR DIRECTIONAL SIGNS (SHEET 400) SIGNAGE DETAILS SIGNAGE GUIDELINES SIGNAGE DETAILS PEDESTRIAN DIRECTIONAL SIGNS SIGN GRAPHICS (SHEET 4.05)

 

 

 

 

 


 

NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_EXHIBIT10_PAGE_35.GIF

SIGN LOCATIONS AND ASSEMBLIES g INS Sign no. IS mania, IP Nil.® Street 4500 Nolen G below the street IT A maximum 01(1) Pun May ER WISP to Me pane street Sign 3) See SLOSS( SOKIIK manta] to be Song con learn one another en one WEIN rats nun,. Ste tn. street signs SI NSA a •Ingle bad. recant or a double go mount 6) DISOWN% signs are to be On a Anal sign combine the 7) sign inside he a abode grade 41 CUSTOM SIGN FACE PANELS IN Al ow/ace tuna me NA. Vector files are AG, Go Pewee. 3)genera au. All SAW 3.) MI Sb AG Averted Ins &dabs, betel tame. 4)Al sign nave On no SANS SAN 550 panels are fatties. from VC 61410inst pout sign panels cols pond tangent G 6 colors nom the (010 Delf110 'See SPAN 505 assigned color node, N AR Sect anal wet Panel. • painted. 111th applied sign tenets r5. .-3) * to Ina Oran EPINAL, too Stale OPFTCG Sign TO) FANG Nan °area a S.A. d NV Noon grade It ', a e between the sign too and the boner, of the SPICA>CUSTOM SIGN PACE PANEL FRAMES & BRACKETSII Pedestrian Dam. are Simnel to the sign poles using two OPPTC Y Sign

Holds Ping. NAP A) 3i MI &Herpes am make Reel 3/ Sign pay • b• &ploy. to {HRH& 'Km, of the sun lace for manunanc• or wean

 

 

 


 

NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_EXHIBIT10_PAGE_36.GIF

VEHICULAR DIRECTIONAL FLAG SIGNS CUSTOM SIGN FRAME DETAILS (SHEET 510) ANDER. NO 3fir 0 PROVEDPOLE VATESENTGLO. VEHICULAR DIRECTIONAL FLAG SIGNS CUSTOM SIGN FRAME

 

 

 

 

 


 

NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_EXHIBIT10_PAGE_37.GIF

SIGN LOCATIONS gy0Ctay INS skin type lout. on a building the Nance to ammine 7Stre % Maps for specific locations. CUSTOM SIGN RACE PANELS II AO 650 laces 4.43 genets vector files

0)110) +21541.11 Of OARS) W. 4) Al 011-00wnea OweC14•313.9.10anels se law. horn 1/4.11,41.0.1 5), W 401116411.111 INNEN We Adds with WOW Cut 0,4 punts 61 Al. re while. Enna zone and a ran+. el Sr tom tacle CUSTOM SIGN PANEL BRACKETS. bracket 1) Au Iran. s se Aeneas Neel 7) Sign Den. shade be to removal of the sign face fa

 

 

 


 

NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_EXHIBIT10_PAGE_38.GIF

CUSTOM SIGN PANEL BRACKETS I) NATE, an custom and. DP a I/2 Tube Paola and a IN"n aluminum mounting with a. glen SAE pea coal NOE 21 Al 'Elam% Meal 3) NOR OVEN Et manta 10 OE DE UNE. aluminum tube Name a) HE DEED ESA° DereennOle10 LPN/Y.01 the WE lace for A / updates

 

 

 


 

NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_EXHIBIT10_PAGE_39.GIF

LOCATION Locate songs woman to 2) see Grape Laos Is medic STOCK SIGN POLES. SASES. & FINIALS G Ali walk/F.2.10G SO1 Wks Me gods OPETE 3, se.Gloss Glad ma, ow Mir 21A. art 59000 10 be Sealy ES 'KY NW% of NYS 54o 3.) Then Is • mamasmamas3'Al spew pGvw, me lop Spas panne STOCK SIGN PANEL FLAT BACKERS RAI sips Me 4171.1 STOCK SIGN PANEL BRACKETS

I) Sign Heine Rings COMMMON SIGN PANELS STOP SIGNS MOUNTED TO STREET SIGN POLES 3)

 

 

 


 

NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_EXHIBIT10_PAGE_40.GIF

SIGN LOCATIONS GRAPHIC STANDARDS CUSTOM SIGH FACE PANELS COLOR PALETTE CUSTOM SIGN FACE PANEL FRAMES NAINAIA

 

 

 


 

NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_EXHIBIT10_PAGE_41.GIF

APPENDIX Building address sign Signage Guidelines Name Plate Location

 

 

 


 

NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_EXHIBIT10_PAGE_42.GIF

 

 

 


 

 

EXHIBIT “G”

 

NOTICE OF DELIVERY AND ACCEPTANCE

Project Name:  Libbie Mill – Midtown

Effective Date:  ______________ __, ___.

Commencement Date:  ______________ __, ___.

Delivery Date of Leased Premises with Landlord’s Work substantially completed:  ____________ ___, ____.

Rent Commencement Date:  ______________ __, ___.

Expiration date of first Lease Year:  ______________ __, ___.

Term expiration date:  ______________ __, ___.

Tenant:  Lumber Liquidators Services, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

Landlord:  LM Retail, LLC, a Virginia limited liability company

Leased Premises Address:  4901 Bakers Mill Lane, Richmond, Virginia 23230

Square Footage:  52,876 square feet.

 

Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that the Leased Premises were tendered to Tenant on the Commencement Date. Tenant acknowledges that Tenant has inspected the Leased Premises and Tenant has confirmed to Tenant's satisfaction that the Leased Premises are suitable for Tenant's use.

 

From and after the date hereof, all notices should be delivered to Tenant at the address set forth in Section 35 of the Lease.

Landlord :

 

Tenant :

 

 

 

LM Retail, LLC,

 

Lumber Liquidators Services, LLC,

a Virginia limited liability company

 

a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

 

By:

 

 

By:

 

Name:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

Title:

 

Date:

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

G-1


 

 

EXHIBIT “H”

 

LANDLORD’S WIRING INSTRUCTIONS

 

Bank -                         

 

Account number -                         

Wire ABA # -                                

 

 

H-1


 

 

EXHIBIT “I”

 

GUARANTY

 

GUARANTY

 

The undersigned, LUMBER LIQUIDATORS HOLDINGS, INC. , (“Guarantor”) in consideration of the lease between Lumber Liquidators Services, LLC (“Tenant”) and LM Retail, LLC dated _____________ 2018, as the same may be amended from time to time (the “Lease”) for certain premises located in Richmond, Virginia, as more particularly described therein, does hereby covenant and agree as follows:

 

A.  Guarantor does hereby unconditionally guarantee the full, faithful and timely payment and performance by Tenant of all of the payments, covenants and other obligations of Tenant under or pursuant to the Lease.  If Tenant shall default at any time in the payment of any rent or any other sums, costs or charges whatsoever, or in the performance of any of the other covenants and obligations of Tenant, under or pursuant to the Lease, then the undersigned, at its expense, shall on demand of Landlord fully and promptly, and well and truly, pay all rent, sums, costs and charges to be paid by Tenant, and perform all the other covenants and obligations to be performed by Tenant, under or pursuant to the Lease, and in addition shall on Landlord’s demand pay to Landlord any and all sums due to Landlord pursuant to the Lease.

B.   Guarantor’s obligations hereunder shall remain fully binding although Landlord may have waived one or more defaults by Tenant, extended the time of performance by Tenant, released, returned or misapplied other collateral at any time given as security for Tenant’s obligations (including other guaranties) and/or released Tenant from the performance of its obligations under the Lease.

C.   This guaranty shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the institution by or against Tenant, of bankruptcy, reorganization, readjustment, receivership or insolvency proceedings of any nature, or the disaffirmance of the Lease in any such proceedings or otherwise.

D.  This guaranty shall be applicable to and binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators, representatives, successors and assigns of Landlord, Tenant and the undersigned.  Landlord may assign this guaranty in whole or in part, and shall provide notice of such assignment to Tenant and Guarantor.

E.   In the event that Landlord should institute any suit against the undersigned for violation of or to enforce any of the covenants or conditions of this guaranty or to enforce any right of Landlord hereunder, or should the undersigned institute any suit against Landlord arising out of or in connection with this guaranty, or should either party institute a suit against the other for a declaration of rights hereunder, or should either party intervene in any suit in which the other is a party to enforce or protect its interest or rights hereunder, the prevailing party in any such suit shall be entitled to the fees of its attorney(s) in the reasonable amount thereof, to be determined by the court and taxed as a part of the costs therein.

I-1


 

 

F.   It is understood that the Lease and the exhibits attached thereto are intended to set forth all the covenants, promises, agreements, conditions and understandings between Landlord and Tenant, and it hereby is expressly acknowledged and agreed that this guaranty is not executed in reliance on any covenants, promises, agreements, conditions or understandings between Landlord and Tenant, or made to or with the undersigned, either oral or written, other than those contained in the Lease and the exhibits attached thereto.

G.  The execution of this guaranty prior to execution the Lease shall not invalidate this guaranty or lessen the obligations of guarantor hereunder.

H.  Guarantor hereby waives any requirement of presentment, notice of dishonor, notice of default, demand, and all other notices that may be required on Landlord's part in connection with the obligations guaranteed hereby.  Landlord shall have the right to assign and transfer this guaranty to any assignee of the Lease.  Landlord’s successors and assigns shall have the rights, elections, remedies, and privileges, discretions and powers granted hereunder to Landlord and shall have the right to rely upon this guaranty and to enter into and continue other and additional transactions with Tenant in reliance hereon, in the same manner and with the same force and effect as if they were specifically named as Landlord herein.  Landlord shall have the right to proceed against Guarantor immediately upon any default by Tenant in payment or performance of any obligation under the Lease, and Landlord shall not be required to take any action or proceedings of any kind against Tenant or any other party liable for Tenant’s debts or obligations or to look to any other collateral Landlord may have for the obligations of Tenant under the Lease.  Should Landlord desire to proceed against Guarantor and Tenant in the same action, Guarantor agrees that Guarantor may be joined in any such action against Tenant and that recovery may be had against Guarantor to the extent of Guarantor’s liability in such action.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this guaranty this ____ day of __________, 2018.

 

 

LUMBER LIQUIDATORS HOLDINGS,

 

INC. , a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

I-2


 

 

EXHIBIT “J”

 

JANITORIAL SPECIFICATIONS

 

 

J-1


 

 

 

 

 

NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_EXHIBIT10_PAGE_43.GIF

 

 

Entrances and Lobbies QAR # Item Description Frequency D, W, M, Q, SA, AR, NA 1. Doors Clean all entrance doors. X Clean overhead transom glass. X 2. Door Frames Spot clean door frames. X 3. Thresholds Clean and polish door thresholds. X 4. Walk-off Mats Roll up walk-off mats to clean floor under. X Vacuum walk-off mats. X Spot clean. X 5. Ash/Trash Empty and wipe all ashtrays, sand urns and replace and. Remove all trash /wipe container exteriors. X 6. Vents/Lighting Dust all lighting and ventilation fixture s (outs ide X surfaces) 7. High Dusting Dust all areas above 60" from floor with treated cloth. X &. Low Dusting Dust and wipe window edges and ledges. X 9. Walls Wipe off spots. X 10. Glass Spot clean interior glass and interior windows. X 11. Directory Dust and clean lobby directory. X 12. Front Desk Clean reception/ concierge area. X 13. Furniture Clean lobby furniture. X 14. Bright Metal Clean and polish metal surfaces to remove all soil. X 15. Water Fountains Damp wipe to disinfect and polish. X 16. Hard Floors Sweep, damp mop and spot mop lobby floor. Strip, seal and re-coat. X Buff and polish. X X 17. carpet Vacuum all carpeting to remove soil, loose paper and trash. X Spot clean to remove stains. X LOGO J-2

 

 

 


 

 

 

NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_EXHIBIT10_PAGE_44.GIF

Entrances and Lobbies QAR # Item Description Frequency D, W, M, Q, SA, AR, NA Corners/Edges J-3 18. Detail vacuum corners and edges. Planters Clean lobby planters (Do not touch plants) X X 19. Lobby 20. 21. Other Other LOGO

 

 

 


 

 

 

NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_EXHIBIT10_PAGE_45.GIF

Elevators. Damp wipe with cleaner. Spot clean. Clean and polish tracks and grooves. Vacuum all carpeting to remove soil, loose paper. Spot clean to remove stains. X Shampoo all carpets to remove imbedded soil. Sweep and damp mop hard surface floor. Detail hard surfaces. Clean exterior. Dust inside of cabinet. J-4 QAR • • • • • • • • • • • • • Item Description Frequency D W M Q SA AR NA 22. Doors Clean /polish elevator doors, frames and switches. X X 23. Walls I Panels X 24. Tracks X 25. carpet. and trash. Detail vacuum corners and edges. X X X 26. Tile Buff and polish if required. X X 27. Corners/Edges X 28. Ceiling Lights X 29. Telephone Cabinet X 30. Other 31. Other LOGO

 

 

 


 

 

 

NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_EXHIBIT10_PAGE_46.GIF

General Common Areas Spot clean doors. Spot clean door frames. Dust all lighting and ventilation fixtures (outside Spot clean walls and light switches to remove Dust clean all horizontal surfaces above 60". Dust and clean directory. X Dust clean all walls from floor to 60" above floor. Spot clean all glass including doors. Clean, polish and sanitize drinking fountains. Dust fire extinguishers and cabinets. Vacuum all lobby furniture. Wipe I dust clean all architectural metal. X Spot clean metal trim work. Empty and damp wipe all ashtrays &sand urns & X Empty all waste receptacles and reline. Spot clean, if necessary. Buff and polish. Dust all cove base moldings. Detail clean. J-5 QAR # Item Description Frequency D W M Q SA AR NA 32. Doors X 33. Door Frames X 34. Vents I Lighting surfaces) X 35. Walls fingerprints, smudges, and marks. X 36. High Dusting X 37. Low Dusting. Dust all window ledges and frames. X X 38. Glass X 39. Water Fountains X 40. Fire Cabinets X 41. Furniture X 42. Bright Metal. Spot clean mail chutes. X X 43. A.sh I Trash. replace sand. X X 44. Carpet. Vacuum all carpeted areas. X X 45. Tile. Sweep and mop floors. X X 46. Cove Base X 47. Edges I Corners X LOGO

 

 

 


 

NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_EXHIBIT10_PAGE_47.GIF

Sweep and mop. Clean and disinfect. J-6 QAR # Item Description Frequency D W M Q SA AR NA 48. Service Closet Floor X 49. Service Closet Sink X 50. Other 51. Other LOGO

 

 

 


 

 

 

NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_EXHIBIT10_PAGE_48.GIF

Stairwells Doors Landings J-7 53. Damp 52. Doors wipe all doors with non-abrasive detergent. X Doors Frames Spot clean door frames. Dusting Damp wipe clean from floor to ceiling all light fixtures, ledges, moldings, grills, vents, piping, etc. Spot clean walls with non-abrasive detergent from floor to ceiling. Damp wipe hand rails with non-abrasive X detergent. Sweep and police for litter. X Damp mop. X Buff or polish hard surfaces. Vacuum stairs and landings. X X X X X 54. High 55. Walls 56. Rails 57. Stairs 58. Corners I Edges Detail clean. X 59. Other QAR # Item Description Frequency D, W, M, Q, SA, AR, NA LOGO

 

 

 


 

 

 

NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_EXHIBIT10_PAGE_49.GIF

Tenant Spaces Spot clean doors. Spot clean door frames. Dust all lighting and ventilation fixtures (outside High dust all areas above 60" from floor with a Dust clean chair rails, convector tops, pictures or Spot clean walls and switch plates to remove. Spot clean side lights and glass partitions Dust all window blinds. Dust clean all window frames and sills. Dust modular partitions. Dust clean all tables, bookcases, file cabinets, J-8 QAR # Item Description Frequency D W M Q SA AR NA 60. Doors X 61. Door Frames X 62. Vents/ Lighting surfaces). X 63. High Dusting treated cloth. X 64. Low Dusting wall hangings from floor to 60" above floor. X 65. Walls fingerprints, spills, and other markings. X 66. Glass Spot clean glass window and glass entrance doors. X X 67. Blinds X 68. Window Ledges X 69. Partitions X 70. Furnishings desks, credenza, chair, and chair bases, etc. (Do not disturb any desk articles.) X LOGO

 

 

 


 

 

 

NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_EXHIBIT10_PAGE_50.GIF

Tenant Spaces Wipe clean. Vacuum upholstered furniture and wipe all chair X Damp wipe to sanitize telephones. Empty all waste receptacles. Remove trash to designated area. Vacuum unobstructed open areas. Spot clean all carpeting. Sweep and damp mop all non-carpeted areas. Scrub and refinish all composition floors (Non-skid. Edge vacuum all carpeted areas. X Wash outside cabinet. X X Wipe down wall behind container. Clean and disinfect. X Secure the area. J-9 QAR # Item Description Frequency D W M Q SA AR NA 71. Counter Tops X 72. Upholstery legs with treated cloth. X 73. Telephones. Dust clean all telephones. X 74. Trash Receptacles. Replace plastic liner as required. X X X 75. Carpet Vacuuming X 76. Carpet Spotting X 77. Hard Floors. Buff all composition floors. wax to be used at all times). X X X 78. Corners I Edges Dust baseboards. X X 79. Kitchen Counter I Cabinets. Clean all counter tops. Spot clean front of cabinet. X X 80. Kitchen Trash. Empty trash container. Replace liner. Wipe down container exterior. X X 81. Kitchen Sinks X 82. Lights I Locks. Turn off lights. X LOGO

 

 

 


 

 

 

NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_EXHIBIT10_PAGE_51.GIF

Tenant Spaces In offices as needed Given access offices to be cleaned J-10 QAR # Item Description Frequency D W M Q SA AR NA 83. Recycling 84. Locked Offices X LOGO

 

 

 


 

 

 

NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_EXHIBIT10_PAGE_52.GIF

Special Areas Damp mop and buff floors as required with approved products for the floor type. Damp wipe baseboards, walls and door kick plates. Remove trash to designated areas. Sweep entry way in front of door. X Vacuum walk-off mats if used. X Vacuum carpet. Clean shower/restroom area including shower X X Remove from locker/restroom area to designated Scrub restroom ceramic tile floors. J-11 QAR # Item Description Frequency D W M Q SA AR NA 85. Garage. Clean entrance door glass. Clean and empty any trash receptacles, urns, etc. Keep light lenses, ventilation and overhead vents. dust-free. Damp wipe as required. Polish entrance door thresholds. X X X X X X X 86. Fitness Center. Dust and damp wipe exercise equipment. curtain using disinfectant or other approved. cleaner. Clean glass/mirror in exercise room. Wipe down lockers and benches in area. area any materials such as towels, clothes, etc., left at close of fitness center operation time. X X X X X 87. Other LOGO

 

 

 


 

 

 

NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_EXHIBIT10_PAGE_53.GIF

Special Areas Damp wipe with non-abrasive detergent and clean X Remove all trash and debris. Sweep underneath walk-off mats as needed. Sweep and police entrances for cigarette butts and other debris. Police courtyards and sidewalks. X Police for litter and debris. (Porters Only) Sweep and mop flooring as requested. Empty all waste receptacles. Replace liner as required. X Spot clean partition glass. Vacuum under raised tile flooring. o not clean or disturb computer I electronic. Clean washer and dryer. Dust wipe surfaces including pipes and counter X Damp mop. J-12 QAR # Item Description Frequency D W M Q SA AR NA 88. Loading Dock all doors, wall light switches, glass, hand rails, etc. Sweep all flooring and stairs. X X 89. Exterior. Empty outside trash receptacles nightly. X X X 90. Grounds X 91. Mechanical Rooms X 92. Computer Room. Dust/wipe desks, tables, cabinets, telephones, etc. Dust mop I damp mop raised tile areas. Vacuum using canister/tank for raised flooring. D equipment. X X X X X X 93. Laundry Room. Empty trash receptacles. tops. X X X 94. Other LOGO

 

 

 


 

NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_EXHIBIT10_PAGE_54.GIF

Restrooms Threshold Vents/ Lighting Counters Sinks plumbing J-13 95. 96. Doors Damp wipe all doors and door frames with mild non-abrasive detergent. Door Frames Spot clean door frames. X X 97. Damp wipe threshold with mild non-abrasive detergent. Dust all lighting and ventilation fixtures (outside surfaces) X X 98. V 99. 100. 101. 102. WaPar Mirlls Damp wipe clean (floor to ceiling) with proper combination cleaner, disinfectant, deodorant. Damp wipe all baseboards. Damp wipe partitions with non-abrasive detergent. Wash to remove streaks, stains and smudges with proper combination disinfectant cleaner. Clean glass mirrors removing all fingerprints, streaks, smudges and splash marks. Clean vanity tops removing all fingerprints, streaks, smudges and splash marks. Clean with disinfectant and polish to bright finish. Remove all stains from underneath sinks, toilets and urinals. Clean and polish flushometers, piping, toilet hinges and other metal surfaces to remove all soil. X X X X X X X X X 103. 104. Plumbing LOGO

 

 

 


 

NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_EXHIBIT10_PAGE_55.GIF

Restrooms 105. Bright Metal Clean and polish towel and toilet tissue dispensers, X shelves, and tampon machines. Clean and polish all chrome work. X 106. Trash Receptacles Empty and damp wipe all waste containers using X proper disinfectant, deodorant and germicide combination cleaner. Reline with proper liner for each container. Liners X should be minimally visible from outside of container. 107. Soap Supply Refill soap dispensers with designated soap. X 108. Paper Supply Refill all toilet tissue, towel, seat cover and X feminine supply dispensers. 109. Toilets Clean toilets, toilet seats with proper combination X of lavatory cleaner, disinfectant and deodorizer removing all streaks, stains, and deposits. 110. Urinals Clean urinals with proper combination of X bathroom cleaner, disinfectant and deodorizer removing all streaks, stains, and deposits. 111. Tile Floor Remove all litter. X Damp mop with proper combination of bathroom cleaner, disinfectant, deodorizer. 112. Carpet Vacuum and spot clean all carpets X 113. Floor Drain Pour water into floor drain to keep trap moist to reduce odors. X 114. Edges/ Corners Detail clean. X QAR # Item Description Frequency D W M Q SA AR NA LOGO

 

 

 


 

NEW MICROSOFT WORD DOCUMENT_EXHIBIT10_PAGE_56.GIF

CSI Systems Check Maintain MSDS Book. Maintain Bloodborne Pathogen Book. Budget I Staff X Other Current Information Customer and CSI Entries Maintain an orderly arrangement of all janitorial Maintain all equipment in good working order. Neat and clean. Paper X Expendables Complete X Entries complete to date Entries complete to date J-15 QAR # Item Description Frequency D W M Q SA AR NA 115. MSDS Book X 116. Bloodborne Pathogen Book X 117. Operations Site Book. Building Specifications. Systems Training to Specifications X X X 118. Communications Log X 119. CSI Main Storage Area supplies and paper products. X 120. Equipment Condition X 121. Uniforms ID badges visible X X 122. Inventory. Plastic X X 123. First Aid Kit. On site X 124. Sign-In Sheets X 125. Timecards X 126. Other: LOGO

 

 

 


 

 

EXHIBIT “K”

 

LANDLORD’S WORK

 

Landlord shall cause the work requested by Tenant and approved by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably, withheld, conditioned or delayed, to be completed in the Leased Premises in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Exhibit “K” (“Landlord’s Work”).

 

1.   Tenant shall contract with and hire Wendel/Evolve (“Tenant’s Architect”) as Tenant’s architect of record.

a.    Tenant’s Architect shall contract and/or coordinate with all design sub consultants to include, but not be limited to, engineers (MEP and structural), signage vendors, security consultants and IT vendors  (collectively, the “Project Team”).

b.   Landlord shall work with Tenant to review design proposals for completeness.

c.    The Project Team shall be responsible for complete development of demolition, interior and exterior architectural plans, mechanical, engineering and plumbing plans, structural plans and low voltage plans, including specification of all equipment, finishes, hardware and other finishes (the “Construction Documents”).

2.   Upon execution of the Lease, Landlord, Tenant and Tenant’s Architect shall hold an initial design coordination meeting to accomplish the following:

a.    Establish the design schedule.

b.   Develop the MEP and finish schedule narratives so that those documents can be used as part of the request for proposal (“RFP”) to the general contractor field.

c.    Begin development of the Construction Documents.

d.   Tenant shall complete final construction documents on or before January 15, 2019.  There shall be a day for day extension of the Outside Delivery Date (as defined below) for each day after January 15, 2019 until Tenant has completed the final Construction Documents.  Landlord delays shall not extend the Outside Delivery Date, as defined below.

e.    Upon completion of the Construction Documents, Landlord shall submit applications for permits to Henrico County.

3.   Tenant shall pay design services costs directly to the Project Team.

a.    Soft costs (including, but not limited to, all costs associated with Section 1c above) may be reimbursed by the Allowance to the extent that there is sufficient Allowance remaining upon completion of Landlord’s Work.

4.   Landlord shall develop an RFP and seek general contracting services, enter into and manage the contract with the general contractor (the “GC”).

a.    Upon completion of the Construction Documents, Landlord shall obtain bids from at least three (3) general contractors, with each scope including three (3) returned, open book bids, for the completion of the Construction Documents.  All of the general contractors on the bid list shall be approved by Landlord and Tenant, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. Within ten (10) days after Landlord and Tenant mutually agree upon the selection of the GC, Landlord shall enter into a contract with such GC.  If none of the bid proposals are acceptable, Landlord’s Work shall be rebid in the manner set forth above.

K-1


 

 

b.   GC will be obligated to execute a clean version of Landlord’s form AIA-102 and AIA-201 contract documents (the “GC Contract”).

c.    GC will be obligated to deliver the Leased Premises with Landlord’s Work substantially completed no earlier than October 1, 2019. Liquidated damages will be deducted from the GC’s fee in the amount of Five Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($5,000) per day for each day the Leased Premises is delivered to Tenant with Landlord’s Work substantially completed after October 31, 2019 (the “Outside Delivery Date”).

d.   Tenant shall be responsible for the specification, installation and payment for the cost of its IT infrastructure, security infrastructure and low/volt -media design wiring and installation.  Landlord shall coordinate contractors and provide pathways for wiring of system.

e.    HVAC equipment shall be specified with monitoring system (specified by Landlord), so that after-hours use can be monitored and properly managed, at Landlord’s cost and not included as part of the Allowance. All other costs related to the HVAC equipment and installation shall be included in the Allowance.

5.   Upon execution of the GC Contract, Landlord and Tenant shall mutually agree to begin Landlord’s Work.

a.    Landlord shall be paid four percent (4%) of the GC Contract cost of Landlord’s Work (plus change orders) as a project management fee (the “Project Management Fee”).

b.   The GC Contract cost shall include the GC fee and general conditions, scope cost, contingency, insurance, and payment and performance bonds.

c.    The total cost of the GC Contract plus the Project Management Fee will result in the total cost per square foot of the Tenant improvements (“TI”).

i.    Prior to execution of the GC Contract by Landlord, Tenant shall fund all costs, if any, of the TI in excess of the Allowance (the “Escrow Funds”) plus a contingency amount equal to 10% of the Escrow Funds (the “Escrow Fund Contingency”) plus the amount equal to Landlord’s Retainage (as defined below) into an escrow account (the “Escrow Account”).

ii.   The Escrow Funds shall be used for monthly payments of the cost of the TI prior to use of the Allowance. The Escrow Fund Contingency shall remain in the Escrow Account, to be used in the event the GC Contract cost is greater than anticipated; provided, however, Tenant must first approve any increases to the GC Contract cost.

iii.  Ninety percent (90%) of the Allowance shall be used for monthly payments of the TI after the Escrow Funds, less Escrow Fund Contingency (if applicable), have been paid out.

iv.  The remaining ten percent (10%) of the Allowance shall be held by Landlord as retainage (“Landlord’s Retainage”) and paid to the GC Contract following the completion of the Landlord’s Work. Any of the unused Allowance and the Escrow Fund Contingency shall be paid to Tenant upon Tenant’s opening for business in the Leased Premises for the Allowable Use and receipt by Landlord of the first month’s Rent.

v.   In no event shall the Allowance be used to pay Tenant’s employees or for any costs associated with Tenant's inventory, personal property, furniture,

K-2


 

 

equipment, trade fixtures, or other items of a non-permanent nature installed in the Leased Premises. Landlord makes no representations as to whether the Allowance will be sufficient to complete Landlord’s Work and Tenant shall be responsible for any and all costs of Landlord’s Work in excess of the Allowance.

6.   In furtherance of Landlord’s obligation to manage the GC Contract, Landlord shall do the following:

a.    Landlord shall regularly meet with Tenant and the Project Team to review construction progress and payments.

b.   Landlord shall involve Tenant and the Project Team for any necessary clarification to the Construction Documents in order to correctly complete the TI.

c.    Landlord and Tenant’s Architect shall review and make satisfactory all payment applications.  Landlord and Tenant shall be required to jointly review and make final approval of payment applications before funds are released by Landlord for payment.

d.   Landlord shall require Tenant and the Project Team to review and approve any change orders resulting from additional scope requests by Tenant or caused by design omissions or necessary material substitutions.

e.    For the period beginning with the Effective Date and ending on July 31, 2019, upon approval of any change order, within five (5) business days after such approval, Tenant shall deposit funds in an amount equal to one hundred ten percent (110%) of the cost of such change order, plus the applicable Project Management Fee, into the Escrow Account, if the amounts are in excess of Allowance.  Commencing on August 1, 2019, within five (5) business days after the approval of a change order, Tenant shall deposit funds in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the cost of such change order, plus the applicable Project Management Fee, into the Escrow Account, if the amounts are in excess of Allowance. If any change order results in a reduction of the GC Contract cost, Tenant shall be reimbursed, if such funds were already paid to the GC.

7.   Landlord shall be deemed to have substantially completed Landlord’s Work upon issuance of a temporary certificate of occupancy (“TCO”) and completion of the scope of work defined in the Construction Documents on or before the Outside Delivery Date.

a.    Landlord, Tenant, Tenant’s Architect and the GC shall schedule and generate walkthrough/punch lists to finalize the delivery of the Leased Premises in accordance with the GC Contract. Landlord shall complete such punch list items within fifteen (15) days after finalizing such punch list or such additional reasonable time period as necessary provided Landlord is diligently pursuing the completion of such items. Landlord shall notify Tenant of the anticipated completion date of such punch list items and Tenant shall inspect the Leased Premises with Landlord within five (5) days of the date provided in such notice to verify the completion of the punch list items. If Tenant’s inspection reveals that any of the punch list items have not been completed, Landlord shall diligently complete such punch list item within fifteen (15) days or such additional reasonable time period as necessary provided Landlord is diligently pursuing completion and the foregoing notice and inspection process shall continue until all punch list items have been completed.

K-3


 

 

b.   Any conditions included in the TCO which are applicable to the TI shall be deemed to be included on the punch list and Landlord shall complete the work necessary to satisfy such conditions in accordance with Section 7a above, and in no event, later than the date the TCO expires.

 

 

K-4


 

 

BASIC LEASE INFORMATION RIDER

 

1.         Effective Date:  ________ __, 2018

2.         Tenant: Lumber Liquidators Services, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

3.         Rentable area of the Leased Premises is conclusively determined to be fifty-two thousand eight hundred seventy-six (52,876) square feet.  Attached hereto as Exhibit “F” is a sketch of the Leased Premises showing the BOMA calculations for the Leased Premises.

4.         Lease Term: Ten (10) years plus the period of time between the Commencement Date (defined below) and the Rent Commencement Date (defined below), commencing on the date that Landlord tenders possession of the Leased Premises to Tenant (the “ Commencement Date ”), and ending on the date which is ten (10) years after the Rent Commencement Date.  Prior to Tenant or anyone claiming under or through Tenant occupying or using the Leased Premises, both Tenant and Landlord shall execute and Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a written notice of delivery and acceptance of the Leased Premises in the form attached hereto as Exhibit “G”.

5.         Base Rent:  $1,361,557.00 annually payable in equal monthly installments of $113,463.08.  Payment of Base Rent shall commence on January 1, 2020 (the “ Rent Commencement Date ”).  Base Rent shall be increased each Lease Year commencing with the second (2nd) Lease Year as follows:

Lease Year

Annual Base Rent per square foot

Yearly Payment

Monthly Payment

1

$25.75

$1,361,557.00

$113,463.08

2

$26.46

$1,399,098.96

$116,591.58

3

$27.19

$1,437,698.44

$119,808.20

4

$27.94

$1,477,355.44

$123,112.95

5

$28.71

$1,518,069.96

$126,505.83

6

$29.50

$1,559,842.00

$129,986.83

7

$30.31

$1,602,671.56

$133,555.96

8

$31.14

$1,646,558.64

$137,213.22

9

$32.00

$1,692,032.00

$141,002.67

10

$32.88

$1,738,562.88

$144,880.24

 

 


 

 

6.         Security Deposit:  None.

7.         Allowable Use of Leased Premises (subject to restrictions set forth in the Lease and the PUP and PROFFERS):  Solely for general office purposes consistent with a first-class office building in the Richmond, Virginia, metropolitan area.  Landlord represents and warrants that (a) the Leased Premises is zoned to allow for general office use, and (b) no restrictive covenant, lease, easement, or other written agreement prohibits, restricts, or otherwise limits Tenant’s rights set forth in this Lease.

8.         Leased Premises Hours:  Between 8:00 a.m. (Richmond, Virginia time) and 6:00 p.m. (Richmond, Virginia time), Monday through Friday, except Holidays.  The term " Holidays " shall mean New Year’s Day, Memorial Day, Fourth of July, Labor Day, Thanksgiving, and Christmas Day.  Tenant shall have access to the Leased Premises 24 hours per day, 365 days per year.

9.         Landlord’s Work:  Landlord agrees to deliver the Leased Premises to Tenant with Landlord’s Work, as described in Exhibit “K” , substantially completed at Tenant’s sole cost and expense less the amount of the Allowance. Following substantial completion of Landlord’s Work, Landlord shall provide Tenant with written notice of the delivery date, which shall occur no earlier than October 1, 2019 and no later than October 31, 2019 (the “ Outside Delivery Date ”). In the event the Leased Premises is delivered after the Outside Delivery Date, as such date may be extended by Tenant Delay (as hereinafter defined) or Force Majeure on a day for day basis, Tenant shall receive a Rent credit in the amount of Five Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($5,000) per day for each day the Leased Premises is delivered to Tenant after the Outside Delivery Date. “Tenant Delay” shall mean any failure by Tenant to satisfy any of its obligations set forth in Exhibit K by the dates set forth in Exhibit K, or, if Tenant delays construction of Landlord’s Work, following notice from Landlord to Tenant specifying Tenant’s actions or inaction which constitutes the delay and Tenant fails to cure such occurrence or nonoccurrence within two (2) business days of receipt of such notice.

10.       Comprehensive General Liability Insurance: $1,000,000 per occurrence and $2,000,000 in the aggregate for general liability and $500,000 for fire legal liability.

11.       Broker:  Jones Lang LaSalle Americas, Inc. (“Tenant’s Broker”).

12.       Allowance: a sum of up to Fifty and No/100 Dollars ($50.00) per square foot of the Leased Premises, but in no event exceeding the total sum of Two Million Six Hundred Forty Three Thousand Eight Hundred and No/100 Dollars ($2,643,800.00).  No portion of the Allowance shall be used as a Rent abatement.

 

 


 

 

13.       Space Planning Allowance: a sum of up to 15/100 Dollars ($0.15) per square foot of the Leased Premises to be used for space planning, but in no event exceeding the total sum of Seven Thousand Nine Hundred Thirty One and 40/100 Dollars ($7,931.40).  The Space Planning Allowance shall be paid directly to Tenant’s architect within ten (10) days after request from Tenant.

 

Certain of the information relating to the Lease, including many of the principal economic terms, are set forth in the foregoing Basic Lease Information Rider.  The Basic Lease Information Rider and the Lease are, by this reference, hereby incorporated into one another.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have signed this Basic Lease Information Rider as of this 19th day of October, 2018.

 

TENANT:

LUMBER LIQUIDATORS

SERVICES, LLC, a Delaware limited

liability company

    

LANDLORD:

LM RETAIL, LLC,

a Virginia limited liability company

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Martin D. Agard

 

By:

/s/ Wayne Chasen

Name:

Martin D. Agard

 

Name:

Wayne Chasen

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

Title:

Co-Manager

 

 


 

 

OPTION TO RENEW RIDER

 

A.        Landlord hereby grants Tenant the option to renew (the “Renewal Option”) the initial Lease Term (not to include, for purposes of this Rider only, any Renewal Term, as hereinafter defined) for two (2) additional terms of five (5) years each (each, a “Renewal Term”), commencing as of the date immediately following the expiration of the Lease Term then in effect, such option to be subject to the covenants and conditions hereinafter set forth.

B.         Tenant shall give Landlord written notice (a “Renewal Notice”) of Tenant's election to exercise a Renewal Option not later than three hundred sixty five (365) days prior to the expiration of the Lease Term or the first Renewal Term, as applicable.  Tenant's failure to give a Renewal Notice by said date, whether due to Tenant's oversight or failure to cure any existing defaults or otherwise, shall render the Renewal Option null and void.

C.         Tenant shall not be permitted to exercise a Renewal Option if Tenant is in default under the Lease, subject to applicable notice and grace periods (if any).  If Tenant fails to cure any default under the Lease prior to the commencement of a Renewal Term, subject to applicable notice and grace periods, the Renewal Term shall be immediately cancelled, unless Landlord elects to waive such default, and Tenant shall forthwith deliver possession of the Leased Premises to Landlord as of the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term or the first Renewal Term, as applicable.

D.        Tenant shall be deemed to have accepted the Leased Premises in “AS-IS” condition as of the commencement of a Renewal Term, subject to any other repair and maintenance obligations of Landlord under the Lease and Landlord’s representations and warranties in the Lease, it being understood and agreed that Landlord shall have no additional obligation to renovate or remodel the Leased Premises or any portion of the Building as a result of Tenant's renewal of the Lease.

E.         The covenants and conditions of the Lease in force during the original Term, as the same may be modified from time to time, shall continue to be in effect during a Renewal Term, except as follows:

(1)        The “Commencement Date” for the purpose of the Lease shall be the first day of the Renewal Term.

(2)        The Base Rent for a Renewal Term shall be an amount equal to the then Fair Market Rental Value of the Leased Premises at the time of Landlord’s receipt of a Renewal Notice.  "Fair Market Rental Value" of the Leased Premises shall be an amount determined by Landlord and agreed to by Tenant. In determining the Fair Market Rental Value, Landlord shall take into account factors including, without limitation, the then-prevailing market rental rate, escalations for space comparable to the Leased Premises, applicable lengths of lease term, differences in size of the space demised, the age, quality and location of the Building and comparable buildings, the amenities in the Building and comparable buildings, the tenant improvements, and other economic terms and conditions normally taken into account in

 


 

 

determining Fair Market Rental Value. If, however, Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree upon a Fair Market Rental Value within thirty (30) days following the Renewal Notice, then the Fair Market Rental Value shall be determined by a competent real estate broker agreed to by Landlord and Tenant within forty-five (45) days after the Renewal Notice.  The broker shall provide Landlord and Tenant with a single figure for the Fair Market Rental Value (i.e., not a range) within thirty (30) days following the date that Landlord and Tenant agree to the broker.  Landlord and Tenant shall split any and all costs associated with the retention of said broker.  If, however, Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree upon a competent real estate broker, then the Fair Market Rental Value shall be determined by three (3) competent real estate brokers. Landlord and Tenant shall each select a broker within sixty (60) business days following the Renewal Notice.  The two (2) brokers selected by Landlord and Tenant shall select a third broker by mutual agreement reached within five (5) business days after both of the parties’ brokers are identified.  The three (3) brokers shall provide their determinations of Fair Market Rent to Tenant and Landlord within thirty (30) days following the selection of the third broker. Landlord shall be responsible for any and all costs associated with the retention of Landlord’s broker; Tenant shall be responsible for any and all costs associated with the retention of Tenant’s broker; and Landlord and Tenant shall split any and all costs associated with the retention of the third broker.  All brokers selected pursuant to this section shall have at least ten (10) years of experience in the Richmond, Virginia real estate market relating to office leasing.  The Fair Market Rental Value shall be the average (“average” shall refer herein to the sum of the fair market rent determinations divided by the number of brokers) of the fair market rent determinations of the three (3) brokers, unless the highest determination of the three (3) brokers is greater than twenty percent (20%) higher than the next highest determination, in which case it shall be discarded, or unless the lowest of the three (3) determinations is greater than twenty percent (20%) lower than the next lowest determination, in which case it shall be discarded.  If one determination is discarded, then the Fair Market Rental Value shall be the average of the remaining two (2) determinations.  If both the highest determination and the lowest determination are discarded per the previous clause, then the Fair Market Rental Value shall be the remaining determination.  However, in no event shall Base Rent for any year of the Renewal Term be less than the amount of Base Rent for the immediately prior year.

(3)        The base year for purposes of Additional Rent for a Renewal Term shall be the calendar year of the first Lease Year of such Renewal Term.

(4)        Following expiration of the second Renewal Term as provided herein, Tenant shall have no further right to renew or extend the Lease.

(5)        Landlord shall have the right to require that the comprehensive general liability insurance carried by Tenant is increased to an amount that is reasonable and customary at the start of each Renewal Term.

 

 


 

 

OFFICE DEED OF LEASE AGREEMENT

BY AND BETWEEN

LM RETAIL, LLC, Landlord

a Virginia limited liability company

 

AND

LUMBER LIQUIDATORS SERVICES, LLC , Tenant

a Delaware limited liability company

DATED: ______________ __, 2018

LIBBIE MILL – MIDTOWN

4901 BAKERS MILL LANE

RICHMOND, VIRGINIA 23230

 

 


 

 

INDEX

EXHIBIT “A” – PROVISIONAL USE PERMIT AND PROFFERS

EXHIBIT “B” – PROHIBITED USES

EXHIBIT “C” – RULES AND REGULATIONS

EXHIBIT “D” – SUBORDINATION, NON-DISTURBANCE AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT

EXHIBIT “E” – LANDLORD’S SIGNAGE CRITERIA

EXHIBIT “F” – BOMA CALCULATIONS

EXHIBIT “G” – NOTICE OF DELIVERY AND ACCEPTANCE

EXHIBIT “H” – LANDLORD’S WIRING INSTRUCTIONS

EXHIBIT “I” – GUARANTY

EXHIBIT “J” – JANITORIAL SPECIFICATIONS

EXHIBIT “K” – LANDLORD’S WORK

BASIC LEASE INFORMATION RIDER

OPTION TO RENEW RIDER

 

 


Exhibit 10.36

 

PICTURE 1

 

3000 John Deere Road, Toano, VA 23168

Phone: (757) 259-4280.• Fax (757) 259-7293

www.lumberliquidators.com

 

 

 

 

 

March 30, 2018

 

VIA EMAIL (                                         )

 

Jennifer Bohaty-Yelle

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Re:        Offer Letter

 

Dear Jennifer:

 

This letter confirms our offer of employment to you with Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc. or one of its subsidiaries (individually and collectively, as applicable, “Lumber Liquidators” or the “Company”) and replaces all previous offer letters sent to you.  The details of our offer are as follows:

 

     Title:  Chief Compliance Officer

     Location:  Toano/Richmond, Virginia

     Reports to: Dennis Knowles, President and CEO

     Start Date:  TBD  (based upon mutual agreement between you and Dennis Knowles).

     Annual Base Salary:  $300,000. Lumber Liquidators currently processes payroll on a weekly basis.  This is subject to change.  We strongly encourage employees to receive their pay via direct deposit.

     Sign-on Bonus:  To assist you in your transition, you will receive a one-time sign-on bonus in the amount of $20,000 (gross before taxes and applicable withholdings).  This amount is payable to you within thirty (30) days of your start date.  In the event you voluntary resign your employment from Lumber Liquidators for any reason prior to completing your first year of employment, full re-payment of this sign-on bonus will be due to Lumber Liquidators within 30-days of your termination date.

     Incentive Plan:  You will be eligible to participate in the Annual Bonus Plan for Executive Management (the “Bonus Plan”).  Your 100% target payout under the Bonus Plan will be equal to 50% of your annual base salary, with the opportunity to earn a maximum of 175% of your target payout based on Lumber Liquidators’ performance against certain financial objectives.  For 2018, any earned bonus payout will be pro-rated for your date of hire in 2018.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the awarding (or decision not to award) a payment under the Bonus Plan and the amount thereof, is a decision left to the sole discretion of Lumber Liquidators.  Further, the Bonus Plan is subject to

1


 

amendment, modification and/or termination by Lumber Liquidators in its sole and absolute discretion.  To the extent there is any conflict between this Offer Letter and the language of the Bonus Plan, the Bonus Plan shall control.

     Equity:  Lumber Liquidators has recommended to the Compensation Committee of its Board of Directors that you receive an award of equity with a total cumulative value of $300,000.  The Company has recommended that 50% of such award be options and 50% be restricted stock.  The valuation of the options will be made using the Black-Scholes-Merton method as of the date of award and the valuation of the restricted stock will be made using the fair market value of the shares on the grant date.   If approved by the Compensation Committee, any award will be granted under, subject to and governed by the Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc. Amended and Restated 2011 Equity Compensation Plan, and shall be evidenced by a grant agreement.  The agreement will specify, among other things, the vesting schedule, consequences of termination of employment and other applicable terms and conditions.  The vesting schedule of the options will be as follows: beginning on the first anniversary of the grant date, 25% of the grant will vest on anniversary of the grant date for a period of four  (4) years. While it is expected that the Compensation Committee will next award equity three (3) business days after the Company publicly announces its financial results for Q1-2018, the timing and amount of any such award to you is subject to your actual start date of employment and to the absolute discretion of the Compensation Committee and the Board of Directors.  You may be eligible for future annual equity awards based on an assessment of your job performance and recommendation made by the CEO.  All awards require approval at the absolute discretion of the Compensation Committee and the Board of Directors.  As an employee, you will be subject to the expectations and restrictions of Lumber Liquidators’ Insider Trading Policy, a copy of which is provided at the time of hire and is available upon request to Human Resources.

     Director and Officer Stock Ownership Guidelines: In December 2016, we implemented stock ownership guidelines (the “Ownership Guidelines”) for our non-employee directors and our executive officers (as designated by the Board) in order to align the financial interests of such executives and non-employee directors with those of the Company’s stockholders and to further promote the Company’s commitment to sound corporate governance. The stock ownership requirements are as follows:

 

 

 

 

Position

 

Value of Shares

Chief Executive Officer (CEO)

 

5 times base salary

Chief Financial Officer (CFO)

 

2 times base salary

Executive Officers (other than the CEO and CFO)

 

1 times base salary

Non-Employee Directors

 

2.5 times annual board retainer (exclusive of committee compensation)

 

The participants in the Ownership Guidelines are expected to meet the applicable

2


 

guideline no more than five (5) years after first becoming subject to them and are expected to continuously own sufficient shares to meet the applicable guideline once attained.  Stock that may be considered in determining compliance with the Ownership Guidelines includes:

Shares owned directly by the participant or indirectly by the participant through (i) his or her immediate family members (as defined in the Ownership Guidelines) residing in the same household or (ii) trusts for the benefit of the participant or his or her immediate family members;

i.    Vested shares of restricted stock held by the participant;

ii.   Shares underlying vested stock options held by the participant that are “in the money”; and

iii.  Shares held pursuant to the Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc. Outside Director Deferral Plan (the “Deferral Plan”) (i.e., deferred stock units).

The Compensation Committee shall be responsible for monitoring the application of the Ownership Guidelines.

     Relocation Expense Reimbursement:  This position is based in the corporate offices in Toano and Richmond, VA.  Financial support will be provided to cover reasonable relocation expenses from your home in                                    to the Toano/Richmond, VA area.  You will be provided with up to $200,000 (relocation expenses that are not tax deductible will be grossed up at 35%) in relocation expense reimbursement in accordance with the company’s relocation policy provided you sign and return to us a Relocation Expense Agreement.  In the event you voluntarily resign your employment from Lumber Liquidators for any reason prior to completing two (2) full years of employment, you shall be obligated to repay this relocation payment and any related gross up (together, the “relocation payment”) to Lumber Liquidators as follows: (i) before one (1) year, full repayment of the relocation payment, or (ii) after one (1) year but before two (2) years, 50% repayment of the relocation payment; that such repayment shall be due within thirty (30) days of the termination of your employment; and that you acknowledge that Lumber Liquidators has the right to reduce any final compensation payment to you by the amount owed to Lumber Liquidators under this section.  All relocations are expected to be completed within six (6) months of your employment start date.

     Severance Benefit:  If your employment with Lumber Liquidators is terminated by the Company without “Cause” (as defined in the applicable agreement) within eighteen (18) months of your actual hire date and provided you have executed (i) a severance benefit agreement propounded by and acceptable to the Company within 30 days of your actual hire date, and (ii) a General Release and Waiver as provided in such agreement, the Company will pay you severance in the form of salary continuation in the amount equivalent to your base salary in effect as of your termination date for fifty-two  (52) weeks, subject to standard payroll deductions and withholdings.

     Performance Review and Merit Increase:  Your performance will be reviewed periodically with you by your supervisor, but no less than annually.  Merit increases are discretionary based on performance and business considerations.

3


 

     Benefits Eligibility:  You will be eligible to participate in benefit plans offered through Lumber Liquidators per the terms and conditions of those plans.  During your orientation, you will be given more information regarding these plans and a copy of our 2017/2018 benefits summary if you did not previously receive one.  Following your first day of employment, you will also be able to access the full 2017/2018 Benefits Guide on our Company intranet.

     Paid Time Off (PTO):  Per the terms and conditions of the Lumber Liquidators Paid Time Off (“PTO”) Policy, you will be eligible to accrue up to a maximum of 200 hours of PTO annually and thereafter until your service milestones result in a higher annual accrual amount.  Your 2018 accrual will be pro-rated based on your actual date of hire.

     Holidays:  Lumber Liquidators observes six scheduled holidays each year.  Those holidays currently are New Year’s Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day. The holiday schedule is established in advance of each year and is subject to change.

 

This offer of employment is contingent on (1) satisfactory results of a drug screening test, (2) executive background verification, (3)  your executing the Confidentiality, Non-Solicitation and Non-Competition Agreement, and (4)  your ability to show that you are eligible to work in the United States.

 

On your first day of employment, you will be required to provide your social security card for payroll purposes, and proof of identity and employment eligibility in order to complete an Employment Eligibility Verification (I-9) form.  A list of acceptable documents is enclosed.  Please note that, if you do not have one document from List A, you must bring one document from List B and one document from List C.

Please ensure that you bring the proper documentation with you on your first day of employment.  Your subsequent failure to provide the necessary documentation as required by federal law may result in the termination of your employment.  Please note that your name for payroll purposes must match exactly with your social security records. To expedite the orientation process, please complete the attached forms and bring these with you your first day.

 

Please acknowledge your acceptance of this offer by signing and returning a copy of this letter and any Incorporated Documents, all in their entirety, no later than Monday, April 2, 2018 to me via email to                                   .  By signing this offer, you are, among other things, representing to Lumber Liquidators that there are no legal or equitable agreements or restrictions that would prevent, limit, impair or otherwise compromise your ability to comply with the terms of this offer and perform on behalf of Lumber Liquidators.

 

Please note that your employment with Lumber Liquidators is at-will and neither this document nor any other oral or written representations may be considered a contract of employment for any specific length of time.  You retain the option, as does Lumber Liquidators, of ending your employment with Lumber Liquidators at any time, with or without notice and with or without cause.

 

4


 

If you have questions regarding any of the above, please feel free to contact me by telephone at                       (office) or                             (mobile), or by email.

 

We look forward to you joining the Lumber Liquidators team and working with you to further our success.

Sincerely,

 

 

/s/ Jay L Keith

 

 

Jay L Keith

Vice President, Human Resources

 

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT and AGREEMENT:  As indicated by my signature below on this letter, I acknowledge its receipt and my understanding and acceptance of its contents.  I agree that should I terminate employment with Lumber Liquidators or if my employment is terminated for cause, any monies owed for reimbursement of expenses or other sums under this offer letter will be deducted from my final paychecks.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Jennifer Bohaty-Yelle

    

Date:

4/4/2018

 

Jennifer Bohaty-Yelle

 

 

 

 

 

cc:     Dennis Knowles, President and CEO

 

 

 

Attachments:  Confidentiality, Non-Solicitation and Non-Competition Agreement, Annual Bonus Plan for Executive Management, Severance Benefit Agreement, Executive Officer Relocation Policy

5


Exhibit 10.37

 

PICTURE 1

3000 John Deere Road, Toano, VA  23168

Phone: (757) 259-4280 . • Fax (757) 259-7293

www.lumberliquidators.com

 

 

 

May 17, 2018

 

 

VIA EMAIL (                     )

 

 

 

Charles Tyson

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Re:     Revised Offer Letter

 

 

Dear Charles:

This letter confirms our offer of employment to you with Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc. or one of its subsidiaries (individually and collectively, as applicable, “Lumber Liquidators” or the “Company”) and replaces all previous offer letters sent to you.  The details of our offer are as follows:

     Title:  Chief Customer Experience Officer (CCEO)

     Location:  Toano/Richmond, Virginia

     Reports to: Dennis Knowles, President and CEO

     Start Date:  June 4, 2018  (or as modified based upon mutual agreement between you and Dennis Knowles).

     Annual Base Salary:  $500,000. Lumber Liquidators currently processes payroll on a weekly basis.  This is subject to change.  We strongly encourage employees to receive their pay via direct deposit.

     Incentive Plan:  You will be eligible to participate in the Annual Bonus Plan for Executive Management (the “Bonus Plan”).  Your 100% target payout under the Bonus Plan will be equal to 70% of your annual base salary, with the opportunity to earn a maximum of 200% of your target payout based on Lumber Liquidators’ performance against certain financial objectives.  For 2018, any earned bonus payout will be pro-rated for your date of hire in 2018.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the awarding (or decision not to award) a payment under the Bonus Plan and the amount thereof, is a decision left to the sole discretion of Lumber Liquidators.  Further, the Bonus Plan is subject to amendment, modification and/or termination by Lumber Liquidators in its sole and absolute discretion.  To the extent there is any conflict between this Offer Letter and the language of the Bonus Plan, the Bonus Plan shall control.

     Equity:  Lumber Liquidators has recommended to the Compensation Committee of its Board of Directors that you receive a one-time, new-hire award of equity with a total

1


 

cumulative value of $1,000,000.  The Company has recommended that 100% of such award be in the form of options.  The valuation of the options will be made using the Black-Scholes-Merton method as of the date of award.   If approved by the Compensation Committee, any award will be granted under, subject to and governed by the Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc. Amended and Restated 2011 Equity Compensation Plan, and shall be evidenced by a grant agreement.  The agreement will specify, among other things, the vesting schedule, consequences of termination of employment and other applicable terms and conditions.  The anticipated vesting schedule of the options are as follows:  beginning on the first anniversary of the grant date and for a total of three  (3) years, 33.33% of the grant will vest on anniversary date. While it is expected that the Compensation Committee will next approve an award of equity by the Company approximately three (3) business days after the Company publicly announces its financial results for Q2-2018, the timing and amount of any such award to you is subject to the absolute discretion of the Compensation Committee.  You may be eligible for future annual equity awards based on an assessment of your job performance and recommendation made by the CEO.  The amount of any such future award will not be reflective of this new hire grant and will be scaled, and comparable in amount and type to annual awards given to similarly situated executives and within the Company’s approved award parameters.  All awards require approval of the Compensation Committee.  As an employee, you will be subject to the expectations and restrictions of Lumber Liquidators’ Insider Trading Policy, a copy of which is provided at the time of hire and is available upon request to Human Resources.

     Area(s) of Responsibility:  The duties, responsibilities and essential functions of the Chief Customer Experience Officer are outlined in the current Job Description/Position Summary Document (March 2018) and are subject to change at the discretion of the Company.  As presented, this role has direct control and oversight of: (1) Digital, (2) Omni-Channel, (3) Creative, (4) Web Design, (5) Strategy & Business Development, (6) Customer Care/Contact Center, (7) Pricing, (8) Merchandising, (9) Marketing, (10) Sourcing and (11) the China RO.  As part of this offer, the Company has agreed to evaluate the duties of this position within twelve months of hire with the intent of adding Store Operations as an additional area of responsibility.

     Director and Officer Stock Ownership Guidelines: In order to align the financial interests of executives with those of the Company’s stockholders and to further promote the Company’s commitment to sound corporate governance, you will be subject to the following stock ownership requirement:

 

Position

Value of Shares

Chief Customer Experience Officer (CCEO)

3 times base salary

 

The participants in the Ownership Guidelines are expected to meet the applicable guideline no more than five (5) years after first becoming subject to them and are expected to continuously own sufficient shares to meet the applicable guideline once attained.  Stock that may be considered in determining compliance with the Ownership Guidelines includes:

2


 

Shares owned directly by the participant or indirectly by the participant through (i) his or her immediate family members (as defined in the Ownership Guidelines) residing in the same household or (ii) trusts for the benefit of the participant or his or her immediate family members;

i.    Vested shares of restricted stock held by the participant;

ii.   Shares underlying vested stock options held by the participant that are “in the money”; and

iii.  Shares held pursuant to the Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc. Outside Director Deferral Plan (the “Deferral Plan”) (i.e., deferred stock units).

The Compensation Committee shall be responsible for monitoring the application of the Ownership Guidelines and has sole discretion to alter or change these requirements at any time.

     Relocation Expense Reimbursement:  This position is based in the corporate offices in Toano and Richmond, VA.  Financial support will be provided to cover reasonable relocation expenses from your home in                          to the Toano/Richmond, VA area.  You will be provided with up to $200,000 (relocation expenses that are not tax deductible will be grossed up at 35%) in relocation expense reimbursement in accordance with the company’s relocation policy provided you sign and return to us a Relocation Expense Agreement.  In the event you voluntarily resign your employment from Lumber Liquidators for any reason prior to completing two (2) full years of employment, you shall be obligated to repay this relocation payment and any related gross up (together, the “relocation payment”) to Lumber Liquidators as follows: (i) before one (1) year, full repayment of the relocation payment, or (ii) after one (1) year but before two (2) years, 50% repayment of the relocation payment; that such repayment shall be due within thirty (30) days of the termination of your employment; and that you acknowledge that Lumber Liquidators has the right to reduce any final compensation payment to you by the amount owed to Lumber Liquidators under this section.  Your final relocation date will be determined as mutually agreed upon between Dennis Knowles and you.

     Severance Benefit:  In consideration of the Employee’s continued employment with the Company and its subsidiaries, the Company desires to provide the Employee with certain compensation and benefits set forth in the Severance Agreement in order to ameliorate the financial and career impact on the Employee if the Employee’s employment with the Company and its subsidiaries is terminated under certain circumstances.

     Performance Review and Merit Increase:  Your performance will be reviewed periodically with you by your supervisor, but no less than annually.  Merit increases are discretionary based on performance and business considerations.

     Benefits Eligibility:  You will be eligible to participate in benefit plans offered through Lumber Liquidators per the terms and conditions of those plans.  During your orientation, you will be given more information regarding these plans and a copy of our 2018/2019 benefits summary if you did not previously receive one.  Following your first day of employment, you will also be able to access the full 2018/2019 Benefits Guide on our Company intranet.

3


 

     Paid Time Off (PTO):  Per the terms and conditions of the Lumber Liquidators Paid Time Off (“PTO”) Policy, you will be eligible to accrue up to a maximum of 200 hours of PTO annually and thereafter until your service milestones result in a higher annual accrual amount.  Your 2018 accrual will be pro-rated based on your actual date of hire.

     Holidays:  Lumber Liquidators observes six scheduled holidays each year.  Those holidays currently are New Year’s Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day. The holiday schedule is established in advance of each year and is subject to change.

This offer of employment is contingent on (1) satisfactory completion of all pre-hire assessments and evaluations, (2)  satisfactory results of a drug screening test, (3)  executive background verification, (4)  your executing the Confidentiality, Non-Solicitation and Non-Competition Agreement, and (5)  your ability to show that you are eligible to work in the United States.

On your first day of employment, you will be required to provide your social security card for payroll purposes, and proof of identity and employment eligibility in order to complete an Employment Eligibility Verification (I-9) form.  A list of acceptable documents is enclosed.  Please note that, if you do not have one document from List A, you must bring one document from List B and one document from List C.

Please ensure that you bring the proper documentation with you on your first day of employment.  Your subsequent failure to provide the necessary documentation as required by federal law may result in the termination of your employment.  Please note that your name for payroll purposes must match exactly with your social security records. To expedite the orientation process, please complete the attached forms and bring these with you your first day.

Please acknowledge your acceptance of this offer by signing and returning a copy of this letter and any Incorporated Documents, all in their entirety, no later than Monday, May 21, 2018 to me via email to                          .   By signing this offer, you are, among other things, representing to Lumber Liquidators that there are no legal or equitable agreements or restrictions that would prevent, limit, impair or otherwise compromise your ability to comply with the terms of this offer and perform on behalf of Lumber Liquidators.

Please note that your employment with Lumber Liquidators is at-will and neither this document nor any other oral or written representations may be considered a contract of employment for any specific length of time.  You retain the option, as does Lumber Liquidators, of ending your employment with Lumber Liquidators at any time, with or without notice and with or without cause.

If you have questions regarding any of the above, please feel free to contact me by telephone at                               (office) or                               (mobile), or by email.

We look forward to you joining the Lumber Liquidators team and working with you to further our success.

Sincerely,

4


 

/s/ Jay Keith

Jay L Keith

Vice President, Human Resources

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT and AGREEMENT:  As indicated by my signature below on this letter, I acknowledge its receipt and my understanding and acceptance of its contents.  I agree that should I terminate employment with Lumber Liquidators or if my employment is terminated for cause, any monies owed for reimbursement of expenses or other sums under this offer letter will be deducted from my final paychecks.

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

 /s/ Charles Tyson

 

Date:

 5/18/2018

 

Charles Tyson

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

cc:     Dennis Knowles, President and CEO

 

 

 

 

Attachments:  Confidentiality, Non-Solicitation and Non-Competition Agreement, Severance Agreement

5


Exhibit 10.38

SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

THIS SEVERANCE AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of the 26th day of July, 2018, by and between Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Jennifer Bohaty (the “Employee”).

WITNESSETH :

WHEREAS, the Employee is a senior executive of the Company and has made and is expected to continue to make major contributions to the short-term and long-term profitability, growth and financial strength of the Company and its subsidiaries; and

WHEREAS, in consideration of the Employee’s continued employment with the Company and its subsidiaries, the Company desires to provide the Employee with certain compensation and benefits set forth in this Agreement in order to ameliorate the financial and career impact on the Employee if the Employee’s employment with the Company and its subsidiaries is terminated under certain circumstances; and

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”)  also recognizes that, as is the case with any company, the possibility of a Change in Control (as hereinafter defined) exists and that such possibility, and the uncertainty and questions which it may raise among management, may result in the departure or distraction of key management personnel to the detriment of the Company and its subsidiaries; and

WHEREAS, the Board has determined that appropriate steps should be taken to reinforce and encourage the continued attention and dedication of, and the continued rendering of services by, members of the Company’s key management personnel, including the Employee, in connection with their assigned duties without distraction, and without the Company’s loss of needed key management personnel, arising from the possibility of a Change in Control; and

WHEREAS, in consideration of the Employee’s continued employment with the Company and its subsidiaries, the Company also desires to provide the Employee with certain additional compensation and benefits set forth in this Agreement if the Employee’s employment with the Company and its subsidiaries is terminated for a reason related to a Change in Control.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the terms contained herein, including the compensation and benefits the Company agrees to pay to the Employee upon certain events, the Employee’s continued employment with the Company and its subsidiaries, the Employee’s covenants contained in this Agreement and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Employee hereby agree as follows:

1.           TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

1.1        For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated:

(a)          Annual Base Salary .  Annual Base Salary shall mean the annualized base cash compensation payable by the Company and its subsidiaries to the Employee, excluding bonuses, commissions, severance payments, company contributions, qualified plan contributions or benefits, expense reimbursements, fringe benefits and all other payments; prior to reduction for any deferrals under any employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its subsidiaries;  and disregarding any reduction that would give the Employee “Good Reason” to terminate the Employee’s employment under Section 1.1(f)(iii); as of (i) the


 

Page 2 of 24

termination of the Employee’s employment if the Employee’s employment is not terminated during a Change in Control Period or (ii)(A) the termination of the Employee’s employment or (B) immediately before the Change in Control Period, whichever is higher, if the Employee’s employment is terminated during a Change in Control Period.

(b)          Change in Control .  Change in Control shall mean any of the following events:

(i)         any person, including a “group”  as defined below, acquires ownership of the Common Stock that, together with the Common Stock already held by such person or group, represents more than fifty percent (50%) of the total fair market value or total voting power of the then outstanding Common Stock;

(ii)        a majority of the members of the Board is replaced during a twelve (12)-month period by directors who do not qualify as Incumbent Board Members; or

(iii)       any person, including a “group” as defined below, acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12)-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

The term “group” shall have the same meaning as in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933, modified as may be necessary to comply with the requirements of Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(v).  This definition of “Change of Control” is intended to satisfy the requirements of Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-3(i)(5), the terms of which are incorporated herein by reference.

(c)          Change in Control Period .  Change in Control Period shall mean (i) any period in which the Company or any of its subsidiaries has initiated a transaction process or is engaged in discussions with a third party about a specific transaction that, if consummated, would result in a Change in Control and before the complete abandonment of such process or discussions without the transaction being consummated, (ii) any period during which the Company or any of its subsidiaries has become a party to a definitive agreement to consummate a transaction that would result in a Change in Control and before the termination of such agreement without the transaction being consummated, and (iii) any period commencing upon the effective date of the Change in Control and ending on the twelve (12)-month anniversary of the effective date of such Change in Control; provided, however, notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event will the Change in Control Period be deemed to have commenced earlier than six (6) months prior to the Change in Control.

(d)          Cause .  “Cause” shall mean any one of the following:  (A) the Employee’s gross neglect of duty to the Company or any of its subsidiaries or gross negligence or intentional misconduct in the course of Employee’s employment; (B) the Employee’s having been indicted for, or entered a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a crime that constitutes a felony or the Employee’s commission of any other act or omission involving fraud with respect to the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their customers or suppliers; (C) the Employee’s breach of any fiduciary duty owed to the Company or any of its subsidiaries;  (D) the Employee being prohibited from serving as an officer of a reporting company subject to Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, by applicable law, as the result of any order of a court or governmental agency or other judicial or administrative proceeding or as the result of any contractual arrangements to which the Employee is bound; (E) the Employee’s willful and intentional non-performance of Employee’s duties and responsibilities with the Company or any


 

Page 3 of 24

subsidiary or willful disregard of any legal directives of the Board or the Employee’s direct report and failure, in either case, to cure such breach, if capable of being cured, within ten (10) days of receipt of written notice from the Company; and/or (F) the breach by the Employee of any confidentiality, non-competition, non-solicitation or other restrictive covenants to which the Employee is bound as related to the Company or any of its subsidiaries that results in a material adverse effect on the business or reputation of the Company or any of its subsidiaries and the failure to cure such breach, if capable of being cured, within ten (10) days of receipt of written notice from the Company.

(e)          Common Stock .   Common Stock means the common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company.

(f)          Good Reason .  “Good Reason” shall mean the termination by the Employee of the Employee’s employment on account of the following events occurring without the Employee’s  written consent: (i) the failure by the Company or any subsidiary to pay the Employee any material amounts of base salary, bonus or other amounts due the Employee or the failure to provide the Employee with any material amounts of any vested accrued benefits to which the Employee is entitled under the terms of any employee benefit plan of the Company or any subsidiary; (ii) a material reduction in the Employee’s  authority, duties or responsibilities as previously in effect,  provided, however, that any change in the title of the Employee or the person or group to whom the Employee reports shall not constitute a material reduction in the Employee’s authority, duties or responsibilities as previously in effect unless the Employee reports directly to the Board, in which case any requirement that the Employee report to any person or group other than the Board will constitute a material reduction in the Employee’s authority, duties and responsibilities;  (iii) a material reduction in the rate of the Employee’s annualized base salary previously in effect, or a material decrease in the Employee’s annual bonus opportunity previously in effect; or (iv) the Company requiring the Employee’s primary services to be rendered at a place other than (i) Toano,  Virginia, (ii) Richmond, Virginia or (iii) within a seventy-five (75)-mile radius of either, except for reasonable travel.  The Employee must give the Company written notice of any event or condition that would constitute Good Reason within thirty (30) days of the event or condition which would constitute Good Reason, and upon receipt of such notice the Company shall have thirty (30) days to remedy such event or condition.  If such event or condition is not remedied within such thirty (30)-day period, any termination of the Employee’s employment by the Employee for Good Reason must occur within thirty (30) days after the period for the Company to remedy the event or condition has expired.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company’s failure to renew the Term of this Agreement as set forth in Section 1.2 shall not constitute “Good Reason” for purposes of this Agreement.

(g)          Incumbent Board Member .  Incumbent Board Member means any individual who either is (i) a member of the Board as of the effective date of this Agreement or (ii) a member who becomes a member of the Board after the effective date of this Agreement whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least sixty percent (60%) of the then Incumbent Board Members (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which such person is named as nominee for director, without objection to such nomination), but excluding, for this purpose, any individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as the result of an actual or threatened election contest (within the meaning of Rule 14a-11 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) with respect to the election or removal of directors or


 

Page 4 of 24

other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of any person other than the Board.

(h)          Pre-Existing Agreement .  Pre-Existing Agreement means any employment, termination, change in control or other agreement, plan, policy or arrangement or offer letter or similar writing, other than this Agreement, in effect as of the date hereof, under which the Employee is entitled to receive (i) severance, salary continuation or other compensation, (ii) continued coverage under any benefit plan, policy or arrangement, and/or (iii) accelerated vesting of equity or equity-based awards, if the employment of the Employee is terminated (x) by the Company other than for Cause or (y) by the Employee for Good Reason.

1.2        This Agreement is effective as of the date set forth above and will continue through December 31, 2021, unless terminated or extended as hereinafter provided.  This Agreement will be extended for successive one-year periods following the original term (and through each subsequent anniversary thereof) unless either party notifies the other in writing at least nine  (9) months prior to the end of the original term, or the end of any additional one-year renewal term, that the Agreement shall not be extended beyond its then current term.  The term of this Agreement, including any renewal term, is referred to herein as the “Term.”  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Term shall be extended automatically so that the Term will continue in full force and effect, and will not expire, during any Change in Control Period.  In the event the Term otherwise would have expired during any Change in Control Period absent the foregoing sentence, the Term shall continue in full force and effect until the expiration of the Change in Control Period.

1.3        If the Employee’s employment is terminated during the Term  (a) by the Company other than for Cause or (b) by the Employee for Good Reason, then, subject to Section 3.8 below and the Company’s receipt from the Employee of the Confidential Waiver and Release Agreement described in Section 1.8 below, (i) an amount equal to the Employee’s Annual Base Salary, less applicable withholdings, shall be paid by the Company to the Employee in the form of salary continuation in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices (no less frequently than monthly) for the twelve (12) months beginning on the date of termination of the Employee’s employment; (ii) any accrued and unpaid bonus under the Company’s bonus plan in which Employee participated for any prior completed fiscal year will be paid by the Company to the Employee in a single lump sum, less applicable withholdings, on the date such annual bonus would have been paid to the Employee had the Employee continued employment with the Company; (iii) the greater of the target bonus or the actual bonus for the year the Employee terminates employment (in either case pro-rated based on the number of days the Employee remained employed with the Company during the year of termination) under the Company’s bonus plan in which the Employee participated for such fiscal year will be paid by the Company to the Employee in a single lump sum, less applicable withholdings, on the date such annual bonus would have been paid to the Employee had the Employee continued employment with the Company, and (iv) any and all other amounts that the Employee is entitled to receive upon termination of the Employee’s employment under any Company policy, plan or other arrangement (including, without limitation, the Company’s vacation policy) shall be paid by the Company to the Employee pursuant to the terms of such Company policy, plan or other arrangement.

Subject to Section 3.8 below and the receipt of the Confidential Waiver and Release Agreement as described in Section 1.8 below, upon termination of the Employee’s employment entitling the Employee to the payments set forth in this Section 1.3  above, the Company also shall maintain in full force and effect for twelve (12) months after the Employee terminates employment, for the continued benefit of the Employee, medical insurance (including coverage for the Employee’s dependents to the extent dependent coverage is provided by the Company for its employees generally) under such medical insurance plans and programs in which the Employee (and his dependents) participated immediately prior to the date of such


 

Page 5 of 24

termination of employment, and, during such period, the Company will pay each month the portion, if any, of such medical insurance premiums that the Company pays for its active Employees, and the Employee shall pay any remaining amounts.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, (a) in the event the Employee’s participation in any such medical insurance is not permitted for any reason at the time the Company is required to maintain such coverage, then the Company shall have the option to (i) arrange to provide the Employee with such benefits on the same relative basis for such period substantially similar to those which the Employee would otherwise have been entitled to receive under such plans and programs from which his continued participation is not permitted or (ii) pay to the Employee cash, in lieu of such continued coverage, in an amount equal to the same relative percentage of the medical insurance premiums for such continuing comparable coverage, with any such cash payments to be made in accordance with the ordinary payroll practice of the Company (not less frequently than monthly) as of the last day of each month for which such cash payments are to be made.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Employee’s termination of employment shall constitute a “qualifying event” under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“COBRA”), so that the Employee shall be entitled to full rights to continued medical insurance coverage as provided under COBRA, if so eligible, immediately upon the termination of the Employee’s employment.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the coverage or reimbursements for coverage provided under this Section 1.3 shall cease if the Employee and/or the Employee’s dependents become covered under an employee welfare benefit plan of another employer of the Employee that provides the same or similar type of benefits for comparable cost or the Company terminates the medical insurance entirely for all similar participants.

1.4        If the Employee’s employment is terminated during the Term and during any Change in Control Period (a) by the Company other than for Cause or (b) by the Employee for Good Reason, then, subject to Section 3.8 below and the Company’s receipt from the Employee of the Confidential Waiver and Release Agreement described in Section 1.8 below, and provided the relevant Change in Control occurs, in addition to the amounts set forth in Section 1.3 above, an amount equal to the product of one and one-half (1.5) times the Employee’s Annual Base Salary, less the aggregate amount of salary continuation payable to the Employee under Section 1.3 above at the time of termination of the Employee’s employment, less applicable withholdings, shall be paid by the Company to the Employee in the form of salary continuation in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices (no less frequently than monthly) for the six (6) months beginning twelve (12) months after the date of termination of the Employee’s employment.

Subject to Section 3.8 below and the receipt of the Confidential Waiver and Release Agreement as described in Section 1.8 below, upon termination of the Employee’s employment entitling the Employee to the payments set forth in Section 1.4  above, the Company also shall maintain in full force and effect for no less than the six (6) months beginning twelve (12) months after the date of termination of the Employee’s employment, for the continued benefit of the Employee, medical insurance (including coverage for the Employee’s dependents to the extent dependent coverage is provided by the Company for its employees generally) under such medical insurance plans and programs in which the Employee (and his dependents) participated immediately prior to the date of such termination of employment, and, during such period, the Company will pay each month the portion, if any, of such medical insurance premiums that the Company pays for its active Employees, and the Employee shall pay any remaining amounts.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, (a) in the event the Employee’s participation in any such medical insurance is not permitted for any reason at the time the Company is required to maintain such coverage, then the Company shall have the option to (i) arrange to provide the Employee with such benefits on the same relative basis for such period substantially similar to those which the Employee would otherwise have been entitled to receive under such plans and programs from which his continued participation is not permitted or (ii) pay to the Employee cash, in lieu of such continued coverage, in an


 

Page 6 of 24

amount equal to the same relative percentage of the medical insurance premiums for such continuing comparable coverage, with any such cash payments to be made in accordance with the ordinary payroll practice of the Company (not less frequently than monthly) as of the last day of each month for which such cash payments are to be made.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Employee’s termination of employment shall constitute a “qualifying event” under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended  (“COBRA”), so that the Employee shall be entitled to full rights to continued medical insurance coverage as provided under COBRA, if so eligible, immediately upon the termination of the Employee’s employment.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the coverage or reimbursements for coverage provided under this Section 1.4  shall cease if the Employee and/or the Employee’s dependents become covered under an employee welfare benefit plan of another employer of the Employee that provides the same or similar type of benefits for comparable cost or the Company terminates the medical insurance entirely for all similar participants.

Upon termination of the Employee’s employment entitling the Employee to the payments set forth in Section 1.4  above, the Employee will become vested in any and all unvested stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units and other equity awards previously granted to the Employee by the Company or any of its subsidiaries (at target to the extent vesting but for this provision would be based on the achievement of performance conditions other than continued employment or service), as of the later of (a) the date of the Change in Control or (b) the date the Confidential Waiver and Release Agreement as described in Section 1.8 below becomes effective and irrevocable. The Employee may exercise such equity awards only at the times and in the methods described in such equity awards, except that the Employee’s stock options and stock appreciation rights, if any, shall remain outstanding and may be exercised, to the extent vested, until the earlier of (i) the original expiration date of such options or stock appreciation rights (disregarding any earlier termination provided in the award agreement or otherwise based on the termination of the Employee’s employment) or (ii) the one-year anniversary of the later of (A) the date the Employee terminates employment or (B) the date the option or stock appreciation right becomes vested and exercisable.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, this portion of Section 1.4 shall not apply to any of the Employee’s stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units or other equity awards if the terms of the particular plan or agreement under which such award is granted specifically provides that this provision shall not apply to such award.

1.5        Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Employee shall not be entitled to receive, and the Company will not be obligated to pay or provide, the compensation set forth in Sections 1.3 and 1.4  hereof, the continued coverage at active employee rates set forth in Sections 1.3 and 1.4 hereof or the accelerated vesting or other benefits set forth in Section 1.4 hereof, if the Employee’s employment (i) terminates upon the Employee’s death or Disability, (ii) is terminated by the Company for Cause or by the Employee without Good Reason, (iii) in case of Section 1.4,  terminates outside of the Change in Control Period or (iv) terminates but the Employee continues, or has agreed to continue, employment with the successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, share exchange or otherwise) to the business and/or assets of the Company after the Change in Control.  “Disability” shall mean a physical or mental infirmity that prevents the performance on a full-time basis of all or substantially all of the Employee’s employment-related duties, with or without accommodation, lasting either for a period of ninety (90) consecutive days or for a period of more than ninety (90) days in any rolling one hundred eighty (180)-day period.  Additionally, notwithstanding any other provision hereof, nothing herein shall require the Company to maintain any particular benefit or benefit plan, and to the extent the Company amends or terminates any such benefit plan with respect to participants generally, Employee shall be subject to the same extent and the Company shall not be required to provide to Employee any such benefit or any substitute consideration therefore.

1.6        If any payment or benefit by the Company or any subsidiary to or for the benefit of the Employee, whether paid or payable or provided or to be provided pursuant to the terms of this Agreement


 

Page 7 of 24

or otherwise pursuant to or by reason of any other agreement, policy, plan, program or arrangement, including without limitation any stock option, stock appreciation right or similar right or equity award, or the lapse or termination of any restriction on or the vesting or exercisability of any of the foregoing (a “Payment”), would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) or to any similar tax imposed by state or local law, or any interest or penalties with respect to such tax (such tax or taxes, together with any such interest and penalties, being hereafter collectively referred to as the “Excise Tax”), then the payments and benefits to be provided under this Agreement (or the other Payments as described above) shall be reduced (but not in excess of the amount of the payments or benefits to be provided under this Agreement or the other Payments as described above) if, and only to the extent that, such reduction will allow the Employee to receive a greater Net After Tax Amount than such Employee would receive absent such reduction.

If the Company and the Employee cannot agree on the calculations necessary to execute the terms set forth in this Section 1.6, then such calculations will be made by an Accounting Firm (as defined below).  In such event, the Accounting Firm will first determine the amount of any Parachute Payments (as defined below) that are payable to the Employee.  The Accounting Firm also will determine the Net After Tax Amount attributable to the Employee’s total Parachute Payments.  The Accounting Firm will next determine the largest amount of payments that may be made to the Employee without subjecting the Employee to the Excise Tax (the “Capped Payments”).  Thereafter, the Accounting Firm will determine the Net After Tax Amount attributable to the Capped Payments.  The Employee then will receive the total Parachute Payments or the total Capped Payments, whichever provides the Employee with the higher Net After Tax Amount; however, if the reductions imposed under this Section 1.6 are in excess of the amount of payments or benefits to be provided, then the total Parachute Payments will be adjusted by first reducing, on a pro rata basis, the amount of any noncash benefits under this Agreement, then any noncash benefits under any other plan, agreement or arrangement, then any cash payments under this Agreement and finally any cash payments under any other plan, agreement or arrangement.  The Accounting Firm will notify the Employee and the Company if it determines that the Parachute Payments must be reduced and will send the Employee and the Company a copy of its detailed calculations supporting that determination.

As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Code Sections 280G and 4999 at the time that determinations under this Section 1.6 are made, it is possible that the Employee will have received Parachute Payments or Capped Payments in excess of the amount that should have been paid or provided (“Overpayments”), or that additional Parachute Payments or Capped Payments should be paid or provided to the Employee (“Underpayments”).  If the parties agree on an Overpayment or, in the absence of such agreement, the Accounting Firm determines, based on either the assertion of a deficiency by the Internal Revenue Service against the Company or the Employee, which assertion the parties or the Accounting Firm, as the case may be, believes has a high probability of success, or controlling precedent or substantial authority, that an Overpayment has been made, that Overpayment will be treated for all purposes as a loan ab initio that the Employee must repay to the Company immediately together with interest at the applicable Federal rate under Code Section 7872; provided, however, that no loan will be deemed to have been made and no amount will be payable by the Employee to the Company unless, and then only to the extent that, the deemed loan and payment would either reduce the amount on which the Employee is subject to tax under Code Section 4999 or generate a refund of tax imposed under Code Section 4999 and the Employee will receive a greater Net After Tax Amount than such Employee would otherwise receive.  If the parties agree on an Underpayment or, in the absence of such agreement, the Accounting Firm determines, based upon controlling precedent or substantial authority, that an Underpayment has occurred, upon which event the Accounting Firm will notify the Employee and the Company of that determination, the amount of that Underpayment will be paid to the Employee by the Company promptly after such determination.


 

Page 8 of 24

For purposes of this Section 1.6, the following terms shall have their respective meanings:

(a)        “Accounting Firm” means the independent accounting firm currently engaged by the Company, or a mutually agreed upon independent accounting firm if requested by the Employee; and

(b)        “Net After Tax Amount” means the amount of any Parachute Payments or Capped Payments, as applicable, net of taxes imposed under Code Sections 1, 3101(b) and 4999 and any State or local income taxes applicable to the Employee on the date of payment.  The determination of the Net After Tax Amount shall be made using the highest combined effective rate imposed by the foregoing taxes on income of the same character as the Parachute Payments or Capped Payments, as applicable, in effect on the date of payment.

(c)        “Parachute Payment” means a payment that is described in Code Section 280G(b)(2), determined in accordance with Code Section 280G and the regulations promulgated or proposed thereunder.

The fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm for its services in connection with the determinations and calculations contemplated by the preceding subsections shall be borne by the Company.  The Company and the Employee shall each provide the Accounting Firm access to and copies of any books, records and documents in the possession of the Company or the Employee, as the case may be, reasonably requested by the Accounting Firm, and otherwise cooperate with the Accounting Firm in connection with the preparation and issuance of the determinations and calculations contemplated by the preceding subsections.  Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and the Employee.

1.7        The parties hereby consent and agree that (i) all disputes between the parties, including those relating to the existence and validity of this Agreement and any dispute as to the arbitrability of a matter under this provision, shall be submitted to full and binding arbitration in the Commonwealth of Virginia, before a panel of three arbitrators and administered by the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) under its Employment Arbitration Rules and Mediation Procedures, provided, however, that this provision shall not require arbitration of any claim which, by law, cannot be the subject of a compulsory arbitration agreement, (ii) notwithstanding the foregoing, each party irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any Commonwealth of Virginia State or Federal court in any action or proceeding provided for under this Section 1.7 to enforce the provisions of this Agreement or with respect to enforcement of any judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators, and hereby waives the defense of inconvenient forum to the maintenance of any such action or proceeding, (iii) either party may elect to invoke the Optional Rules for Emergency Measures of Protection provided under the AAA’s Employment Arbitration Rules and Mediation Procedures, (iv) judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof, (v) except as otherwise required by applicable law to render this Section 1.7 fully enforceable, each party shall be responsible for its own costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) of any arbitration pursuant to this Section 1.7; provided, that if the Employee prevails on any dispute covered by this provision, then the Company shall reimburse the Employee for the Employee’s reasonable attorneys’ fees and legal expenses no later than thirty (30) days following any final resolution of such dispute, and (vi) each party has knowingly and voluntarily agreed to enter into this arbitration clause and hereby waives any rights that might otherwise exist with respect to resolution of disputes between them, including with respect to the right to request a jury trial or other court proceeding.

1.8        As a condition to the receipt of any compensation and other benefits pursuant to this Agreement, the Employee must submit a signed Confidential Waiver and Release Agreement, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Company and at a  minimum substantially in the form attached as Appendix A , within forty-five (45) days of the termination of the Employee’s employment and not revoke same within


 

Page 9 of 24

the seven (7) days immediately following the Employee’s execution of same.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, (i) any payments to be made, or benefits to be provided, under Sections 1.3 and 1.4 of this Agreement (other than the payments required to be made by the Company pursuant to Section 1.3(iv) above), within the sixty (60) days after the date the Employee’s employment terminates, shall be accumulated and paid in a lump sum, or as to benefits continued at Employee’s expense subject to reimbursement to be made, on the first pay period occurring more than sixty (60) days after the date the Employee terminates employment (and no later than ninety (90) days after the date the Employee terminates employment),  and (ii) the accelerated vesting of equity awards as set forth in Section 1.4 above shall not be effective any earlier than the date the Confidential Waiver and Release Agreement is effective and irrevocable, provided in each case Executive delivers the signed Confidential Waiver and Release Agreement to Company and the revocation period thereunder expires without Executive having elected to revoke the Confidential Waiver and Release Agreement.

2.           COVENANTS

2.1        The Employee agrees and acknowledges that Lumber Liquidators, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (“Lumber Liquidators”), and the Employee, contemporaneously with the execution of this Agreement, have entered into the Confidentiality, Non-Solicitation and Non-Competition Agreement, dated                       , 2018 (the “Non-Compete Agreement”), a copy of which is attached hereto as Appendix B ,  pursuant to which the Employee has agreed to comply with certain confidentiality, non-solicitation, non-competition and other restrictive covenants as set forth therein.  The Employee agrees that the Employee would not be entitled to receive the payments and benefits of this Agreement had the Employee not become a party to the Non-Compete Agreement. Additionally, the Employee agrees, acknowledges and affirms that the Non-Compete Agreement remains in full force and effect and is not merged, superseded or otherwise affected by this Agreement in any way that would be adverse to the rights of the Company and/or Lumber Liquidators.  The Employee also agrees that the covenants, prohibitions and restrictions contained in the Non-Compete Agreement are in addition to, and not in lieu of, any rights or remedies that the Company may have under this Agreement or the laws of any applicable jurisdiction, or at common law or equity, and the enforcement or non-enforcement by the Company of its rights and remedies pursuant to this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of any rights or other remedies that Lumber Liquidators may possess under the Non-Compete Agreement.  The Employee also agrees that, if the Employee is entitled to receive salary continuation payments under Sections 1.3 and/or 1.4 above, the Non-Compete Agreement will be amended and supplemented prior to the termination of the Employee’s employment, as is reasonably satisfactory to the Company and at a  minimum substantially as described in the Confidential Waiver and Release Agreement.

2.2        The Employee acknowledges and agrees that the Company, Lumber Liquidators and their subsidiaries and affiliates have a legitimate business interest in preventing Employee from engaging in the activities described in the Non-Compete Agreement and that any breach of the Non-Compete Agreement would constitute a material breach of this Agreement.

2.3        The Employee further agrees and promises that the Employee will not engage in, or induce other persons or entities to engage in, any harassing or disparaging conduct or negative or derogatory statements directed at or about the Company or its subsidiaries, the activities of the Company and/or its subsidiaries or any of the persons or entities covered under the Confidential Waiver and Release Agreement described above, at any time (whether during the Term or thereafter).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 2.3 may not be used to penalize the Employee for providing truthful testimony under oath in a judicial or administrative proceeding or complying with an order of a court or government agency of competent jurisdiction.


 

Page 10 of 24

2.4        Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company and the Employee acknowledge and agree that nothing in this Agreement or the Non-Compete Agreement shall prohibit the Employee from reporting possible violations of Federal, State or other law or regulations to, or filing a charge or other complaint with, any governmental agency or entity, including but not limited to the Department of Justice, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the National Labor Relations Board, the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, the Securities and Exchange Commission, Congress, and any Inspector General, or making any other disclosures that are protected under any whistleblower provisions of Federal, State or other law or regulation or assisting in any such investigation or proceeding.  The Employee further acknowledges that nothing herein or in the Non-Compete Agreement limits the Employee’s ability to communicate with any such governmental agency or entity or otherwise participate in any such investigation or proceeding that may be conducted by any such governmental agency or entity, including providing documents or other information, without notice to the Company.  The Employee does not need the prior authorization of the Company or Lumber Liquidators to make any such reports or disclosures, and the Employee is not required to notify the Company or Lumber Liquidators that the Employee made any such reports or disclosures or is assisting in any such investigation.  Additionally, the Employee (i) does not waive any rights to any individual monetary recovery or other awards in connection with reporting any such information to any such governmental agency or entity, (ii) does not breach any confidentiality or other provision hereunder in connection with any such reporting or disclosures, and (ii) will not be prohibited from receiving any amounts hereunder as the result of making any such reports or disclosures or assisting with any such investigation or proceeding.

2.5        In the event the Employee breaches any of the covenants set forth in this Section 2 or in the Non-Compete Agreement (as amended by the Confidential Waiver and Release Agreement), the Employee waives and forfeits any and all rights to any further payments  or benefits under Sections 1.3 and/or 1.4  above and under any outstanding awards with respect to which the accelerated vesting or other benefits under Section 1.4 applied, and the Employee agrees to repay to the Company (a) an amount that equals the gross amount (before taxes) of any payments previously paid to,  or on behalf of, the Employee under Sections 1.3 and/or 1.4  above and (b) any shares of Common Stock the Employee then owns as the result of the accelerated vesting under Section 1.4 and all gross amounts realized as the result of the sale of any shares of Common Stock the Employee previously owned as the result of the accelerated vesting under Section 1.4.

2.6        Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, all payments and benefits that may be provided to the Employee under this Agreement shall be subject to (i) applicable laws regarding recoupment of compensation and (ii) the terms of any recoupment policy of the Company currently in effect or as subsequently established or amended by the Board of Directors of the Company and/or the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company, including without limitation any such policy intended to implement Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, or Section 10D of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

3.           MISCELLANEOUS

3.1        The Employee shall have no right to receive any payment hereunder except as determined pursuant to Sections 1.3 or 1.4  hereof. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall confer upon the Employee any right to continued employment by the Company or shall interfere in any way with the right of the Company to terminate his employment at any time for any/or no reason. The provisions of this Agreement shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company to change its business structure or to effect a


 

Page 11 of 24

merger, consolidation, share exchange or similar transaction, or to dissolve or liquidate, or sell or transfer all or part of its business or assets.

3.2        The Employee understands that his obligations under this Agreement and the Non-Compete Agreement will continue whether or not his employment with the Company is terminated voluntarily or involuntarily, or with or without cause.  To the extent necessary to give effect to such provisions, the provisions of this Agreement, and the provisions of the Non-Compete Agreement, which are incorporated herein by this reference, shall survive the termination hereof, whether such termination shall be by termination of the Employee’s employment by the Company or by the Employee, voluntary or involuntary, with or without Cause and whether or not on account of Disability.

3.3        This Agreement may not be amended other than by a written agreement signed by the Employee and a Company officer.

3.4        The Employee agrees that the Company’s waiver of any default by the Employer shall not constitute a waiver of its rights under this Agreement with respect to any subsequent default by the Employee. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be valid unless in writing and signed by all parties.

3.5        This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the Employee and the Company and their respective permitted successors and assigns. Neither this Agreement nor any right or interest hereunder shall be assignable by the Employee, his beneficiaries, or legal representatives without the Company’s prior written consent.

3.6        Where appropriate as used in this Plan, the masculine shall include the feminine.

3.7        This Agreement has been executed and delivered in the Commonwealth of Virginia, and the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia shall govern its validity, interpretation, performance and enforcement.

3.8        It is intended that any payment or benefit which is provided pursuant to this Agreement and which is considered to be deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) shall be paid and provided in a manner, and at such time, as complies with the applicable requirements of Section 409A of the Code to avoid the unfavorable tax consequences provided therein for noncompliance.  Neither the Company nor the Employee shall take any action to accelerate or delay the payment of any monies and/or provision of any benefits under this Agreement in any manner that would not be in compliance with Section 409A of the Code.  For purposes of this Agreement, all rights to payments and benefits hereunder shall be treated as rights to receive a series of separate payments and benefits to the fullest extent allowed by Section 409A of the Code.  For purposes of determining the time of (but not entitlement to) payment or provision of deferred compensation under this Agreement under Section 409A of the Code in connection with a termination of employment, termination of employment will be read to mean a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.  If the Employee is a key employee (as defined in Section 416(i) of the Code without regard to paragraph (5) thereof) and any of the Company’s Stock is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise, then payment of any amount or provision of any benefit under this Agreement which is considered deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code shall be deferred for six (6) months after termination of the Employee’s employment or, if earlier, the Employee’s death, as required by Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code (the “409A Deferral Period”).  In the event such payments are otherwise due to be made in installments or periodically during the 409A Deferral Period, the payments which would otherwise have been made in the 409A Deferral Period shall be accumulated and paid in a lump sum as soon as the 409A Deferral Period ends, and the balance of the payments shall be made as otherwise


 

Page 12 of 24

scheduled.  In the event benefits are required to be deferred, any such benefit may be provided during the 409A Deferral Period at the Employee’s expense, with the Employee having a right to reimbursement from the Company once the 409A Deferral Period ends, and the balance of the benefits shall be provided as otherwise scheduled.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company shall not be liable to the Employee if any payment or benefit which is provided pursuant to this Agreement and which is considered to be deferred compensation and subject to Section 409A of the Code otherwise fails to comply with, or be exempt from, the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

3.9        This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

3.10      Any payments provided for herein shall be reduced by any amounts required to be withheld by the Company under applicable federal, state or local income or employment tax laws or similar statutes to other provisions of law then effect.  The Employee agrees and acknowledges that the determination of the Employee’s tax liability with respect to compensation and benefits under this Agreement is between the Employee and the relevant taxing authority, and the Company shall not have any liability or responsibility for the payment of any such taxes owed by the Employee, including without limitation any related interest and/or penalties.

3.11      Any notice required or desired to be delivered under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally, by courier service, or by registered mail, return receipt requested and shall be effective upon actual receipt by the party to which such notice shall be directed, and shall be addressed as follows (or to such other address as the party entitled to notice shall hereafter designate in accordance with the terms hereof):

 

If to the Company:

 

 

 

 

 

Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc.

 

 

300 John Deere Road

 

 

Toano, Virginia 23168

 

 

Attn:  Chief Legal Officer

 

 

Telephone: 757-259-4280

 

 

 

 

If to Employee:

 

 

 

 

 

Jennifer Bohaty

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Telephone:

 

 

 

3.12      This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the Company and the Employee with respect to the subject matter hereof and, from and after the date hereof, this Agreement shall supersede any other agreement, written or oral, between the parties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement, including but not limited to any Pre-Existing Agreement, any plan, policy or other arrangement of the Company or any subsidiary that provides for the payment of severance, salary continuation or similar benefits, and any prior discussions, understanding or agreements between the Company and the Employee, written or oral, at any time.  The Company and the Employee agree that the Pre-Existing Agreement and all such other plans, policies and arrangements providing for severance, salary continuation or similar benefits are null and void and superseded by this Agreement, and neither party has any further rights or


 

Page 13 of 24

obligations under any Pre-Existing Agreement or any such other plans, policies and arrangements providing for severance, salary continuation or similar benefits.

[SIGNATURES CONTINUED NEXT PAGE]


 

Page 14 of 24

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Agreement has been executed by the parties hereto effective as of the day and year first above stated.

 

 

LUMBER LIQUIDATORS HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Martin F. Roper

 

 

 

 

Name:

Martin F. Roper

 

Title:

Chairman of the Compensation Committee

 

 

 

 

 

 

EMPLOYEE:

 

 

 

 

/s/ Jennifer Bohaty

 

Jennifer Bohaty

 


 

Page 15 of 24

Appendix A

Severance Agreement

Confidential Waiver and Release Agreement

CONFIDENTIAL WAIVER AND RELEASE AGREEMENT

RELEASE AGREEMENT (this “Release Agreement” ) ,   dated as of [DATE], between Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc. (the “Company” ), and _________ (the “Employee” ).

1.           Termination of Employment. The Employee acknowledges that his employment with the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliated entities terminated effective as of _____________ __, 20__ (the “Termination Date”) and his role and responsibilities as ____________ terminated as of the Termination Date.  Subject to the terms of this Release Agreement, the Employee shall be paid, offered, and provided compensation and benefits at the Employee’s current rates and amounts through the Termination Date.

2.           Release.

a.            In consideration of the payments and benefits set forth in Section 1 of the Severance Agreement between the Company and the Employee dated as of _________ __, 2018 (the “Severance Agreement” ), the Employee, on behalf of himself and his heirs, executors, successors and assigns, knowingly and voluntarily releases, remises, and forever discharges the Company and its parents, subsidiaries and affiliates, together with each of their current and former principals, officers, directors, shareholders, agents, representatives and employees, and each of their heirs, executors, successors and assigns (collectively, the “Releasees” ), from any and all debts, demands, actions, causes of actions, accounts, covenants, contracts, agreements, claims, damages, omissions, promises, and any and all claims and liabilities whatsoever, of every name and nature, known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, both in law and equity ( “Claims” ), which the Employee ever had, now has, or may hereafter claim to have against the Releasees by reason of any matter, cause or thing whatsoever arising from the beginning of time to the time he signs this Release Agreement (the “General Release” ).  This General Release of Claims shall apply to any Claim of any type, including, without limitation, any and all Claims of any type that the Employee may have arising under the common law, under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Civil Rights Act of 1991, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act, the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1967, the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ ERISA ”), the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, each as amended, and any other federal, state or local statutes, regulations, ordinances or common law, or under any policy, agreement, contract, understanding or promise, written or oral, formal or informal, between any of the Releasees and the Employee, including but not limited to the Severance Agreement, and shall further apply, without limitation, to any and all Claims in connection with, related to or arising out of the Employee’s employment relationship, or the termination of his employment, with the Company.

b.           Except as provided in Sections 1.3 and 1.4 of the Severance Agreement, the Employee acknowledges and agrees that the Company has fully satisfied any and all obligations owed to him arising out of his employment with the Company, and no further sums are owed to him by the Company or by any of the other Releasees at any time.

c.            The Employee represents and warrants to the Company that he has fully disclosed any and all matters of interest to the Company’s ___________, including, but not limited to, those which (A) could reasonably likely have an adverse effect on the Company’s reputation, financial condition, operations, or liquidity and (B) should be disclosed under the Company’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics.  The Employee also hereby confirms that all prior acknowledgements, certifications or other representations made by the Employee prior to the Termination Date remain true, complete and accurate as of the Termination Date and covenants and


 

Page 16 of 24

agrees to immediately notify the Company’s ___________ of any circumstance or situation which may give rise to a change in those statements.

d.           Nothing in this Paragraph 1 shall be deemed to release (i) the Employee’s right to enforce the terms of this Release Agreement, (ii) the Employee’s rights, if any, to any vested accrued benefits as of the Employee’s last day of employment with the Company under any plans of the Company which are subject to ERISA and in which the Employee participated, (iii) any claim that cannot be waived under applicable law, including any rights to workers’ compensation or unemployment insurance or (iv) the Employee’s rights, if any, for indemnification under any agreement or governing document of the Company with respect to the Employee’s service as an officer or director of any of the Releasees.

e.            To the fullest extent allowed by law, the Employee promises never to file a lawsuit asserting any claims that are released in this Section 2. In the event Employee breaches this Section 2(e),  the Employee shall pay to the Company all of its expenses incurred as a result of such breach, including but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties acknowledge and agree that this Section 2(e) shall not be construed to prohibit the exercise of any rights by the Employee that the Employee may not waive or forego as a matter of law.

3.           Consultation with Attorney; Voluntary Agreement. The Company advises the Employee to consult with an attorney of his choosing prior to signing this Release Agreement. The Employee understands and agrees that he has the right and has been given the opportunity to review this Release Agreement and, specifically, the General Release in Paragraph 2 above, with an attorney. The Employee also understands and agrees that he is under no obligation to consent to the General Release set forth in Paragraph 2 above. The Employee acknowledges and agrees that the payments and benefits set forth in Section 1.3 and 1.4  of the Severance Agreement are sufficient consideration to require him to abide with his obligations under this Release Agreement, including but not limited to the General Release set forth in Paragraph 2. The Employee represents that he has read this Release Agreement, including the General Release set forth in Paragraph 2 and understands its terms and that he enters into this Release Agreement freely, voluntarily, and without coercion.

4.           Effective Date; Revocation. The Employee acknowledges and represents that he has been given at least forty-five (45) days during which to review and consider the provisions of this Release Agreement and, specifically, the General Release set forth in Paragraph 2 above, although he may sign and return it sooner if he so desires. The Employee further acknowledges and represents that he has been advised by the Company that he has the right to revoke this Release Agreement for a period of seven (7) days after signing it. The Employee acknowledges and agrees that, if he wishes to revoke this Release Agreement, he must do so in a writing, signed by him and received by the Company no later than 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the seventh (7th) day of the revocation period. If no such revocation occurs, the General Release and this Release Agreement shall become effective on the eighth (8th) day following his execution of this Release Agreement (the “Release Effective Date” ). The Employee further acknowledges and agrees that, in the event that he revokes this Release Agreement, it shall have no force or effect, and he shall have no right to receive any of the payments or benefits pursuant to Sections 1.2 or 1.3 of the Severance Agreement.

5.           Severability. In the event that any one or more of the provisions of this Release Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remainder of the Release Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

6.           Waiver. No waiver by either party of any breach by the other party of any condition or provision of this Release Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of any other provision or condition at the time or at any prior or subsequent time. This Release Agreement and the provisions contained in it shall not be construed or interpreted for or against either party because that party drafted or caused that party’s legal representative to draft any of its provisions.


 

Page 17 of 24

7.          Governing Law. This Release Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia, without reference to its choice of law rules.

8.          Disputes. The parties hereby consent and agree that (i) all disputes between the parties, including those relating to the existence and validity of this Release Agreement and any dispute as to the arbitrability of a matter under this provision, shall be submitted to full and binding arbitration in the Commonwealth of Virginia, before a panel of three arbitrators and administered by the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) under its Employment Arbitration Rules and Mediation Procedures, provided, however, that this provision shall not require arbitration of any claim which, by law, cannot be the subject of a compulsory arbitration agreement, (ii) notwithstanding the foregoing, each party irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any Commonwealth of Virginia State or Federal court in any action or proceeding provided for under Section 1.7 of the Severance Agreement or with respect to enforcement of any judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators, and hereby waives the defense of inconvenient forum to the maintenance of any such action or proceeding, (iii) either party may elect to invoke the Optional Rules for Emergency Measures of Protection provided under the AAA’s Employment Arbitration Rules and Mediation Procedures, (iv) judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof, (v) except as otherwise required by applicable law to render this Section 7 fully enforceable, each party shall be responsible for its own costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees)of any arbitration pursuant to this Section 7; provided,   however,   that if the Employee prevails on any dispute covered by this provision, then the Company shall reimburse the Employee for the Employee’s reasonable attorneys’ fees and legal expenses , no later than thirty (30) days following any final resolution of such dispute, and (vi) each party has knowingly and voluntarily agreed to enter into this arbitration clause and, except as provided in Section 1.7 of the Severance Agreement, hereby waives any rights that might otherwise exist with respect to resolution of disputes between them, including with respect to the right to request a jury trial or other court proceeding.

9.           Non-Disparagement.

a.            The Employee agrees not to do or say anything, directly or indirectly, that reasonably may be expected to have the effect of criticizing or disparaging the Company, any director of Company, any of Company’s employees, officers or agents, or diminishing or impairing the goodwill and reputation of the Company or the products and services it provides. The Employee further agrees not to assert that any current or former employee, agent, director or officer of the Company has acted improperly or unlawfully with respect to the Employee or any other person regarding employment. The Company agrees not to do or say anything, directly or indirectly, that reasonably would have the effect of criticizing or disparaging the Employee.

b.           Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 9, the parties agree that nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to prohibit the exercise of any rights by either party that such party may not waive as a matter of law nor does this Agreement prohibit the Employee, the Company or the Company's officers, employees and/or directors from testifying truthfully in response to a subpoena, inquiry or order by a court or governmental body with appropriate jurisdiction or as otherwise required by law.

10.         Return of Company Property. On or before the Termination Date, as determined by the Company, the Employee will promptly deliver to the Company all Company property, including but not limited to, all computers, phones, correspondence, manuals, letters, notes, notebooks, reports, flow charts, programs, proposals, passwords, third party equipment that the Company is authorized to represent, and any documents concerning the Company’s customers, operations, products or processes (actual or prospective) or concerning any other aspect of the Company’s business (actual or prospective) and, without limiting the foregoing, will promptly deliver to the Company any and all other documents or materials containing or constituting Confidential Information as defined in the Non-Compete Agreement, except that the Employee may retain personal papers


 

Page 18 of 24

relating to Employee’s employment, compensation and benefits.

11.         Cooperation .  The Employee agrees that for a period of ten (10) years following the Termination Date, the Employee shall have a continuing duty to fully and promptly reasonably cooperate with the Company and its legal counsel by providing any and all requested information and assistance concerning any legal or business matters that in any way relate to the Employee’s actions or responsibilities as an employee of the Company, or to the period during the Employee’s employment with the Company. Such reasonable cooperation shall include but not be limited to truthfully and in a timely manner participating and consulting concerning facts, responding to questions, providing pertinent information, providing affidavits and statements, preparing for and attending depositions, and preparing for and attending trials, hearings and other proceedings. Such reasonable cooperation shall include meeting with representatives of the Company upon reasonable notice at reasonable times and locations. The Company shall use its reasonable efforts to coordinate with the Employee the time and place at which the Employee's reasonable cooperation shall be provided with the goal of minimizing the impact of such reasonable cooperation on any other material pre-scheduled business or professional commitments that the Employee may have. The coordination and communication from the Company to the Employee regarding the Employee’s cooperation shall come through the Company’s Chief Legal Officer. The Company shall reimburse the Employee for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Employee in compliance with this Section, including any reasonable travel expenses incurred by Employee in providing such assistance, within thirty (30) days after Employee incurs the expense. As part of the consideration provided to the Employee under this Agreement, the Employee shall provide cooperation to the Company at no additional cost to the Company. At no time subsequent to the Termination Date shall the Employee be deemed to be a contractor or employee of the Company.

12.         Disclaimer of Liability. This Agreement and the payments and performances hereunder are made solely to assist the Employee in making the transition from employment with Company, and are not and shall not be construed to be an admission of liability, an admission of the truth of any fact, or a declaration against interest on the part of the Company.

13.         Entire Agreement. This Release Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter herein and supersedes all prior agreements, arrangements and understandings, written or oral, between the parties; provided,   however, that Section 2 of the Severance Agreement, and the terms of the Non-Compete Agreement incorporated therein, shall remain in full force and effect. The Employee agrees and acknowledges that the covenants and restrictions set forth in Section 2 of the Severance Agreement and the Non-Compete Agreement are reasonable and necessary for the protection of the Company and to protect its business and Confidential Information, and the Employee further expressly agrees that: (i) Section 2 of the Severance Agreement and the terms of the Non-Compete Agreement are material terms of this Release Agreement and (ii) notwithstanding the express provisions of the Non-Compete Agreement, the Employee agrees, and the parties hereby amend the Non-Compete Agreement to so provide, that the period during which the Employee is bound by the covenants set forth in Sections 2, 3, 4 and 5 of the Non-Compete Agreement shall remain in effect after the twelve (12)-month periods described therein for so long as the Employee is eligible to receive, and continues to receive, salary continuation payments pursuant to Section 1.3 and/or 1.4 of the Severance Agreement.  The Employee acknowledges and agrees that he is not relying on any representations or promises by any representative of the Company concerning the meaning of any aspect of this Release Agreement. This Release Agreement may not be altered or modified other than in a writing signed by the Employee and an authorized representative of the Company.


 

Page 19 of 24

14.         Headings. All descriptive headings in this Release Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall be disregarded in construing or applying any provision of this Release Agreement.

15.         Claim for Reinstatement. Employee agrees to waive and abandon any claim to reinstatement with Company. Employee further agrees not to apply for any position of employment with Company and agrees that this Agreement shall be sufficient justification for rejecting any such application.

16.         Counterparts. This Release Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Employee have executed this Release Agreement, on the date and year set forth below.

 

 

LUMBER LIQUIDATORS HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Its:

 

 

 

 

 

EMPLOYEE:

 

 

 

Date:

 

 


 

Page 20 of 24

Appendix B

CONFIDENTIALITY, NON-SOLICITATION AND

NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT

This Confidentiality, Non-Solicitation and Non-Competition Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into this 26th day of July, 2018, by and between Lumber Liquidators, Inc., its subsidiaries and affiliated entities (collectively, and where applicable, individually, the “Company”) and Jennifer Bohaty (the “Employee”).

WHEREAS, the parties hereto acknowledge that the Company is engaged in a highly competitive business; that the Company has expended substantial time and effort to develop, maintain, expand and protect the Company’s business, its workforce, its relationships and goodwill with its suppliers and customers, and its Confidential Information; that the Company has a legitimate business interest in protecting the same; and that the Company would be materially harmed if during Employee’s employment or after the Employee’s employment relationship with the Company terminates, the Employee enters into competition with the Company or attempts to solicit the Company’s suppliers, customers or employees prior to the lapse of a reasonable period of time.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the Employee's employment or continued employment with the Company beyond the date of this Agreement, the mutual promises and obligations of the parties contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the adequacy and receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties do hereby agree as follows:

1.           Confidentiality .   Throughout any period during which Employee is an employee of the Company, and for a period of ten (10) years after the date Employee shall cease for any reason whatsoever to be an employee of the Company (the “Employment Cessation Date”), or as otherwise protected by applicable law including the Virginia Uniform Trade Secrets Act, whichever is longer, Employee agrees not to disclose, communicate, publish or divulge to any third party or use, or permit others to use, any Confidential Information of the Company except that Employee understands that Employee’s continuing duty of confidentiality does not restrict Employee’s ability to communicate directly with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) about a potential securities law violation or to communicate with the Congress, any agency Inspector General and/or any other administrative or governmental agency about a potential violation of federal or state law or regulation.  For the purposes of this Agreement, “Confidential Information” shall mean all information disclosed to Employee, or known to Employee as a consequence of or through this employment, where such information is not generally known by the public or was regarded or treated as proprietary by the Company (including, without limitation, personal, financial, private or sensitive information concerning the Company’s executives, directors, employees customers and suppliers, the Company’s methods, systems, designs and know-how, names of referral sources, customer records, customer lists, business plans and practices, marketing methods, financials, strategies, pricing, budgets, forecasts, contracts and plans (including, without limitation, long-term and strategic plans) or any other non-public information which, if used, divulged, published or disclosed by Employee, would be reasonably likely to provide a competitive advantage to a competitor).  Upon termination of Employee’s employment with the Company for any reason, Employee shall immediately return to the Company all of the Company’s property including, without limitation, all Confidential Information, in Employee’s possession or control.

2.           Non-Solicitation of Suppliers .  Throughout any period during which Employee is an employee of the Company, and for a period lasting until the later of (a) twelve (12) months from and after the Employment Cessation Date, (b) twelve (12) months from the date of entry by a court of competent jurisdiction of a final judgment enforcing this covenant in the event of a breach by Employee, or (c) the


 

Page 21 of 24

expiration of such other period as the Company and Employee may agree in writing after the date hereof, Employee covenants and agrees that Employee will not, for herself/himself or for the benefit of a Competing Business as defined in Section 5(c) of this Agreement, solicit, contract with or engage any (i) supplier or vendor that provided hardwood, engineered, bamboo, cork, resilient, laminate or tile flooring or related flooring products (or the raw materials required for such flooring or products) to the Company, and with whom Employee had contact, in each case during the twelve (12) months prior to the Employment Cessation Date, for purposes of providing products or services that are similar to and competitive with any of the products or services provided by the Company as of the Employment Cessation Date or (ii) entity, independent contractor or any other individual that provided installation services to the Company’s customers in connection with such customer’s hardwood, engineered, bamboo, cork, resilient, laminate or tile flooring, and with whom Employee had contact, in each case during the twelve (12) months prior to the Employment Cessation Date, for purposes of providing products or services that are similar to and competitive with any of the products or services provided by the Company as of the Employment Cessation Date.

3.           Non-Solicitation of Customers .  Throughout any period during which Employee is an employee of Company, and for a period lasting until the later of (a) twelve (12) months from and after the Employment Cessation Date, (b) twelve (12) months from the date of entry by a court of competent jurisdiction of a final judgment enforcing this covenant in the event of a breach by Employee, or (c) the expiration of such other period as the Company and Employee may agree in writing after the date hereof, Employee covenants and agrees that Employee will not, for herself/himself or for the benefit of a Competing Business as defined in Section 5(c) of this Agreement, solicit any person or entity who, during the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding the Employment Cessation Date, paid or engaged the Company for any of the products or services provided by the Company as of the Employment Cessation Date,  including, without limitation, installation services, or who contacted the Company for the purpose of the Company providing any of the products or services provided by the Company as of the Employment Cessation Date including, without limitation, installation services, (“Customer”), for purposes of providing products or services that are similar to and competitive with any of the products or services provided by the Company as of the Employment Cessation Date, provided Employee communicated directly with such Customer on behalf of the Company during that twelve (12) month period or Employee obtained confidential information about such Customer in the ordinary course of business as a result of Employee’s association with the Company.

4.           Non-Solicitation of Workers .  Throughout any period during which Employee is an employee of Company, and for a period  lasting until the later of (a) twelve (12) months from and after the Employment Cessation Date, (b) twelve (12) months from the date of entry by a court of competent jurisdiction of a final judgment enforcing this covenant in the event of a breach by Employee, or (c) the expiration of such other period as the Company and Employee may agree in writing after the date hereof, Employee will not recruit or assist any other person or entity in the recruiting or hiring of any Worker or induce any Worker to cease employment with the Company.  For purposes of this Agreement, “Worker” shall mean any individual who was employed by the Company during any portion of the twelve-month period prior to the Employment Cessation Date with whom Employee, during such twelve-month time period, had contact or communications.

5.           Non-Competition .

(a)         Employee covenants and agrees that throughout any period during which Employee is an employee of the Company, and for a period lasting until the later of (a) twelve (12) months from and after the Employment Cessation Date, (b) twelve (12) months from the date of entry by a court of competent jurisdiction of a final judgment enforcing this covenant in the event of a breach by Employee, or (c) the expiration of such other period as the Company and Employee may agree in writing after the date hereof, Employee will not, for himself/herself or for the benefit of a third party, work in a Competing Position with


 

Page 22 of 24

a Competing Business in the Restricted Territory.  However, nothing in this Agreement shall prevent Employee from working in a position in a subdivision of a Competing Business that does not provide any of the products or services provided by the Company as of the Employment Cessation Date.

(b)         For purposes of this Agreement, “Competing Position” shall mean a position that involves duties that are the same as or substantially similar to, and competitive with, the duties that Employee performed for the Company within the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding the Employment Cessation Date.

(c)         For purposes of this Agreement, “Competing Business” shall mean any entity that provides products or services that are similar to and competitive with any of the products or services provided by the Company as of the Employment Cessation Date, and shall specifically include (but not be limited to) The Home Depot, Lowe’s, Menards, Amazon, and Floor & Decor to the extent that they provide products or services that are similar to and competitive with any of the products or services provided by the Company as of the Employment Cessation Date.

(d)         For purposes of this Agreement, “Restricted Territory” shall mean the continental United States, the Province of Ontario, Canada, and any other Canadian province or territory where the Company has a store as of the Employment Cessation Date.

6.           Proprietary Rights .  All rights, including without limitation any writing, discoveries, inventions, innovations, and computer programs and related documentation and all intellectual property rights therein, including without limitation copyright (collectively “Intellectual Property”) created, designed or constructed by Employee during the Employee's term of employment with the Company, that are related in any way to Employee's work with the Company or to any of the services provided by the Company, shall be the sole and exclusive property of the Company.  Employee agrees to deliver and assign to the Company all such Intellectual Property and all rights which Employee may have therein and Employee agrees to execute all documents, including without limitation patent applications, and make all arrangements necessary to further document such ownership and/or assignment and to take whatever other steps may be needed to give the Company the full benefit thereof.  Employee further agrees that if the Company is unable after reasonable effort to secure the signature of Employee on any such documents, the President of the Company shall be entitled to execute any such papers as the agent and attorney-in-fact of Employee and Employee hereby irrevocably designates and appoints each such officer of the Company as Employee’s agent and attorney-in-fact to execute any such papers on Employee’s behalf and to take any and all actions required or authorized by the Company pursuant to this subsection.  Without limitation to the foregoing, Employee specifically agrees that all copyrightable materials generated during the term of Employee's employment with the Company, including but not limited to, computer programs and related documentation, that are related in any way to Employee's work with the Company or to any of the services provided by the Company, shall be considered works made for hire under the copyright laws of the United States and shall upon creation be owned exclusively by the Company.  To the extent that any such materials, under applicable law, may not be considered works made for hire, Employee hereby assigns to the Company the ownership of all copyrights in such materials, without the necessity of any further consideration, and the Company shall be entitled to register and hold in its own name all copyrights in respect of such materials.  The provisions of this section shall apply regardless of whether any activities related to the creation of any Intellectual Property took place inside or outside of the Company's working hours.

7.           Remedies .  The parties hereto agree that given the nature of the position held by Employee with the Company, the covenants set forth above are reasonable and necessary for the protection of the significant investment of the Company in developing, maintaining and expanding its business.  Accordingly, the parties to this Agreement further agree that in the event of any breach by the Employee of any of the provisions above, that monetary damages alone will not adequately compensate the Company


 

Page 23 of 24

for its losses and, therefore, that it may seek any and all legal or equitable relief available to it, specifically including, but not limited to, injunctive relief, and may hold the Employee liable for all damages, including actual and consequential damages, costs and expenses, including legal costs and reasonable attorneys' fees incurred by the Company as a result of such breach.  The parties further acknowledge their intention that this Agreement shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

8.           Notifications to and about Future Employers .  During the twelve (12) month period following the Employment Cessation Date and within two (2) business days after accepting an offer of employment with any subsequent employer or entering into a contract to provide services to any other entity, the Employee agrees to (a) provide the Company with the name of the subsequent employer of the Employee or any other person or entity to which the Employee may provide services; and (b) provide notice of the Employee’s obligations under this Agreement and a copy of this Agreement to the subsequent employer or the entity to which the Employee may provide services.

9 .           Exclusions .  Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to:

(a)         Alter the Employee's or the Company's right to terminate the Employee's employment with the Company at any time, with or without notice or cause; or

(b)         Create any employment relationship between the Employee and the Company other than employment at will.

10.         Binding Effect/Assignment . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and Employee and their respective heirs, legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.  Neither party shall be permitted to assign any portion of this Agreement, with the sole exception that the Company shall be permitted to assign this Agreement to any person or entity acquiring substantially all of the assets of the Company.

11.         Entire Agreement .  This Agreement shall constitute the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter contained herein, and any prior understandings or agreements between the parties shall not be binding upon either party.

12.         Modification of Agreement .  Any modification of this Agreement shall be binding only if evidenced in writing and signed by both parties.

13.         Effect of Partial Invalidity .  The invalidity of any portion of this Agreement shall not be deemed to affect the validity of any other provisions.  In the event that any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, the parties agree that the remaining provisions shall be deemed in full force and effect as if they had been executed by both parties subsequent to the expungement of the invalid provision.

14.         Governing Law .   This Agreement shall be subject to and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia without regard to its conflict of laws principles. The parties to this Agreement hereby expressly consent to be subject to the jurisdiction of the Commonwealth of Virginia to determine any disputes regarding this Agreement.

15.         Construction of Agreement The parties to this Agreement represent and agree that the Agreement is reasonable and mutually binding.  Moreover, the parties represent that this Agreement has been reviewed by their respective counsel and agree that it shall not be construed in favor of one party over the other party.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]


 

Page 24 of 24

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Employee and the Company have caused this Agreement to be executed and sealed in the Commonwealth of Virginia as of the date first appearing above.

 

EMPLOYEE:

 

LUMBER LIQUIDATORS, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jennifer Bohaty

 

By:

/s/ Martin F. Roper

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Jennifer Bohaty

 

Name:

Martin F. Roper

 

 

 

Title:

Chairman of the Compensation Committee

 


Exhibit 10.39

SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

THIS SEVERANCE AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of the 26th day of July, 2018, by and between Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Charles Tyson (the “Employee”).

WITNESSETH :

WHEREAS, the Employee is a senior executive of the Company and has made and is expected to continue to make major contributions to the short-term and long-term profitability, growth and financial strength of the Company and its subsidiaries; and

WHEREAS, in consideration of the Employee’s continued employment with the Company and its subsidiaries, the Company desires to provide the Employee with certain compensation and benefits set forth in this Agreement in order to ameliorate the financial and career impact on the Employee if the Employee’s employment with the Company and its subsidiaries is terminated under certain circumstances; and

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”)  also recognizes that, as is the case with any company, the possibility of a Change in Control (as hereinafter defined) exists and that such possibility, and the uncertainty and questions which it may raise among management, may result in the departure or distraction of key management personnel to the detriment of the Company and its subsidiaries; and

WHEREAS, the Board has determined that appropriate steps should be taken to reinforce and encourage the continued attention and dedication of, and the continued rendering of services by, members of the Company’s key management personnel, including the Employee, in connection with their assigned duties without distraction, and without the Company’s loss of needed key management personnel, arising from the possibility of a Change in Control; and

WHEREAS, in consideration of the Employee’s continued employment with the Company and its subsidiaries, the Company also desires to provide the Employee with certain additional compensation and benefits set forth in this Agreement if the Employee’s employment with the Company and its subsidiaries is terminated for a reason related to a Change in Control.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the terms contained herein, including the compensation and benefits the Company agrees to pay to the Employee upon certain events, the Employee’s continued employment with the Company and its subsidiaries, the Employee’s covenants contained in this Agreement and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Employee hereby agree as follows:

1.           TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

1.1        For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated:

(a)          Annual Base Salary .  Annual Base Salary shall mean the annualized base cash compensation payable by the Company and its subsidiaries to the Employee, excluding bonuses, commissions, severance payments, company contributions, qualified plan contributions or benefits, expense reimbursements, fringe benefits and all other payments; prior to reduction for any deferrals under any employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its subsidiaries;  and disregarding any reduction that would give the Employee “Good Reason” to terminate the Employee’s employment under Section 1.1(f)(iii); as of (i) the


 

Page 2 of 19

termination of the Employee’s employment if the Employee’s employment is not terminated during a Change in Control Period or (ii)(A) the termination of the Employee’s employment or (B) immediately before the Change in Control Period, whichever is higher, if the Employee’s employment is terminated during a Change in Control Period.

(b)          Change in Control .   Change in Control shall mean any of the following events:

(i)         any person, including a “group”  as defined below, acquires ownership of the Common Stock that, together with the Common Stock already held by such person or group, represents more than fifty percent (50%) of the total fair market value or total voting power of the then outstanding Common Stock;

(ii)        a majority of the members of the Board is replaced during a twelve (12)-month period by directors who do not qualify as Incumbent Board Members; or

(iii)       any person, including a “group” as defined below, acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12)-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

The term “group” shall have the same meaning as in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933, modified as may be necessary to comply with the requirements of Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(v).  This definition of “Change of Control” is intended to satisfy the requirements of Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-3(i)(5), the terms of which are incorporated herein by reference.

(c)          Change in Control Period .  Change in Control Period shall mean (i) any period in which the Company or any of its subsidiaries has initiated a transaction process or is engaged in discussions with a third party about a specific transaction that, if consummated, would result in a Change in Control and before the complete abandonment of such process or discussions without the transaction being consummated, (ii) any period during which the Company or any of its subsidiaries has become a party to a definitive agreement to consummate a transaction that would result in a Change in Control and before the termination of such agreement without the transaction being consummated, and (iii) any period commencing upon the effective date of the Change in Control and ending on the twelve (12)-month anniversary of the effective date of such Change in Control; provided, however, notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event will the Change in Control Period be deemed to have commenced earlier than six (6) months prior to the Change in Control.

(d)          Cause .  “Cause” shall mean any one of the following:  (A) the Employee’s gross neglect of duty to the Company or any of its subsidiaries or gross negligence or intentional misconduct in the course of Employee’s employment; (B) the Employee’s having been indicted for, or entered a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a crime that constitutes a felony or the Employee’s commission of any other act or omission involving fraud with respect to the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their customers or suppliers; (C) the Employee’s breach of any fiduciary duty owed to the Company or any of its subsidiaries;  (D) the Employee being prohibited from serving as an officer of a reporting company subject to Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, by applicable law, as the result of any order of a court or governmental agency or other judicial or administrative proceeding or as the result of any contractual arrangements to which the Employee is bound; (E) the Employee’s willful and intentional non-performance of Employee’s duties and responsibilities with the Company or any


 

Page 3 of 19

subsidiary or willful disregard of any legal directives of the Board or the Employee’s direct report and failure, in either case, to cure such breach, if capable of being cured, within ten (10) days of receipt of written notice from the Company; and/or (F) the breach by the Employee of any confidentiality, non-competition, non-solicitation or other restrictive covenants to which the Employee is bound as related to the Company or any of its subsidiaries that results in a material adverse effect on the business or reputation of the Company or any of its subsidiaries and the failure to cure such breach, if capable of being cured, within ten (10) days of receipt of written notice from the Company.

(e)          Common Stock .   Common Stock means the common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company.

(f)          Good Reason .  “Good Reason” shall mean the termination by the Employee of the Employee’s employment on account of the following events occurring without the Employee’s  written consent: (i) the failure by the Company or any subsidiary to pay the Employee any material amounts of base salary, bonus or other amounts due the Employee or the failure to provide the Employee with any material amounts of any vested accrued benefits to which the Employee is entitled under the terms of any employee benefit plan of the Company or any subsidiary; (ii) a material reduction in the Employee’s  authority, duties or responsibilities as previously in effect,  provided, however, that any change in the title of the Employee or the person or group to whom the Employee reports shall not constitute a material reduction in the Employee’s authority, duties or responsibilities as previously in effect unless the Employee reports directly to the Board, in which case any requirement that the Employee report to any person or group other than the Board will constitute a material reduction in the Employee’s authority, duties and responsibilities;  (iii) a material reduction in the rate of the Employee’s annualized base salary previously in effect, or a material decrease in the Employee’s annual bonus opportunity previously in effect; or (iv) the Company requiring the Employee’s primary services to be rendered at a place other than (i) Toano,  Virginia, (ii) Richmond, Virginia or (iii) within a seventy-five (75)-mile radius of either, except for reasonable travel.  The Employee must give the Company written notice of any event or condition that would constitute Good Reason within thirty (30) days of the event or condition which would constitute Good Reason, and upon receipt of such notice the Company shall have thirty (30) days to remedy such event or condition.  If such event or condition is not remedied within such thirty (30)-day period, any termination of the Employee’s employment by the Employee for Good Reason must occur within thirty (30) days after the period for the Company to remedy the event or condition has expired.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company’s failure to renew the Term of this Agreement as set forth in Section 1.2 shall not constitute “Good Reason” for purposes of this Agreement.

(g)          Incumbent Board Member .  Incumbent Board Member means any individual who either is (i) a member of the Board as of the effective date of this Agreement or (ii) a member who becomes a member of the Board after the effective date of this Agreement whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least sixty percent (60%) of the then Incumbent Board Members (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which such person is named as nominee for director, without objection to such nomination), but excluding, for this purpose, any individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as the result of an actual or threatened election contest (within the meaning of Rule 14a-11 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) with respect to the election or removal of directors or


 

Page 4 of 19

other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of any person other than the Board.

(h)          Pre-Existing Agreement .  Pre-Existing Agreement means any employment, termination, change in control or other agreement, plan, policy or arrangement or offer letter or similar writing, other than this Agreement, in effect as of the date hereof, under which the Employee is entitled to receive (i) severance, salary continuation or other compensation, (ii) continued coverage under any benefit plan, policy or arrangement, and/or (iii) accelerated vesting of equity or equity-based awards, if the employment of the Employee is terminated (x) by the Company other than for Cause or (y) by the Employee for Good Reason.

1.2        This Agreement is effective as of the date set forth above and will continue through December 31, 2021, unless terminated or extended as hereinafter provided.  This Agreement will be extended for successive one-year periods following the original term (and through each subsequent anniversary thereof) unless either party notifies the other in writing at least twelve  (12) months prior to the end of the original term, or the end of any additional one-year renewal term, that the Agreement shall not be extended beyond its then current term.  The term of this Agreement, including any renewal term, is referred to herein as the “Term.”  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Term shall be extended automatically so that the Term will continue in full force and effect, and will not expire, during any Change in Control Period.  In the event the Term otherwise would have expired during any Change in Control Period absent the foregoing sentence, the Term shall continue in full force and effect until the expiration of the Change in Control Period.

1.3        If the Employee’s employment is terminated during the Term  (a) by the Company other than for Cause or (b) by the Employee for Good Reason, then, subject to Section 3.8 below and the Company’s receipt from the Employee of the Confidential Waiver and Release Agreement described in Section 1.8 below, (i) an amount equal to the Employee’s Annual Base Salary, less applicable withholdings, shall be paid by the Company to the Employee in the form of salary continuation in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices (no less frequently than monthly) for the twelve (12) months beginning on the date of termination of the Employee’s employment; (ii) any accrued and unpaid bonus under the Company’s bonus plan in which Employee participated for any prior completed fiscal year will be paid by the Company to the Employee in a single lump sum, less applicable withholdings, on the date such annual bonus would have been paid to the Employee had the Employee continued employment with the Company; (iii) the greater of the target bonus or the actual bonus for the year the Employee terminates employment (in either case pro-rated based on the number of days the Employee remained employed with the Company during the year of termination) under the Company’s bonus plan in which the Employee participated for such fiscal year will be paid by the Company to the Employee in a single lump sum, less applicable withholdings, on the date such annual bonus would have been paid to the Employee had the Employee continued employment with the Company, and (iv) any and all other amounts that the Employee is entitled to receive upon termination of the Employee’s employment under any Company policy, plan or other arrangement (including, without limitation, the Company’s vacation policy) shall be paid by the Company to the Employee pursuant to the terms of such Company policy, plan or other arrangement.

Subject to Section 3.8 below and the receipt of the Confidential Waiver and Release Agreement as described in Section 1.8 below, upon termination of the Employee’s employment entitling the Employee to the payments set forth in this Section 1.3  above, the Company also shall maintain in full force and effect for twelve (12) months after the Employee terminates employment, for the continued benefit of the Employee, medical insurance (including coverage for the Employee’s dependents to the extent dependent coverage is provided by the Company for its employees generally) under such medical insurance plans and programs in which the Employee (and his dependents) participated immediately prior to the date of such


 

Page 5 of 19

termination of employment, and, during such period, the Company will pay each month the portion, if any, of such medical insurance premiums that the Company pays for its active Employees, and the Employee shall pay any remaining amounts.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, (a) in the event the Employee’s participation in any such medical insurance is not permitted for any reason at the time the Company is required to maintain such coverage, then the Company shall have the option to (i) arrange to provide the Employee with such benefits on the same relative basis for such period substantially similar to those which the Employee would otherwise have been entitled to receive under such plans and programs from which his continued participation is not permitted or (ii) pay to the Employee cash, in lieu of such continued coverage, in an amount equal to the same relative percentage of the medical insurance premiums for such continuing comparable coverage, with any such cash payments to be made in accordance with the ordinary payroll practice of the Company (not less frequently than monthly) as of the last day of each month for which such cash payments are to be made.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Employee’s termination of employment shall constitute a “qualifying event” under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“COBRA”), so that the Employee shall be entitled to full rights to continued medical insurance coverage as provided under COBRA, if so eligible, immediately upon the termination of the Employee’s employment.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the coverage or reimbursements for coverage provided under this Section 1.3 shall cease if the Employee and/or the Employee’s dependents become covered under an employee welfare benefit plan of another employer of the Employee that provides the same or similar type of benefits for comparable cost or the Company terminates the medical insurance entirely for all similar participants.

1.4        If the Employee’s employment is terminated during the Term and during any Change in Control Period (a) by the Company other than for Cause or (b) by the Employee for Good Reason, then, subject to Section 3.8 below and the Company’s receipt from the Employee of the Confidential Waiver and Release Agreement described in Section 1.8 below, and provided the relevant Change in Control occurs, in addition to the amounts set forth in Section 1.3 above, an amount equal to the product of one and one-half (1.5) times the Employee’s Annual Base Salary, less the aggregate amount of salary continuation payable to the Employee under Section 1.3 above at the time of termination of the Employee’s employment, less applicable withholdings, shall be paid by the Company to the Employee in the form of salary continuation in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices (no less frequently than monthly) for the six (6) months beginning twelve (12) months after the date of termination of the Employee’s employment.

Subject to Section 3.8 below and the receipt of the Confidential Waiver and Release Agreement as described in Section 1.8 below, upon termination of the Employee’s employment entitling the Employee to the payments set forth in Section 1.4  above, the Company also shall maintain in full force and effect for no less than the six (6) months beginning twelve (12) months after the date of termination of the Employee’s employment, for the continued benefit of the Employee, medical insurance (including coverage for the Employee’s dependents to the extent dependent coverage is provided by the Company for its employees generally) under such medical insurance plans and programs in which the Employee (and his dependents) participated immediately prior to the date of such termination of employment, and, during such period, the Company will pay each month the portion, if any, of such medical insurance premiums that the Company pays for its active Employees, and the Employee shall pay any remaining amounts.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, (a) in the event the Employee’s participation in any such medical insurance is not permitted for any reason at the time the Company is required to maintain such coverage, then the Company shall have the option to (i) arrange to provide the Employee with such benefits on the same relative basis for such period substantially similar to those which the Employee would otherwise have been entitled to receive under such plans and programs from which his continued participation is not permitted or (ii) pay to the Employee cash, in lieu of such continued coverage, in an


 

Page 6 of 19

amount equal to the same relative percentage of the medical insurance premiums for such continuing comparable coverage, with any such cash payments to be made in accordance with the ordinary payroll practice of the Company (not less frequently than monthly) as of the last day of each month for which such cash payments are to be made.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Employee’s termination of employment shall constitute a “qualifying event” under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended  (“COBRA”), so that the Employee shall be entitled to full rights to continued medical insurance coverage as provided under COBRA, if so eligible, immediately upon the termination of the Employee’s employment.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the coverage or reimbursements for coverage provided under this Section 1.4  shall cease if the Employee and/or the Employee’s dependents become covered under an employee welfare benefit plan of another employer of the Employee that provides the same or similar type of benefits for comparable cost or the Company terminates the medical insurance entirely for all similar participants.

Upon termination of the Employee’s employment entitling the Employee to the payments set forth in Section 1.4  above, the Employee will become vested in any and all unvested stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units and other equity awards previously granted to the Employee by the Company or any of its subsidiaries (at target to the extent vesting but for this provision would be based on the achievement of performance conditions other than continued employment or service), as of the later of (a) the date of the Change in Control or (b) the date the Confidential Waiver and Release Agreement as described in Section 1.8 below becomes effective and irrevocable. The Employee may exercise such equity awards only at the times and in the methods described in such equity awards, except that the Employee’s stock options and stock appreciation rights, if any, shall remain outstanding and may be exercised, to the extent vested, until the earlier of (i) the original expiration date of such options or stock appreciation rights (disregarding any earlier termination provided in the award agreement or otherwise based on the termination of the Employee’s employment) or (ii) the one-year anniversary of the later of (A) the date the Employee terminates employment or (B) the date the option or stock appreciation right becomes vested and exercisable.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, this portion of Section 1.4 shall not apply to any of the Employee’s stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units or other equity awards if the terms of the particular plan or agreement under which such award is granted specifically provides that this provision shall not apply to such award.

1.5        Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Employee shall not be entitled to receive, and the Company will not be obligated to pay or provide, the compensation set forth in Sections 1.3 and 1.4  hereof, the continued coverage at active employee rates set forth in Sections 1.3 and 1.4 hereof or the accelerated vesting or other benefits set forth in Section 1.4 hereof, if the Employee’s employment (i) terminates upon the Employee’s death or Disability, (ii) is terminated by the Company for Cause or by the Employee without Good Reason, (iii) in case of Section 1.4,  terminates outside of the Change in Control Period or (iv) terminates but the Employee continues, or has agreed to continue, employment with the successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, share exchange or otherwise) to the business and/or assets of the Company after the Change in Control.  “Disability” shall mean a physical or mental infirmity that prevents the performance on a full-time basis of all or substantially all of the Employee’s employment-related duties, with or without accommodation, lasting either for a period of ninety (90) consecutive days or for a period of more than ninety (90) days in any rolling one hundred eighty (180)-day period.  Additionally, notwithstanding any other provision hereof, nothing herein shall require the Company to maintain any particular benefit or benefit plan, and to the extent the Company amends or terminates any such benefit plan with respect to participants generally, Employee shall be subject to the same extent and the Company shall not be required to provide to Employee any such benefit or any substitute consideration therefore.

1.6        If any payment or benefit by the Company or any subsidiary to or for the benefit of the Employee, whether paid or payable or provided or to be provided pursuant to the terms of this Agreement


 

Page 7 of 19

or otherwise pursuant to or by reason of any other agreement, policy, plan, program or arrangement, including without limitation any stock option, stock appreciation right or similar right or equity award, or the lapse or termination of any restriction on or the vesting or exercisability of any of the foregoing (a “Payment”), would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) or to any similar tax imposed by state or local law, or any interest or penalties with respect to such tax (such tax or taxes, together with any such interest and penalties, being hereafter collectively referred to as the “Excise Tax”), then the payments and benefits to be provided under this Agreement (or the other Payments as described above) shall be reduced (but not in excess of the amount of the payments or benefits to be provided under this Agreement or the other Payments as described above) if, and only to the extent that, such reduction will allow the Employee to receive a greater Net After Tax Amount than such Employee would receive absent such reduction.

If the Company and the Employee cannot agree on the calculations necessary to execute the terms set forth in this Section 1.6, then such calculations will be made by an Accounting Firm (as defined below).  In such event, the Accounting Firm will first determine the amount of any Parachute Payments (as defined below) that are payable to the Employee.  The Accounting Firm also will determine the Net After Tax Amount attributable to the Employee’s total Parachute Payments.  The Accounting Firm will next determine the largest amount of payments that may be made to the Employee without subjecting the Employee to the Excise Tax (the “Capped Payments”).  Thereafter, the Accounting Firm will determine the Net After Tax Amount attributable to the Capped Payments.  The Employee then will receive the total Parachute Payments or the total Capped Payments, whichever provides the Employee with the higher Net After Tax Amount; however, if the reductions imposed under this Section 1.6 are in excess of the amount of payments or benefits to be provided, then the total Parachute Payments will be adjusted by first reducing, on a pro rata basis, the amount of any noncash benefits under this Agreement, then any noncash benefits under any other plan, agreement or arrangement, then any cash payments under this Agreement and finally any cash payments under any other plan, agreement or arrangement.  The Accounting Firm will notify the Employee and the Company if it determines that the Parachute Payments must be reduced and will send the Employee and the Company a copy of its detailed calculations supporting that determination.

As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Code Sections 280G and 4999 at the time that determinations under this Section 1.6 are made, it is possible that the Employee will have received Parachute Payments or Capped Payments in excess of the amount that should have been paid or provided (“Overpayments”), or that additional Parachute Payments or Capped Payments should be paid or provided to the Employee (“Underpayments”).  If the parties agree on an Overpayment or, in the absence of such agreement, the Accounting Firm determines, based on either the assertion of a deficiency by the Internal Revenue Service against the Company or the Employee, which assertion the parties or the Accounting Firm, as the case may be, believes has a high probability of success, or controlling precedent or substantial authority, that an Overpayment has been made, that Overpayment will be treated for all purposes as a loan ab initio that the Employee must repay to the Company immediately together with interest at the applicable Federal rate under Code Section 7872; provided, however, that no loan will be deemed to have been made and no amount will be payable by the Employee to the Company unless, and then only to the extent that, the deemed loan and payment would either reduce the amount on which the Employee is subject to tax under Code Section 4999 or generate a refund of tax imposed under Code Section 4999 and the Employee will receive a greater Net After Tax Amount than such Employee would otherwise receive.  If the parties agree on an Underpayment or, in the absence of such agreement, the Accounting Firm determines, based upon controlling precedent or substantial authority, that an Underpayment has occurred, upon which event the Accounting Firm will notify the Employee and the Company of that determination, the amount of that Underpayment will be paid to the Employee by the Company promptly after such determination.


 

Page 8 of 19

For purposes of this Section 1.6, the following terms shall have their respective meanings:

(a)        “Accounting Firm” means the independent accounting firm currently engaged by the Company, or a mutually agreed upon independent accounting firm if requested by the Employee; and

(b)        “Net After Tax Amount” means the amount of any Parachute Payments or Capped Payments, as applicable, net of taxes imposed under Code Sections 1, 3101(b) and 4999 and any State or local income taxes applicable to the Employee on the date of payment.  The determination of the Net After Tax Amount shall be made using the highest combined effective rate imposed by the foregoing taxes on income of the same character as the Parachute Payments or Capped Payments, as applicable, in effect on the date of payment.

(c)        “Parachute Payment” means a payment that is described in Code Section 280G(b)(2), determined in accordance with Code Section 280G and the regulations promulgated or proposed thereunder.

The fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm for its services in connection with the determinations and calculations contemplated by the preceding subsections shall be borne by the Company.  The Company and the Employee shall each provide the Accounting Firm access to and copies of any books, records and documents in the possession of the Company or the Employee, as the case may be, reasonably requested by the Accounting Firm, and otherwise cooperate with the Accounting Firm in connection with the preparation and issuance of the determinations and calculations contemplated by the preceding subsections.  Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and the Employee.

1.7        The parties hereby consent and agree that (i) all disputes between the parties, including those relating to the existence and validity of this Agreement and any dispute as to the arbitrability of a matter under this provision, shall be submitted to full and binding arbitration in the Commonwealth of Virginia, before a panel of three arbitrators and administered by the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) under its Employment Arbitration Rules and Mediation Procedures, provided, however, that this provision shall not require arbitration of any claim which, by law, cannot be the subject of a compulsory arbitration agreement, (ii) notwithstanding the foregoing, each party irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any Commonwealth of Virginia State or Federal court in any action or proceeding provided for under this Section 1.7 to enforce the provisions of this Agreement or with respect to enforcement of any judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators, and hereby waives the defense of inconvenient forum to the maintenance of any such action or proceeding, (iii) either party may elect to invoke the Optional Rules for Emergency Measures of Protection provided under the AAA’s Employment Arbitration Rules and Mediation Procedures, (iv) judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof, (v) except as otherwise required by applicable law to render this Section 1.7 fully enforceable, each party shall be responsible for its own costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) of any arbitration pursuant to this Section 1.7; provided, that if the Employee prevails on any dispute covered by this provision, then the Company shall reimburse the Employee for the Employee’s reasonable attorneys’ fees and legal expenses no later than thirty (30) days following any final resolution of such dispute, and (vi) each party has knowingly and voluntarily agreed to enter into this arbitration clause and hereby waives any rights that might otherwise exist with respect to resolution of disputes between them, including with respect to the right to request a jury trial or other court proceeding.

1.8        As a condition to the receipt of any compensation and other benefits pursuant to this Agreement, the Employee must submit a signed Confidential Waiver and Release Agreement, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Company and at a  minimum substantially in the form attached as Appendix A , within forty-five (45) days of the termination of the Employee’s employment and not revoke same within


 

Page 9 of 19

the seven (7) days immediately following the Employee’s execution of same.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, (i) any payments to be made, or benefits to be provided, under Sections 1.3 and 1.4 of this Agreement (other than the payments required to be made by the Company pursuant to Section 1.3(iv) above), within the sixty (60) days after the date the Employee’s employment terminates, shall be accumulated and paid in a lump sum, or as to benefits continued at Employee’s expense subject to reimbursement to be made, on the first pay period occurring more than sixty (60) days after the date the Employee terminates employment (and no later than ninety (90) days after the date the Employee terminates employment),  and (ii) the accelerated vesting of equity awards as set forth in Section 1.4 above shall not be effective any earlier than the date the Confidential Waiver and Release Agreement is effective and irrevocable, provided in each case Executive delivers the signed Confidential Waiver and Release Agreement to Company and the revocation period thereunder expires without Executive having elected to revoke the Confidential Waiver and Release Agreement.

2.           COVENANTS

2.1        The Employee agrees and acknowledges that Lumber Liquidators, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (“Lumber Liquidators”), and the Employee, contemporaneously with the execution of this Agreement, have entered into the Confidentiality, Non-Solicitation and Non-Competition Agreement, dated May 17 , 2018 (the “Non-Compete Agreement”), a copy of which is attached hereto as Appendix B ,  pursuant to which the Employee has agreed to comply with certain confidentiality, non-solicitation, non-competition and other restrictive covenants as set forth therein.  The Employee agrees that the Employee would not be entitled to receive the payments and benefits of this Agreement had the Employee not become a party to the Non-Compete Agreement. Additionally, the Employee agrees, acknowledges and affirms that the Non-Compete Agreement remains in full force and effect and is not merged, superseded or otherwise affected by this Agreement in any way that would be adverse to the rights of the Company and/or Lumber Liquidators.  The Employee also agrees that the covenants, prohibitions and restrictions contained in the Non-Compete Agreement are in addition to, and not in lieu of, any rights or remedies that the Company may have under this Agreement or the laws of any applicable jurisdiction, or at common law or equity, and the enforcement or non-enforcement by the Company of its rights and remedies pursuant to this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of any rights or other remedies that Lumber Liquidators may possess under the Non-Compete Agreement.  The Employee also agrees that, if the Employee is entitled to receive salary continuation payments under Sections 1.3 and/or 1.4 above, the Non-Compete Agreement will be amended and supplemented prior to the termination of the Employee’s employment, as is reasonably satisfactory to the Company and at a  minimum substantially as described in the Confidential Waiver and Release Agreement.

2.2        The Employee acknowledges and agrees that the Company, Lumber Liquidators and their subsidiaries and affiliates have a legitimate business interest in preventing Employee from engaging in the activities described in the Non-Compete Agreement and that any breach of the Non-Compete Agreement would constitute a material breach of this Agreement.

2.3        The Employee further agrees and promises that the Employee will not engage in, or induce other persons or entities to engage in, any harassing or disparaging conduct or negative or derogatory statements directed at or about the Company or its subsidiaries, the activities of the Company and/or its subsidiaries or any of the persons or entities covered under the Confidential Waiver and Release Agreement described above, at any time (whether during the Term or thereafter).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 2.3 may not be used to penalize the Employee for providing truthful testimony under oath in a judicial or administrative proceeding or complying with an order of a court or government agency of competent jurisdiction.


 

Page 10 of 19

2.4        Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company and the Employee acknowledge and agree that nothing in this Agreement or the Non-Compete Agreement shall prohibit the Employee from reporting possible violations of Federal, State or other law or regulations to, or filing a charge or other complaint with, any governmental agency or entity, including but not limited to the Department of Justice, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the National Labor Relations Board, the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, the Securities and Exchange Commission, Congress, and any Inspector General, or making any other disclosures that are protected under any whistleblower provisions of Federal, State or other law or regulation or assisting in any such investigation or proceeding.  The Employee further acknowledges that nothing herein or in the Non-Compete Agreement limits the Employee’s ability to communicate with any such governmental agency or entity or otherwise participate in any such investigation or proceeding that may be conducted by any such governmental agency or entity, including providing documents or other information, without notice to the Company.  The Employee does not need the prior authorization of the Company or Lumber Liquidators to make any such reports or disclosures, and the Employee is not required to notify the Company or Lumber Liquidators that the Employee made any such reports or disclosures or is assisting in any such investigation.  Additionally, the Employee (i) does not waive any rights to any individual monetary recovery or other awards in connection with reporting any such information to any such governmental agency or entity, (ii) does not breach any confidentiality or other provision hereunder in connection with any such reporting or disclosures, and (ii) will not be prohibited from receiving any amounts hereunder as the result of making any such reports or disclosures or assisting with any such investigation or proceeding.

2.5        In the event the Employee breaches any of the covenants set forth in this Section 2 or in the Non-Compete Agreement (as amended by the Confidential Waiver and Release Agreement), the Employee waives and forfeits any and all rights to any further payments  or benefits under Sections 1.3 and/or 1.4  above and under any outstanding awards with respect to which the accelerated vesting or other benefits under Section 1.4 applied, and the Employee agrees to repay to the Company (a) an amount that equals the gross amount (before taxes) of any payments previously paid to,  or on behalf of, the Employee under Sections 1.3 and/or 1.4  above and (b) any shares of Common Stock the Employee then owns as the result of the accelerated vesting under Section 1.4 and all gross amounts realized as the result of the sale of any shares of Common Stock the Employee previously owned as the result of the accelerated vesting under Section 1.4.

2.6        Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, all payments and benefits that may be provided to the Employee under this Agreement shall be subject to (i) applicable laws regarding recoupment of compensation and (ii) the terms of any recoupment policy of the Company currently in effect or as subsequently established or amended by the Board of Directors of the Company and/or the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company, including without limitation any such policy intended to implement Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, or Section 10D of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

3.           MISCELLANEOUS

3.1        The Employee shall have no right to receive any payment hereunder except as determined pursuant to Sections 1.3 or 1.4  hereof. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall confer upon the Employee any right to continued employment by the Company or shall interfere in any way with the right of the Company to terminate his employment at any time for any/or no reason. The provisions of this Agreement shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company to change its business structure or to effect a


 

Page 11 of 19

merger, consolidation, share exchange or similar transaction, or to dissolve or liquidate, or sell or transfer all or part of its business or assets.

3.2        The Employee understands that his obligations under this Agreement and the Non-Compete Agreement will continue whether or not his employment with the Company is terminated voluntarily or involuntarily, or with or without cause.  To the extent necessary to give effect to such provisions, the provisions of this Agreement, and the provisions of the Non-Compete Agreement, which are incorporated herein by this reference, shall survive the termination hereof, whether such termination shall be by termination of the Employee’s employment by the Company or by the Employee, voluntary or involuntary, with or without Cause and whether or not on account of Disability.

3.3        This Agreement may not be amended other than by a written agreement signed by the Employee and a Company officer.

3.4        The Employee agrees that the Company’s waiver of any default by the Employer shall not constitute a waiver of its rights under this Agreement with respect to any subsequent default by the Employee. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be valid unless in writing and signed by all parties.

3.5        This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the Employee and the Company and their respective permitted successors and assigns. Neither this Agreement nor any right or interest hereunder shall be assignable by the Employee, his beneficiaries, or legal representatives without the Company’s prior written consent.

3.6        Where appropriate as used in this Plan, the masculine shall include the feminine.

3.7        This Agreement has been executed and delivered in the Commonwealth of Virginia, and the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia shall govern its validity, interpretation, performance and enforcement.

3.8        It is intended that any payment or benefit which is provided pursuant to this Agreement and which is considered to be deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) shall be paid and provided in a manner, and at such time, as complies with the applicable requirements of Section 409A of the Code to avoid the unfavorable tax consequences provided therein for noncompliance.  Neither the Company nor the Employee shall take any action to accelerate or delay the payment of any monies and/or provision of any benefits under this Agreement in any manner that would not be in compliance with Section 409A of the Code.  For purposes of this Agreement, all rights to payments and benefits hereunder shall be treated as rights to receive a series of separate payments and benefits to the fullest extent allowed by Section 409A of the Code.  For purposes of determining the time of (but not entitlement to) payment or provision of deferred compensation under this Agreement under Section 409A of the Code in connection with a termination of employment, termination of employment will be read to mean a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.  If the Employee is a key employee (as defined in Section 416(i) of the Code without regard to paragraph (5) thereof) and any of the Company’s Stock is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise, then payment of any amount or provision of any benefit under this Agreement which is considered deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code shall be deferred for six (6) months after termination of the Employee’s employment or, if earlier, the Employee’s death, as required by Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code (the “409A Deferral Period”).  In the event such payments are otherwise due to be made in installments or periodically during the 409A Deferral Period, the payments which would otherwise have been made in the 409A Deferral Period shall be accumulated and paid in a lump sum as soon as the 409A Deferral Period ends, and the balance of the payments shall be made as otherwise


 

Page 12 of 19

scheduled.  In the event benefits are required to be deferred, any such benefit may be provided during the 409A Deferral Period at the Employee’s expense, with the Employee having a right to reimbursement from the Company once the 409A Deferral Period ends, and the balance of the benefits shall be provided as otherwise scheduled.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company shall not be liable to the Employee if any payment or benefit which is provided pursuant to this Agreement and which is considered to be deferred compensation and subject to Section 409A of the Code otherwise fails to comply with, or be exempt from, the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

3.9        This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

3.10      Any payments provided for herein shall be reduced by any amounts required to be withheld by the Company under applicable federal, state or local income or employment tax laws or similar statutes to other provisions of law then effect.  The Employee agrees and acknowledges that the determination of the Employee’s tax liability with respect to compensation and benefits under this Agreement is between the Employee and the relevant taxing authority, and the Company shall not have any liability or responsibility for the payment of any such taxes owed by the Employee, including without limitation any related interest and/or penalties.

3.11      Any notice required or desired to be delivered under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally, by courier service, or by registered mail, return receipt requested and shall be effective upon actual receipt by the party to which such notice shall be directed, and shall be addressed as follows (or to such other address as the party entitled to notice shall hereafter designate in accordance with the terms hereof):

 

 

 

 

 

If to the Company:

 

 

 

 

 

Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc.

 

 

3000 John Deere Road

 

 

Toano, Virginia 23168

 

 

Attn:  Chief Legal Officer

 

 

Telephone: 757-259-4280

 

 

 

 

If to Employee:

 

 

 

 

 

Charles Tyson

 

 

TBD

 

 

Telephone:

 

 

 

3.12      This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the Company and the Employee with respect to the subject matter hereof and, from and after the date hereof, this Agreement shall supersede any other agreement, written or oral, between the parties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement, including but not limited to any Pre-Existing Agreement, any plan, policy or other arrangement of the Company or any subsidiary that provides for the payment of severance, salary continuation or similar benefits, and any prior discussions, understanding or agreements between the Company and the Employee, written or oral, at any time.  The Company and the Employee agree that the Pre-Existing Agreement and all such other plans, policies and arrangements providing for severance, salary continuation or similar benefits are null and void and superseded by this Agreement, and neither party has any further rights or obligations under any Pre-Existing Agreement or any such other plans, policies and arrangements providing for severance, salary continuation or similar benefits.


 

Page 13 of 19

[SIGNATURES CONTINUED NEXT PAGE]


 

Page 14 of 19

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Agreement has been executed by the parties hereto effective as of the day and year first above stated.

 

 

LUMBER LIQUIDATORS HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Martin F. Roper

 

 

 

 

Name:

Martin F. Roper

 

Title:

Chairman of the Compensation Committee

 

 

 

 

 

 

EMPLOYEE:

 

 

 

/s/ Charles Tyson

 


 

Page 15 of 19

Appendix A

Severance Agreement

Confidential Waiver and Release Agreement

CONFIDENTIAL WAIVER AND RELEASE AGREEMENT

RELEASE AGREEMENT (this “Release Agreement” ) ,   dated as of [DATE], between Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc. (the “Company” ), and Charles Tyson  (the “Employee” ).

1.           Termination of Employment. The Employee acknowledges that his employment with the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliated entities terminated effective as of _____________ __, 20__ (the “Termination Date”) and his role and responsibilities as ____________ terminated as of the Termination Date.  Subject to the terms of this Release Agreement, the Employee shall be paid, offered, and provided compensation and benefits at the Employee’s current rates and amounts through the Termination Date.

2.           Release.

a.            In consideration of the payments and benefits set forth in Section 1 of the Severance Agreement between the Company and the Employee dated as of May 17, 2018 (the “Severance Agreement” ), the Employee, on behalf of himself and his heirs, executors, successors and assigns, knowingly and voluntarily releases, remises, and forever discharges the Company and its parents, subsidiaries and affiliates, together with each of their current and former principals, officers, directors, shareholders, agents, representatives and employees, and each of their heirs, executors, successors and assigns (collectively, the “Releasees” ), from any and all debts, demands, actions, causes of actions, accounts, covenants, contracts, agreements, claims, damages, omissions, promises, and any and all claims and liabilities whatsoever, of every name and nature, known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, both in law and equity ( “Claims” ), which the Employee ever had, now has, or may hereafter claim to have against the Releasees by reason of any matter, cause or thing whatsoever arising from the beginning of time to the time he signs this Release Agreement (the “General Release” ).  This General Release of Claims shall apply to any Claim of any type, including, without limitation, any and all Claims of any type that the Employee may have arising under the common law, under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Civil Rights Act of 1991, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act, the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1967, the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ ERISA ”), the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, each as amended, and any other federal, state or local statutes, regulations, ordinances or common law, or under any policy, agreement, contract, understanding or promise, written or oral, formal or informal, between any of the Releasees and the Employee, including but not limited to the Severance Agreement, and shall further apply, without limitation, to any and all Claims in connection with, related to or arising out of the Employee’s employment relationship, or the termination of his employment, with the Company.

b.           Except as provided in Sections 1.3 and 1.4 of the Severance Agreement, the Employee acknowledges and agrees that the Company has fully satisfied any and all obligations owed to him arising out of his employment with the Company, and no further sums are owed to him by the Company or by any of the other Releasees at any time.

c.            The Employee represents and warrants to the Company that he has fully disclosed any and all matters of interest to the Company’s ___________, including, but not limited to, those which (A) could reasonably likely have an adverse effect on the Company’s reputation, financial condition, operations, or liquidity and (B) should be disclosed under the Company’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics.  The Employee also hereby confirms that all prior acknowledgements, certifications or other representations made by the Employee prior to the Termination Date remain true, complete and accurate as of the Termination Date and covenants and


 

Page 16 of 19

agrees to immediately notify the Company’s ___________ of any circumstance or situation which may give rise to a change in those statements.

d.           Nothing in this Paragraph 1 shall be deemed to release (i) the Employee’s right to enforce the terms of this Release Agreement, (ii) the Employee’s rights, if any, to any vested accrued benefits as of the Employee’s last day of employment with the Company under any plans of the Company which are subject to ERISA and in which the Employee participated, (iii) any claim that cannot be waived under applicable law, including any rights to workers’ compensation or unemployment insurance or (iv) the Employee’s rights, if any, for indemnification under any agreement or governing document of the Company with respect to the Employee’s service as an officer or director of any of the Releasees.

e.            To the fullest extent allowed by law, the Employee promises never to file a lawsuit asserting any claims that are released in this Section 2. In the event Employee breaches this Section 2(e),  the Employee shall pay to the Company all of its expenses incurred as a result of such breach, including but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties acknowledge and agree that this Section 2(e) shall not be construed to prohibit the exercise of any rights by the Employee that the Employee may not waive or forego as a matter of law.

3.           Consultation with Attorney; Voluntary Agreement. The Company advises the Employee to consult with an attorney of his choosing prior to signing this Release Agreement. The Employee understands and agrees that he has the right and has been given the opportunity to review this Release Agreement and, specifically, the General Release in Paragraph 2 above, with an attorney. The Employee also understands and agrees that he is under no obligation to consent to the General Release set forth in Paragraph 2 above. The Employee acknowledges and agrees that the payments and benefits set forth in Section 1.3 and 1.4  of the Severance Agreement are sufficient consideration to require him to abide with his obligations under this Release Agreement, including but not limited to the General Release set forth in Paragraph 2. The Employee represents that he has read this Release Agreement, including the General Release set forth in Paragraph 2 and understands its terms and that he enters into this Release Agreement freely, voluntarily, and without coercion.

4.           Effective Date; Revocation. The Employee acknowledges and represents that he has been given at least forty-five (45) days during which to review and consider the provisions of this Release Agreement and, specifically, the General Release set forth in Paragraph 2 above, although he may sign and return it sooner if he so desires. The Employee further acknowledges and represents that he has been advised by the Company that he has the right to revoke this Release Agreement for a period of seven (7) days after signing it. The Employee acknowledges and agrees that, if he wishes to revoke this Release Agreement, he must do so in a writing, signed by him and received by the Company no later than 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the seventh (7th) day of the revocation period. If no such revocation occurs, the General Release and this Release Agreement shall become effective on the eighth (8th) day following his execution of this Release Agreement (the “Release Effective Date” ). The Employee further acknowledges and agrees that, in the event that he revokes this Release Agreement, it shall have no force or effect, and he shall have no right to receive any of the payments or benefits pursuant to Sections 1.2 or 1.3 of the Severance Agreement.

5.           Severability. In the event that any one or more of the provisions of this Release Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remainder of the Release Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

6.           Waiver. No waiver by either party of any breach by the other party of any condition or provision of this Release Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of any other provision or condition at the time or at any prior or subsequent time. This Release Agreement and the provisions contained in it shall not be construed or interpreted for or against either party because that party drafted or caused that party’s legal representative to draft any of its provisions.


 

Page 17 of 19

7.          Governing Law. This Release Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia, without reference to its choice of law rules.

8.          Disputes. The parties hereby consent and agree that (i) all disputes between the parties, including those relating to the existence and validity of this Release Agreement and any dispute as to the arbitrability of a matter under this provision, shall be submitted to full and binding arbitration in the Commonwealth of Virginia, before a panel of three arbitrators and administered by the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) under its Employment Arbitration Rules and Mediation Procedures, provided, however, that this provision shall not require arbitration of any claim which, by law, cannot be the subject of a compulsory arbitration agreement, (ii) notwithstanding the foregoing, each party irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any Commonwealth of Virginia State or Federal court in any action or proceeding provided for under Section 1.7 of the Severance Agreement or with respect to enforcement of any judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators, and hereby waives the defense of inconvenient forum to the maintenance of any such action or proceeding, (iii) either party may elect to invoke the Optional Rules for Emergency Measures of Protection provided under the AAA’s Employment Arbitration Rules and Mediation Procedures, (iv) judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof, (v) except as otherwise required by applicable law to render this Section 7 fully enforceable, each party shall be responsible for its own costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees)of any arbitration pursuant to this Section 7; provided,   however,   that if the Employee prevails on any dispute covered by this provision, then the Company shall reimburse the Employee for the Employee’s reasonable attorneys’ fees and legal expenses , no later than thirty (30) days following any final resolution of such dispute, and (vi) each party has knowingly and voluntarily agreed to enter into this arbitration clause and, except as provided in Section 1.7 of the Severance Agreement, hereby waives any rights that might otherwise exist with respect to resolution of disputes between them, including with respect to the right to request a jury trial or other court proceeding.

9.           Non-Disparagement.

a.            The Employee agrees not to do or say anything, directly or indirectly, that reasonably may be expected to have the effect of criticizing or disparaging the Company, any director of Company, any of Company’s employees, officers or agents, or diminishing or impairing the goodwill and reputation of the Company or the products and services it provides. The Employee further agrees not to assert that any current or former employee, agent, director or officer of the Company has acted improperly or unlawfully with respect to the Employee or any other person regarding employment. The Company agrees not to do or say anything, directly or indirectly, that reasonably would have the effect of criticizing or disparaging the Employee.

b.           Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 9, the parties agree that nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to prohibit the exercise of any rights by either party that such party may not waive as a matter of law nor does this Agreement prohibit the Employee, the Company or the Company's officers, employees and/or directors from testifying truthfully in response to a subpoena, inquiry or order by a court or governmental body with appropriate jurisdiction or as otherwise required by law.

10.         Return of Company Property. On or before the Termination Date, as determined by the Company, the Employee will promptly deliver to the Company all Company property, including but not limited to, all computers, phones, correspondence, manuals, letters, notes, notebooks, reports, flow charts, programs, proposals, passwords, third party equipment that the Company is authorized to represent, and any documents concerning the Company’s customers, operations, products or processes (actual or prospective) or concerning any other aspect of the Company’s business (actual or prospective) and, without limiting the foregoing, will promptly deliver to the Company any and all other documents or materials containing or constituting Confidential Information as defined in the Non-Compete Agreement, except that the Employee may retain personal papers


 

Page 18 of 19

relating to Employee’s employment, compensation and benefits.

11.         Cooperation .  The Employee agrees that for a period of ten (10) years following the Termination Date, the Employee shall have a continuing duty to fully and promptly reasonably cooperate with the Company and its legal counsel by providing any and all requested information and assistance concerning any legal or business matters that in any way relate to the Employee’s actions or responsibilities as an employee of the Company, or to the period during the Employee’s employment with the Company. Such reasonable cooperation shall include but not be limited to truthfully and in a timely manner participating and consulting concerning facts, responding to questions, providing pertinent information, providing affidavits and statements, preparing for and attending depositions, and preparing for and attending trials, hearings and other proceedings. Such reasonable cooperation shall include meeting with representatives of the Company upon reasonable notice at reasonable times and locations. The Company shall use its reasonable efforts to coordinate with the Employee the time and place at which the Employee's reasonable cooperation shall be provided with the goal of minimizing the impact of such reasonable cooperation on any other material pre-scheduled business or professional commitments that the Employee may have. The coordination and communication from the Company to the Employee regarding the Employee’s cooperation shall come through the Company’s Chief Legal Officer. The Company shall reimburse the Employee for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Employee in compliance with this Section, including any reasonable travel expenses incurred by Employee in providing such assistance, within thirty (30) days after Employee incurs the expense. As part of the consideration provided to the Employee under this Agreement, the Employee shall provide cooperation to the Company at no additional cost to the Company. At no time subsequent to the Termination Date shall the Employee be deemed to be a contractor or employee of the Company.

12.         Disclaimer of Liability. This Agreement and the payments and performances hereunder are made solely to assist the Employee in making the transition from employment with Company, and are not and shall not be construed to be an admission of liability, an admission of the truth of any fact, or a declaration against interest on the part of the Company.

13.         Entire Agreement. This Release Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter herein and supersedes all prior agreements, arrangements and understandings, written or oral, between the parties; provided,   however, that Section 2 of the Severance Agreement, and the terms of the Non-Compete Agreement incorporated therein, shall remain in full force and effect. The Employee agrees and acknowledges that the covenants and restrictions set forth in Section 2 of the Severance Agreement and the Non-Compete Agreement are reasonable and necessary for the protection of the Company and to protect its business and Confidential Information, and the Employee further expressly agrees that: (i) Section 2 of the Severance Agreement and the terms of the Non-Compete Agreement are material terms of this Release Agreement and (ii) notwithstanding the express provisions of the Non-Compete Agreement, the Employee agrees, and the parties hereby amend the Non-Compete Agreement to so provide, that the period during which the Employee is bound by the covenants set forth in Sections 2, 3, 4 and 5 of the Non-Compete Agreement shall remain in effect after the twelve (12)-month periods described therein for so long as the Employee is eligible to receive, and continues to receive, salary continuation payments pursuant to Section 1.3 and/or 1.4 of the Severance Agreement.  The Employee acknowledges and agrees that he is not relying on any representations or promises by any representative of the Company concerning the meaning of any aspect of this Release Agreement. This Release Agreement may not be altered or modified other than in a writing signed by the Employee and an authorized representative of the Company.


 

Page 19 of 19

14.         Headings. All descriptive headings in this Release Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall be disregarded in construing or applying any provision of this Release Agreement.

15.         Claim for Reinstatement. Employee agrees to waive and abandon any claim to reinstatement with Company. Employee further agrees not to apply for any position of employment with Company and agrees that this Agreement shall be sufficient justification for rejecting any such application.

16.         Counterparts. This Release Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Employee have executed this Release Agreement, on the date and year set forth below.

 

 

 

 

 

LUMBER LIQUIDATORS HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Its:

 

 

 

 

 

EMPLOYEE:

 

 

 

NOTE: DO NOT SIGN AT THIS TIME (5/17/2018)

 

 

 

Date:

 

 


Exhibit 21.1

 

Subsidiaries of Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc.

 

 

 

Name of Subsidiary

    

Jurisdiction of Incorporation

Lumber Liquidators, Inc.

 

Delaware

Lumber Liquidators Services, LLC

 

Delaware

Lumber Liquidators Leasing, LLC

 

Delaware

Lumber Liquidators Production, LLC

 

Delaware

Lumber Liquidators Foreign Holdings, LLC

 

Delaware

Lumber Liquidators Foreign Operations, LLC

 

Delaware

Lumber Liquidators Luxembourg S.à.r.l.

 

Luxembourg

Lumber Liquidators Canada ULC

 

Nova Scotia, Canada

Lumber Liquidators Hong Kong Limited

 

Hong Kong

Lumber Liquidators Trading (Shanghai) Co. Ltd

 

China

 


Exhibit 23.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:

 

-

Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-212690) pertaining to the Amended and Restated Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc. 2011 Equity Compensation Plan,

-

Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-173981) pertaining to the Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc. 2011 Equity Compensation Plan;

-

Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-147247) pertaining to the 2007 Equity Compensation Plan, the 2006 Equity Plan for Non-Employee Directors and the 2004 Stock Option and Grant Plan

 

of our reports dated March 18, 2019, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc. and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc. included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) of Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

 

Richmond, Virginia
March 18, 2019

 

 


EXHIBIT 31.1

 

SECTION 302 CERTIFICATION

I, Dennis R. Knowles, certify that:

1.            I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc.;

 

2.           Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.           Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.           The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a)          Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b)          Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c)          Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d)          Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.           The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

(a)          All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b)          Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

 

Date: March 18, 2019

 

 

 

 

/s/ Dennis R. Knowles

 

Dennis R. Knowles

 

Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

 


EXHIBIT 31.2

 

SECTION 302 CERTIFICATION

I, Martin D. Agard, certify that:

1.            I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc.;

 

2.           Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.           Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.           The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a)          Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b)          Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c)          Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d)          Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.           The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

(a)          All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b)          Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: March 18, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Martin D. Agard

 

Martin D. Agard

 

Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

 

 


EXHIBIT 32.1

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In accordance with 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, Dennis R. Knowles, Chief Executive Officer of Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc. (the "Registrant"), and Martin D. Agard, Chief Financial Officer of the Registrant, each hereby certifies that, to the best of his knowledge:

1.           The Registrant's annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2018, to which this Certification is attached as Exhibit 32.1 (the "Periodic Report"), fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

2.           The information contained in the Periodic Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Registrant.

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Dennis R. Knowles

 

/s/ Martin D. Agard

Dennis R. Knowles

 

Martin D. Agard

Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)

 

Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

 

 

 

Date: March 18, 2019

 

Date: March 18, 2019